0% found this document useful (0 votes)
366 views378 pages

University of Kerala Four Year Under Graduate Programme (Uok Fyugp)

Uploaded by

roseanneswift25
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
366 views378 pages

University of Kerala Four Year Under Graduate Programme (Uok Fyugp)

Uploaded by

roseanneswift25
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 378

University of Kerala

Four Year Under Graduate Programme (UoK FYUGP)

Syllabus

Major Discipline Zoology

May 2024
About the Discipline
Zoology, as a discipline, serves as the cornerstone of understanding the vast diversity of animal life on
Earth. It encompasses the study of animals, ranging from microscopic organisms to complex
multicellular organisms, including their behavior, physiology, ecology, evolution, and conservation.
Undergraduate and postgraduate programs in Zoology offer students a comprehensive education in
biological sciences, with a particular focus on the animal kingdom.
The scope of Zoology is extensive, as it provides insights into various aspects of animal life, including
their structure, function, interactions with the environment, and evolutionary history. It allows students
to explore the fascinating world of animals, from their anatomical adaptations to their ecological roles
within ecosystems. Moreover, Zoology plays a crucial role in addressing pressing global challenges,
such as biodiversity loss, habitat destruction, and emerging infectious diseases, by providing scientific
knowledge necessary for conservation efforts and wildlife management. Understanding animal life is
crucial for various reasons:
Biodiversity Conservation: Zoologists play a vital role in understanding, conserving, and managing
biodiversity. By studying animal behavior, ecology, and population dynamics, they contribute to
conservation efforts aimed at protecting endangered species and preserving ecosystems.
Medicine and Health: Many breakthroughs in medicine have been inspired by animal research.
Zoologists study animal physiology and genetics, contributing to advancements in areas like
pharmacology, disease research, and biotechnology.
Ecology and Environmental Science: Zoology provides insights into the interactions between organisms
and their environment. This knowledge is crucial for addressing pressing environmental issues such as
climate change, habitat destruction, and pollution.
Agriculture and Food Security: Understanding animal behavior, physiology, and genetics is essential for
improving livestock production and developing sustainable agricultural practices to ensure food security
for a growing global population. One of the key strengths of Zoology lies in its interdisciplinary nature,
as it integrates principles from biology, ecology, genetics, physiology, and evolution to understand the
complexities of animal life. Specializations within Zoology can include fields such as ethology (the study
of animal behavior), marine biology, entomology (the study of insects), ornithology (the study of birds),
herpetology (the study of amphibians and reptiles), and many others. These specialties allow students to
delve deeper into specific areas of interest and develop expertise in particular taxa or research
methodologies.
Career prospects for graduates with a degree in Zoology are diverse and rewarding. Graduates can pursue
careers in academia, research institutions, government agencies, zoos, museums, conservation
organizations, pharmaceutical companies, environmental consulting firms, and more. They may work as
researchers, wildlife biologists, conservation biologists, environmental educators, zookeepers,
veterinarians, or science communicators. Additionally, Zoology provides a solid foundation for further
studies in related fields such as ecology, evolutionary biology, animal behavior, genetics, or conservation
biology.
In terms of research prospects, Zoology offers abundant opportunities for groundbreaking discoveries
and contributions to scientific knowledge. Research in Zoology spans a wide range of topics, from
fundamental studies on animal physiology and behavior to applied research aimed at addressing real-
world conservation challenges. Advances in technologies such as genomics, bioinformatics, remote
sensing, and imaging techniques continue to revolutionize the field, opening up new avenues for research
and exploration. As such, Zoology remains a dynamic and vibrant discipline that continues to inspire
curiosity and drive innovation in our understanding of the natural world.
In conclusion, Zoology is a dynamic and interdisciplinary field with immense scope and relevance in
today’s world. From unravelling the mysteries of animal behavior to addressing pressing environmental
challenges, zoologists contribute to our understanding of the natural world and play a crucial role in
shaping our future. Whether pursuing a career in research, conservation, education, or industry, a degree
in Zoology opens doors to a rewarding and impactful profession.
This syllabus is prepared by:
BOARD OF STUDIES IN ZOOLOGY, UNIVERSITY OF KERALA
Sl. No Name and Designation Remarks
1 Dr. Sajeeb Khan A. Chairman
Associate Professor
Government. College for Women, Thiruvananthapuram
Mob.9995566343 Email [email protected]
2 Smt.Jeejakumari V. K. Member
Assistant Professor
Department of Zoology
University of Kerala
Mob.9447240761 Email [email protected]
3 Dr.Praveen Kumar P.P. Member
Associate Professor
Government College for Women, Thiruvananthapuram
Mob.9446265429 Email [email protected]
4 Dr. Ayana Gayathri R.V. Member
Associate Professor
University College,Thiruvananthapuram
Mob.9495904198 Email [email protected]
Dr. Sheeja V R Member
5 Associate Professor
Iqbal College, Peringammala
Mob.9645155725 Email [email protected]
6 Dr. Reshmi V Member
Associate Professor
S N College, Cherthala
Mob.9447504034 [email protected]
7 Dr.Asha V.G Member
Assistant Professor
Mahatma Gandhi College
Mob.9446084552 Email [email protected]
8 Dr.Leji. J Member
Associate Professor
S N College, Sivagiri, Varkala
Mob.9496405890 Email [email protected]
9 Dr.S.Jisha Member
Associate Professor
S N College, Kollam
Mob.9895066054 Email [email protected]
10 Dr. Sudha Kappalli Member
Professor
Department of Zoology
Central University of Kerala
Mob.9447689646 Email [email protected]
11 Dr. G. Prasad Ex officio Member
Professor, (Chairman, PG BoS)
Department of Zoology,
University of Kerala
Mob.9497254158 Email [email protected]
EXPERT PANEL OF FACULTY
Sl. Sl.
Name and Official Address Name and Official Address
No No
1 Hayarnnisa M., 12 Dr. Devi R. R.,
Assistant Professor, Government Arts and Assistant Professor, NSS College
Science College Elanthoor. Nilamel.
[email protected] [email protected]
(External Expert)
2 Dr. B. Hari, 13 Divya Grace Dilip,
Professor, Assistant Professor, All Saints'
S N College, Kollam. College, Thiruvananthapuram.
[email protected] [email protected]
3 Dr P. J. Sarlin, 14 Dr. Divya P. S.,
Professor, Fatima Mata National College Assistant Professor, Sree Narayana
(Autonomous), Kollam, College, Kollam,
[email protected] [email protected]
4 Dr. Babitha G.S., 15 Dr. Jean Jose J.,
Associate Professor, SN College, Punalur. Assistant Professor, St. Gregorios
[email protected] College, Kottarakara,
[email protected]
5 Dr. Latha C., 16 Josin C Tharian,
Associate Professor, M.S.M College Assistant Professor, St. John's College,
Kayamkulam, lathacmsm@gmailcom Anchal, [email protected]
6 17 Dr. Raghul Subin S.,
Dr. Nandini N. J.,
Assistant Professor, Government
Associate Professor, University College,
College Kariavattom,
[email protected]
[email protected]
7 Dr. Pradeep Kumar R., 18 Dr Razeena Karim L,
Associate Professor, Govt. College for Assistant Professor & Head, Christian
Women, Thiruvananthapuram, College, Kattakada, Tvpm,
[email protected] [email protected]
8 Dr. Akhil S. V., 19 Dr. Rini Joseph,
Assistant Professor, Sanatana Dharma Assistant Professor, Christian College
College, Alappuzha, Chengannur,
[email protected] [email protected]
9 Arun K. L., 20 Dr. Vijayasree A. S.,
Assistant Professor, University College, Assistant Professor, Fatima Mata
Thiruvananthapuram, National College (Autonomous),
[email protected] Kollam, [email protected]
10 Dr. R. Ashadevi, 21 Dr Vinod P.,
Assistant Professor, HHMSPB NSS Assistant Professor,
College for Women, Neeramankara, NS S College Pandalam,
[email protected] [email protected]
(Member, Academic Council, UoK)
11 Dr. Biju A., Assistant Professor, St.
Stephens College, Pathanapuram,
[email protected]
Graduate Attributes
Graduate attributes bridge the gap between academia and the real world, fostering lifelong learning and
meaningful contributions. They denote the skills, competencies and high-level qualities that a student
should acquire during their university education. Apart from gathering content knowledge, these
attributes go beyond the assimilation of information to its application in various contexts throughout a
graduate’s life. It aims in inculcating the art of critical thinking, problem solving, professionalism,
leadership readiness, teamwork, communication skills and intellectual breadth of knowledge. The
University of Kerala envisages to pave the path in guiding the student’s journey to shape these attributes
uniquely, making them integral to personal growth and success in various spheres of life. The University
strives to ensure that these graduate attributes are not just checkboxes, but they play a pivotal role in
shaping the students into capable, compassionate and responsible individuals with a high degree of social
responsibility.

Programme Outcomes (PO)

No. Programme Outcomes (POs)

PO-1 Critical thinking


○ analyze information objectively and make a reasoned judgment
○ draw reasonable conclusions from a set of information, and
discriminate between useful and less useful details to solve
problems or make decisions
○ identify logical flaws in the arguments of others
○ evaluate data, facts, observable phenomena, and research findings
to draw valid and relevant results that are domain-specific

PO-2 Complex problem-solving


○ solve different kinds of problems in familiar and no-familiar
contexts and apply the learning to real-life situations
○ analyze a problem, generate and implement a solution and to
assess the success of the plan
○ understand how the solution will affect both the people involved
and the surrounding environment

PO-3 Creativity
○ produce or develop original work, theories and techniques
○ think in multiple ways for making connections between
seemingly unrelated concepts or phenomena
○ add a unique perspective or improve existing ideas or solutions
○ generate, develop and express original ideas that are useful or
have values

PO-4 Communication skills


○ convey or share ideas or feelings effectively
○ use words in delivering the intended message with utmost clarity
○ engage the audience effectively
○ be a good listener who are able to understand, respond and
empathize with the speaker
○ confidently share views and express himself/herself

PO-5 Leadership qualities


○ work effectively and lead respectfully with diverse teams
○ build a team working towards a common goal
○ motivate a group of people and make them achieve the best
possible solution.
○ help and support others in their difficult times to tide over the
adverse situations with courage

PO-6 Learning ‘how to learn’ skills


○ acquire new knowledge and skills, including ‘learning how to
learn skills, that are necessary for pursuing learning activities
throughout life, through self-paced and self-directed learning
○ work independently, identify appropriate resources required for
further learning
○ acquire organizational skills and time management to set self-
defined goals and targets with timelines
○ inculcate a healthy attitude to be a lifelong learner

PO-7 Digital and technological skills


○ use ICT in a variety of learning and work situations, access,
evaluate, and use a variety of relevant information sources
○ use appropriate software for analysis of data
○ understand the pitfalls in the digital world and keep safe from
them

PO-8 Value inculcation


○ embrace and practice constitutional, humanistic, ethical, and
moral values in life including universal human values of truth,
righteous conduct, peace, love, nonviolence, scientific temper,
citizenship values
○ formulate a position/argument about an ethical issue from
multiple perspectives
○ identify ethical issues related to work, and follow ethical
practices, including avoiding unethical behaviour such as
fabrication, falsification or misrepresentation of data, or
committing plagiarism, and adhering to intellectual property
rights
○ adopt an objective, unbiased, and truthful actions in all aspects of
work
Programme Specific Outcomes (PSO)
No. Upon completion of the Undergraduate programme in Zoology PO No.
the graduate will be able to

PSO-1 Demonstrate Proficiency in Zoological Concepts and Principles, PO1, PO2


Understand and apply fundamental concepts in zoology including
taxonomy, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and evolution.

PSO-2 Collect, analyze, and interpret data related to animal behavior, PO1, PO3,
population dynamics, and ecological interactions using appropriate PO4, PO5,
statistical and computational methods. Present research findings, PO6, PO7
theories, and concepts in zoology effectively through written reports,
oral presentations, and visual aids to diverse audiences. Communicate
scientific information effectively

PSO-3 Explore the diversity of animal life across different taxonomic groups PO1, PO2,
and understand the physiological, morphological, and behavioral PO3, PO4,
adaptations that enable their survival in various environments. PO6, PO7,
Evaluate the impact of human activities on wildlife. PO8

PSO-4 Demonstrate, explain and appreciate the molecular and cellular basis PO7, PO8
of physiological functions in animals and dynamics of life system.

PSO-5 Acquire innovative skills which will enable production of knowledge PO5, PO6,
and skills required for employment in biochemistry, Fisheries Science PO8
/Entomology/ Environmental Science, microbiology, aquaculture,
vermiculture/apiculture and bio technology on the level of the gene,
genome, and their functions.

PSO-6 Perform practical skills in the areas of laboratory experiments and PO6. PO8
good laboratory practices (GLP) related to dissection, developmental
biology, biochemistry, cell and molecular biology, genetics,
immunology and microbiology.

PSO-7 Work collaboratively with professionals from diverse disciplines such PO5, PO6,
as ecology, genetics, conservation biology, and environmental science PO8
to address complex issues related to animal biology and conservation.
COURSE CODE AND TITLES
Course
Semester Course Code Course Title
Type
UK1DSCZOO101 Non-Chordate Diversity - Part I
UK1DSCZOO102 Diversity of Non-chordates
DSC
Semester I UK1DSCZOO103 Wildlife Biology and Conservation
UK1DSCZOO104 Human Nervous System and Behaviour
MDC UK1MDCZOO101 Health and Sex education
UK2DSCZOO101 Non-Chordate Diversity - Part II
UK2DSCZOO102 Wildlife Ecology
DSC
Semester II UK2DSCZOO103 Aquatic Ecosystems and Sustainable Management
UK2DSCZOO104 Sensory Physiology
MDC UK2MDCZOO101 Global Climate Change
UK3DSCZOO201 Chordate Diversity - Part I
UK3DSCZOO202 Diversity of Chordates
DSC UK3DSCZOO203 Concepts of Ethology
UK3DSCZOO204 Body functions and Regulation
UK3DSCZOO205 Human Parasitology and Vector-borne Diseases
Semester III UK3DSEZOO201 Fisheries Science I- Taxonomy and Fishery Biology
UK3DSEZOO202 Entomology I -General Entomology
DSE
Environmental Science I- Global Environmental
UK3DSEZOO203
Issues
MDC(KS)
VAC UK3VACZOO201 Nutrition, Health and Wellness
UK4DSCZOO201 Chordate Diversity-Part II
DSC UK4DSCZOO202 Evolution and Zoogeography
UK4DSCZOO203 Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates
UK4DSEZOO201 Fisheries Science II- Principles of Aquaculture
DSE UK4DSEZOO202 Entomology II- Industrial Entomology
Semester IV UK4DSEZOO203 Environmental Science II- Environmental Pollution
Communication and Popularisation of Life
UK4VACZOO201
VAC Sciences
UK4VACZOO202 Bioeconomics and Ecotourism
SEC UK4SECZOO201 Livestock Management
Internship UK4INTZOO200 Internship in Zoology
UK5DSCZOO301 Developmental Biology
UK5DSCZOO302 Animal Physiology
DSC
UK5DSCZOO303 Microbiology and Immunology
Semester V UK5DSCZOO304 Agrochemicals and Agricultural Pest Management
UK5DSEZOO301 Ecology and Disaster Management
DSE Fisheries Science III- Culture of Finfishes and
UK5DSEZOO302
Shellfishes
Entomology III- Medical and Veterinary
UK5DSEZOO303
Entomology
UK5DSEZOO304 Environmental Science III- Environmental
Monitoring and Ecosystem Restoration
SEC UK5SECZOO301 Vermiculture and Vermicomposting
UK6DSCZOO301 Cell and Molecular Biology
UK6DSCZOO302 Genetics and Biotechnology
DSC
UK6DSCZOO303 Biochemistry
UK6DSCZOO304 Nanobiology
Semester VI UK6DSEZOO301 Animal Behaviour and Chronobiology
UK6DSEZOO302 Fisheries Science IV- Fish Processing Technologies
DSE
UK6DSEZOO303 Entomology IV- Forensic Entomology
UK6DSEZOO304 Environmental Science IV- Green Technologies
Ornamental Fish Production and Aquarium
SEC UK6SECZOO301
Management
UK7DSCZOO401 Instrumentation and Biological Techniques
UK7DSCZOO402 Omics and Bioinformatics
DSC
Semester VII UK7DSCZOO403 Systematics and Phylogenetics
UK7DSCZOO404 Human Physiology: The Life Sustaining systems
DSE UK7DSEZOO401 Research Methodology and Biostatistics
DSC-
Online/DL
Semester VIII UK8CIPZOO400 Capstone Internship Project in Honours Programme
Project OR
OR
UK8RPHZOO400 Project in Honours with Research Programme

Note: To obtain an undergraduate degree with Zoology major, it is mandatory that a student must
study and pass the following courses from the course baskets.

1. UK1DSCZOO101 Non-Chordate Diversity -Part I


Or
UK1DSCZOO102 Diversity of Non-Chordates

2. UK2DSCZOO101Non Chordate Diversity -Part II


Or
UK1DSCZOO102 Diversity of Non-Chordates

3. UK3DSCZOO201 Chordate Diversity-Part I


Or
UK3DSCZOO102 Diversity of Chordates

4. UK4DSCZOO201 Chordate Diversity-Part II


5. UK4DSCZOO202 Evolution and Zoogeography
6. UK5DSCZOO301 Developmental Biology
7. UK5DSCZOO302 Animal physiology
8. UK5DSEZOO301 Ecology and Disaster Management
9. UK6DSCZOO301 Cell and Molecular Biology
10. UK6DSCZOO302 Genetics and Biotechnology
11. UK6DSEZOO301 Animal Behaviour and Chronobiology

Note: To obtain an undergraduate honours degree with Zoology major, it is mandatory that a
student must study and pass additionally the course listed below from the course baskets.
12. UK7DSEZOO401 Research Methodology and Biostatistics
Note: The following bunch of courses shall form a specialisation in the Zoology Discipline if the
student may study and pass as his/her Discipline Specific Elective (DSE) during the specified
duration of the course of study in the undergraduate programme in Zoology.

1. Zoology major with specialisation in Fisheries Science


UK3DSEZOO201 Fisheries Science I- Taxonomy and Fishery Biology
UK4DSEZOO201 Fisheries Science II- Principles of Aquaculture
UK5DSEZOO302 Fisheries Science III- Culture of Finfishes and Shellfishes
UK6DSEZOO302 Fisheries Science IV- Fish Processing Technologies
2. Zoology major with specialisation in Entomology
UK3DSEZOO202 Entomology I -General Entomology
UK4DSEZOO202 Entomology II- Industrial Entomology
UK5DSEZOO303 Entomology III- Medical and Veterinary Entomology
UK6DSEZOO303 Entomology IV- Forensic Entomology
3. Zoology major with specialisation in Environmental Science
UK3DSEZOO203 Environmental Science I- Global Environmental Issues
UK4DSEZOO203 Environmental Science II- Environmental Pollution
UK5DSEZOO304 Environmental Science III- Environmental Monitoring and
Ecosystem Restoration
UK6DSEZOO304 Environmental Science IV- Green Technologies

Note: Each student (who is physically fit) must participate in the Study tour programme/Field
study programme for not less than 5 days as specified in the syllabus preferably within the
Kerala state. The programme can be conducted either as one/two-day programmes separately
in semesters or as a single programme at the third year. The Study tour programme/Field study
programme should include places of zoological importance (at least one Life science research
institution/ Wildlife sanctuary/National Park/ Zoological Garden/ Museum etc). The
institutions/authorities should ensure necessary assistance for the smooth conduct of the study
tour/field study programmes. The Board of Studies recommend the University of Kerela to
award extra academic credit(s) to the student if he /she has submitted a detailed report of the
Study tour programme/Field study programme after participation.
SEMESTER I

University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course UK1DSCZOO101
Code

Course Non-Chordate Diversity - Part I


Title

Type of DSC
Course
Semester I

Academic 100-199
Level

Course Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week


Details per week
per per
week week

4 3 hours 0 2 hours 5

Pre- Pass in class XII


requisites

Course This course provides the students with an in-depth knowledge of the diversity in form,
Summary structure and habits of acoelomata to pseudocoelomata. By the end of the course, the students
shall get a comprehensive understanding of the diversity, biology, and ecological
significance of invertebrate animals and the students shall achieve an appreciation for their
crucial role in the natural world.

Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 45 hrs

I Introduction to Zoology 5

1.1 Taxonomy, nomenclature, principles of nomenclature, International Code of 3


Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN), uni, bi and trinomialism

1.2 Five kingdom classification, Three domain system, Super- group model of 2
eukaryotes, tree of life approach in animal classification (Brief account)

II Protista, Parazoa and Metazoa 10

1
2.1 Levels of organization- cellular, tissue, organ and organ system. Radiata, Bilateria, 2
Acoelomata, Pseudocoelomata, Eucoelomata, Protostomia, Deuterostomia.

2.2 General characters of Protista, Parazoa and Metazoa 2

2.3 Zoological importance and systematic position of Noctiluca, Paramecium and 2


Trichonympha.
2.4 Parasitic protozoans- Morphology, life cycle, pathogenicity and prophylaxis of 4
Plasmodium vivax and Trypanosoma gambiense.

III Porifera 8

3.1 General Characteristics and classification (up to classes) 1

3.2 Calcispongia: eg. Sycon; Hydrospongia: eg. Euplectella: Demospongia, eg. 4


Spongilla.

3.3 General topic: Canal system in sponges 3

IV Cnidaria and Ctenophora 9


4.1 General characteristics and classification (up to classes) 1

4.2 Hydrozoa eg. Obelia, Physalia; Scyphozoa: eg. Aurelia; Anthozoa: eg. Sea 3
anemone
4.3 General topic: Polymorphism in Cnidarians; Corals - different types, Coral reefs 3

4.4 General characteristics and Evolutionary significance of Ctenophora, 2


Plurobranchia (Brief account).
V Platyhelminthes and Nemathelminthes 13

5.1 General characteristics and classification (up to classes) of Platyhelminthes 1

5.2 Turbellaria: eg. Planaria, Trematoda: eg. Fasciola, Cestoda : eg. Taenia solium. 7
General topic: Life cycle and pathogenicity of Fasciola hepatica and Taenia
solium

5.3 General characteristics of Nemathelminthes: Caenorhabdites elegans (Brief 5


account),
General topic: Human nematode parasites (Ascaris, Enterobius, Ancylostoma,
Wuchereria and Trichinella)

References

1. Barnes, R.D. (1987): Invertebrate Zoology. W: B. Sunders. New Delhi.


2. Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P. J. W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
3. Barrington E.J.W. (1967). Invertebrate Structure and Function. ELBS and Nelson,
London.

2
4. Brusca, R.C, Giribet G, and Moore W (2023). Invertebrates (fourth edition). Sinauer
Associates, Sunderland, M.A. Oxford University Press, USA.
5. Burki F, Roger AJ, Brown MW, Simpson AGB (January 2020). "The New Tree of
Eukaryotes". Trends Ecol Evol. 35 (1): 43–55.
6. Dhami. P.S and Dhami, J. K. (1979). Invertebrate zoology. R. Chand & Co. New Delhi.
7. Ekambaranatha Ayyar M. (1990). A Manual of Zoology. Invertebrata- Part1 & PartII.
S. Viswanathan Printers and Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
8. International Edition.
9. Jordan, EL and Verma, P.S. (2000). Invertebrate Zoology. S. Chand and Co Ltd. New
Delhi.
10. Kotpal, R.I, Agarwal, S.K. and R.P. Khetarpal. (2002). Modern text book of Zoology,
Invertebrates.
11. Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
12. Whittaker, R.H. (1969). "New concepts of kingdoms or organisms. Evolutionary
relations are better represented by new classifications than by the traditional two
kingdoms". Science. 163 (3863): 150–60.
13. Woese CR, Kandler O, Wheelis ML (June 1990). "Towards a natural system of
organisms: proposal for the domains Archaea, Bacteria, and Eucarya". Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America. 87 (12): 4576–9

Web Resources

1. https://eol.org
2. http://www.tolweb.org
3. https://www.marinebio.org/creatures/marine-invertebrates
4. https://www.montereybayaquarium.org/animals/animals

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl No. Contents
1 Examination of pond water collected from different places for diversity in Protista
2 Demonstration of ciliary movement in Paramecium
3 Study of Sycon, Hyalonema, Euplectella, Spongilla
Study of Obelia, Physalia, Hydra, Millepora, Aurelia, Tubipora, Gorgonia,
4
Pennatula, Fungia, Meandrina, Madrepora
5 Study of Fasciola hepatica, Taenia solium and their life cycles
6 Study of Ascaris lumbricoides and its life stages
7 Study of parasitic protists
Submit a report on invertebrate diversity after visiting a forest/marine/ freshwater/
8
wetland ecosystem

3
References

1. Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P. J. W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
2. Barrington, E.J.W. (1979). Invertebrate Structure and Functions. II Edition, E.L.B.S.
and Nelson
3. Boradale, L.A. and Potts, E.A. (1961). Invertebrates: A Manual for the use of Students.
Asia Publishing Home
4. Brusca, R.C, Giribet G, and Moore W (2023). Invertebrates (fourth edition). Sinauer
Associates, Sunderland, M.A. Oxford University Press, USA.
5. Dhami. P.S and Dhami, J. K. (1979). Invertebrate zoology. R. Chand & Co. New Delhi.
6. Ekambaranatha Ayyar M. (1990). A Manual of Zoology. Invertebrata- Part1 & PartII.
S. Viswanathan Printers and Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
7. Henry Sherring Pratt (2015). A Course in Invertebrate Zoology: A Guide to the
Dissection and Comparative Study of Invertebrate Animals. Palala Press
8. Jordan, EL and Verma, P.S. (2000). Invertebrate Zoology. S. Chand and Co Ltd. New
Delhi.
9. Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
International Edition.

4
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 U PSO-1,3
Understand the basics of taxonomy and new
methods of classification

CO-2 Understand the diagnostic characters of different R, U PSO-1, 3


phyla through brief studies of examples.

CO-3 Obtain an overview of polymorphic form, R, U PSO-1, 4


evolutionary significant and parasitic invertebrate
especially acelomata to pseudocelomata

CO-4 Apply identification skill, to observe and categorise Ap PSO-6


organism

CO-5 Understand the faunal diversity of various ecosystems Ap PSO-6

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Non-Chordate diversity - Part 1
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitiv Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. e Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

CO-1 PO2 U F L
Understand
the basics PSO-1, 3
of
taxonomy
and new
methods of
classificati
on

CO-2 Understand PO-2, 3 R, U F,C L


the
diagnostic PSO -1,
characters 3
of different
phyla

5
through
brief
studies of
examples.

CO-3 Obtain an PO6 R, U F,C L


overview of
polymorphic PSO -1,
form, 4
evolutionary
significant and
parasitic
invertebrate
especially
acoelomata to
pseudocoelomata

CO-4 Apply field PO6 Ap F,C,P P


identification
skill to PSO -6
categorise
organism

CO-5 Understand the PO-2 Ap F,C,P P


faunal diversity
of various PSO -6
ecosystems

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO1 PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PO PO2 PO PO PO5 PO
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 3 4 6
- - - - - - -
CO 1 3 - 3 - - - 2
- - - - - -
CO 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2
- - - - - - -
CO 3 3 - - 2 - - 3

- - - - - - -
CO 4 - - - - - 3 2
- - - - - - -
CO 5 - - - - - 3 2

6
Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics
1. Students shall collect any five invertebrates and add a brief note and then submit for
evaluation
2. Invertebrates and human health
3. Parasitic adaptation of Nematodes
4. Polymorphism in Cnidarians
5. Life cycle of Plasmodium vivax
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Submission of activity report
4. Test
5. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer questions
4. Essay Type questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

7
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK1DSCZOO102
Course Title Diversity of Non- Chordates
Type of Course DSC
Semester I
Academic Level 100 – 199
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week
per week per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course This course offers students a comprehensive understanding of the varied forms,
Summary structures, and behaviours exhibited by invertebrate animals. Through exploration
of the major groups of invertebrates, including arthropods, which dominate the
planet's animal species, students gain insights into biodiversity. Moreover, the
course equips the learners with the necessary tools to describe and appreciate
biodiversity.

Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 45 hrs


Protista and Animalia 8
1.1 Introduction: Classification of organisms- two kingdom system, three 2
kingdom system, four kingdom system and five kingdom system.
1.2 Kingdom- Protista- General features and classification: Examples- 3
Noctiluca, Trichonympha and Paramecium
Morphology, life history, pathogenicity and prophylaxis of Plasmodium vivx
1.3 Kingdom Animalia: Salient features. 3
Levels of organization- cellular, tissue, organ and organ system.
Radiata, Bilateria, Acoelomata, Pseudocoelomata, Eucoelomata,
I Protostomia, Deuterostomia. Branches- Mesozoa, Parazoa and Eumetazoa.
Body segmentation- metamerism and pseudo metamerism.
II Porifera, Cnidaria and Platyhelminthes 10

2.1 Phylum Porifera: General characters, Classification up to classes- Sycon, 3


Euplectella, Spongilla

8
2.2 Phylum Cnidaria: General characters, Classification up to classes. 3
Examples - Obelia, Aurelia, Sea anemone and Physalia. Mention
polymorphism and larval stages.
2.3 Phylum Platyhelminthes: General characters, Classification up to classes- 4
Examples - Bipalium, Fasciola and Taenia solium . (Life cycle of Taenia
solium )
Nemathelminthes and Annelida 6

III 3.1 Phylum Nemathelminthes: General characters, Ascaris and Trichinella. 3


General Topic - Human nematode parasites (Ascaris, Enterobius, Ancylostoma,
Wuchereria and Trichinella)
3.2 Phylum Annelida: General characters, Hirudinaria, Nereis (mention 3
parapodium, heteronereis.) and Earthworm (mention setae;vermiculture)
Arthropoda and Mollusca 14
4.1 Phylum Arthropoda: General characters, Prawn (Morphology, Nervous 8
system, Larval stages), Cockroach (external characters, mouth parts,
IV digestive system); Limulus, Scorpion, Sacculina and Spirostreptus
Mosquitoes - Anopheles, Culex and Aedes and pathogenicity of mosquitoes.
4.2 Phylum Mollusca: General characters, Pearl oyster, Pila and Sepia 6
General topic: Economic importance of mollusca
Onychophora and Echinodermata 7

5.1 Phylum Onychophora: General characters, eg. Peripatus- evolutionary 2


significance.
V
5.2 Phylum Echinodermata: General characters, Star fish, Sea urchin and Sea 5
cucumber. Mention larval stages.

References
1. Barnes, R.D. (1987). Invertebrate Zoology. W: B. Sunders. New Delhi.
2. Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P. J. W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
3. Ekambaranatha Ayyar M. (1990). A Manual of Zoology. Vol. Invertebrata- Part1 &
a. Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
4. Jordan, EL and Verma, P.S. (2000). Invertebrate Zoology. S. Chand and Co Ltd. New
Delhi
5. Kotpal, R. L. (2005). Modern text book of Zoology Invertebrates (Animal Diversity-I).
Rastogi Publications pp 795-831.
a. Part II. S. Viswanathan Printers and Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
6. Rastogi V. B. (2015). Invertebrate Zoology. Publisher- Kedar Nath Ram Nath.

9
Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl No. Contents
1 Protista: Noctiluca, Paramecium, Entamoeba (spotters)
2 Porifera: Sycon (spotters)
3 Cnidaria: Obelia, Physalia, Sea anemone(spotters)
4 Platyhelminthes: Fasciola, Taenia solium (spotters)
5 Nematoda: Ascaris, Ancylostoma (spotters)
6 Annelida: Nereis, Hirudinaria(spotters)
7 Arthropoda: Limulus, Scorpion, Sacculina (spotters)
8 Mollusca: Pearl Oyster, Sepia (spotters)
9 Echinodermata: Starfish, Sea urchin, Sea cucumber(spotters)
10 Examination of pond water collected from different places for diversity in protists
11 Submit a report on 5 invertebrate animals from various phyla after visiting
Campus/Ecosystem
12 Mount the mouth parts of Cockroach / Honey bee/ mosquito (any one)
13 Mounting of Earthworm setae/ Nereis parapodium
14 Dissection of nervous system of prawn/ Digestive system of Cockroach (any one)
References

1. Verma, P. S. (2015). A Manual of Practical Zoology Invertebrates. S. Chand &


Company Pvt. Ltd. Ram Nagar, New Delhi-110055.
2. Yadav, V., Yadav, P. Varshney, V. K., Varshney, V. C. (2015). Text Book of
Practical Zoology-I. Publisher- Kedar Nath Ram Nath Meerut.
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate Cognitive PSO


will be able to Level addressed

CO-1 Understand the basics of taxonomy and new methods U PSO-1,3


of classification.

CO-2 Understand the diagnostic characters of different R, U PSO-1, 3


phyla through examples.

10
CO-3 Obtain an overview of general characters of R, U PSO-1, 3
Nemathelminthes and their parasitic adaptation

CO-4 Develop skill to identify and categorise organism Ap PSO-6

CO-5 Gain knowledge about the life cycle of human R, U, Ap PSO- 1,2
parasites

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Diversity of Non-Chordates


Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (T) (P)

CO-1 Understand the U F L


basics of PO -
taxonomy and 1,2,3,4
new methods of PSO-1, 3
classification

CO-2 Understand the PO - R, U F, C L


diagnostic 1,2,3,4
characters of PSO-1, 3
different phyla
through brief
studies of
examples.

CO-3 To obtain an PO - R, U E, C L
overview of 1,2,3,4
general PSO-1, 3
characters of
Nemathelminth
es and their
parasitic
Adaptation

CO-4 Apply field PO - 1,2 Ap F, C, P P


identification PSO- 1,6
skill to
categorise
organism

CO-5 Gain PO - U, Ap F, C L
Knowledge 2,3,4

11
about the life PSO -1,2
history of
human parasites
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PSO PSO PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO8


O1 O2 O3 4 5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CO 1 3 - 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3 - - - -

CO 2 3 - 2 - - - - 2 1 2 3 - - - -

CO 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 2 3 - - - -

CO 4 2 - 3 - - 3 - 2 3 - - - - - 2

CO 5 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2 2 - - - -

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment/ Seminar topics

1. Human Nematode parasites

12
2. Economic importance of molluscs
3. Different types and pathogenicity of mosquitoes.
4. Life cycle of Taenia solium
5. Peripatus and its evolutionary significance

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Model preparation
End Semester evaluation
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay type questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

13
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK1DSCZOO103

Course Title Wildlife Biology and Conservation

Type of Course DSC


Semester I

Academic Level 100 – 199

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week

4 3 - 2 5

Pre-requisites Pass in class XII

Course Summary This course provides a foundational understanding of wildlife biology and
conservation principles. It covers various aspects of wildlife biology including
wildlife habitats, threats to wildlife, conservation strategies and wildlife monitoring
and research. Through lectures, discussions, practicals and fieldwork, students will
gain insights into the diversity of wildlife species, their habitats, threats, and
conservation efforts.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to Wildlife Biology 3

1.1 Definition of Wildlife, Values of Wildlife 2

1.2 Need of Wildlife Conservation 1

II Wildlife Habitats 8

2.1 Wildlife habitats - Forest Habitat (eg: Shola forest of Western Ghat); Desert Habitat (eg: 6
Thar Desert); Aquatic habitat (eg: Vembanad lake); Wetland habitat (eg: Sunderbans delta);
Mangrove habitat (eg: Pichavaram mangrove forest). Mention Biodiversity Hotspots in
India.

2.2 Ecological significance of Keystone species, Edge species and Umbrella species 2

III Wildlife Conservation Strategies 16

14
3.1 In-situ conservation -National Parks, Biosphere reserves, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Mangrove 7
forests with examples in India and Kerala (Brief description)

3.2 Ex-situ conservation- Zoological Parks with examples in India and Kerala, Captive 4
breeding (Brief description with examples)

3.3 IUCN Red Data Book 1


3.4 Project Tiger, Project Elephant, Project Cheetah, Project Rhino and Project Crocodile 2
(brief account)

3.5 Wildlife conservation organizations, agencies and schemes - WWF, Nagar Van Yojana 1
(NVY), BNHS, Wildlife Conservation Society(WCS), IUCN, ASEAN-WEN

3.6 Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972; Biological Diversity Act of 2002 (brief account) 1

IV Threats to Wildlife 9

4.1 Major threats to Wildlife: Habitat loss and fragmentation, Over exploitation, Climate 4
change, Poaching, Pollution

4.2 Invasive species. (Eg.-Apple Snail (Pomacea canaliculata) 2


4.3 Man-animal conflict and its management 3

V Wildlife Monitoring and Research 9


5.1 Wildlife monitoring (Brief account) –- Direct count (Block count, Transect methods, Point 7
counts, Visual encounter survey, Waterhole survey), Indirect count (Call count, track and
signs, pellet count, pugmark, camera trap, M-stripe).

5.2 Wildlife Research Institutes- KFRI, KSBB, IIFM, Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology and 2
Natural History (SACON).

References:

1. Begon, M., Townsend, C. R., & Harper, J. L. (2006). Ecology: From Individuals to
Ecosystems (4th ed.). Wiley-Blackwell.
2. Groom, M. J., Meffe, G. K., & Carroll, C. R. (2006). Principles of Conservation
Biology (3rd ed.). Sinauer Associates.
3. Hunter M.L., Gibbs, J.B. and Sterling, E.J. (2008). Problem-Solving in Conservation
4. Pullin, A. S., & Knight, T. M. (Eds.). (2009). Conservation Biology (1st ed.).
Cambridge University Press.
5. Soule, M. E., & Orians, G. H. (Eds.). (2001). Conservation Biology: Research Priorities
for the Next Decade. Island Press.
6. Sutherland, W. J. (Ed.). (2001). Conservation Science and Action. Blackwell Science.
7. Wildlife Protection Act (1972). Natraj Publ.Co. Dehradun
8. Woodroffe R., Thirgood, S. and Rabinowitz, A. (2005). People and Wildlife, Conflict
or Co-existence? Cambridge University.

Web Resources:

1. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species: https://www.iucnredlist.org/


2. National Geographic Society - Wildlife Conservation:
https://www.nationalgeographic.org/topics/wildlife-conservation.

15
3. Wildlife Conservation Society: https://www.wcs.org/

Practicum (30hrs)

Sl. No Contents

1. Field study/Visit to Zoological Park/Sanctuary/ Natural History Museum/attend Nature


Camp and submit a detailed report with photographs.

2. Biodiversity Register preparation of the college campus or any other area.

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO addressed
able to
Level

CO-1 Understand the key concepts and terminology in U, R PSO-1


wildlife conservation.

CO-2 Understand major threats to wildlife populations and R, U PSO-2, PSO-3


habitats, such as habitat loss, climate change, and
poaching.

CO-3 Propose management strategies to mitigate human- U, Ap PS0-1,


wildlife conflicts in different contexts.

CO- 4 Evaluate the effectiveness of conservation policies An PSO-2


and practices in different regions.

CO-5 Apply field identification skills to classify and U, Ap, An PSO-1,PSO-5,


document wildlife species encountered during PSO-6
fieldwork. Analyse habitat data to identify potential
threats to wildlife populations, such as habitat
fragmentation or degradation

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Wildlife Biology and Conservation
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PS O Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

16
CO-1 Understand the key PO1 U,R F,C L
concepts and
PSO-1
terminology in wildlife
conservation.

CO-2 Recall the major threats PO5 R, U F,C L


to wildlife populations
PO8
and habitats, such as
habitat loss, climate PSO-2
change, and poaching. PSO-3

CO-3 Propose management PO8 U, Ap F,C L


strategies to mitigate
PS0-1
human-wildlife
conflicts in different
contexts.

CO- 4 Evaluate the PO8 An F,C L


effectiveness of
PSO-2
conservation policies
and practices in
different regions.

CO-5 Apply field PO6 U, Ap, An F,C,P P


identification skills to
PO8
classify and document
wildlife species PSO1
encountered during
fieldwork. Analyse PSO5
habitat data to identify PSO-6
potential threats to
wildlife populations,
such as habitat
fragmentation or
degradation

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO PS PSO PS PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO


1 2 3 4 O5 6 O7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

17
CO 3 - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
1

CO 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - 2
2

CO 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2
3

CO - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2
4

CO 2 - - - 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 2
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment /Seminar topics

● Human-Wildlife Conflict
● Ecosystem Services
● Climate Change and Wildlife
● Protected Areas Management
● Conservation Education and Outreach

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester


Exam Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

18
CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

19
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK1DSCZOO104
Course Title Human Nervous System and Behaviour
Type of Course DSC
Semester I
Academic Level 100 - 199
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
4 4 hours - - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course The course imparts basic knowledge on the role of different components of
Summary the nervous system in human behaviour. Through the course the learner
shall get a comprehensive understanding of the major components of the
nervous system in human behaviour and the impact of drug abuse and the
physiological basis of drug addiction.
Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 60


hrs
Human nervous system 15
1.1 Divisions of the human nervous system: central and peripheral nervous 4
systems- somatic and autonomic systems-sympathetic and
parasympathetic systems, cranial nerves and spinal nerves
I
1.2 Structure of neuron, types of neurons – myelinated and unmyelinated; 3
unipolar, bipolar and multipolar; sensory, motor and interneurons
1.3 Glial Cells- Schwann cells, microglia, oligodendrocytes, satellite cells, 2
ependymal cells (brief account)
1.4. Major structures of human brain and functions – cerebrum, cerebral 6
cortex, stellate and pyramidal cells, thalamus, hypothalamus, limbic
system and its components, midbrain, pons varolii, cerebellum
Spinal cord- structure and functions
Related activities: 1. Construction of a model of the human brain showing its
parts. (Group Activity).
2. Prepare a flowchart of parts of brain and their functions.
Neurophysiology 10
2.1 Nerve impulse generation and transmission – resting membrane 4
potential, action potential, hyperpolarization, saltatory conduction,
11
threshold stimulus and latent period, all or none law, refractory period
2.2 Synaptic transmission-chemical and electrical transmission, synaptic 2
delay, synaptic fatigue

20
2.3 Neurotransmitters – excitatory and inhibitory – acetyl choline, 2
noradrenaline, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, serotonin, histamine,
adrenalin, glycine, GABA, dopamine (brief account of their major
functions)
2.4 Reflex actions- somatic and visceral, reflex arc 2
Brain and behaviour 13
3.1. Cerebral lateralization and handedness, interhemispheric differences 5
and sex differences in cerebral functions
3.2. Language functions of cerebral cortex - Wernicke’s area, Broca’s area, 5
III
motor cortex, Arcuate fasciculus, Wernicke- Geshwind model of
language perception and production
3.3. Brain damage and language - Wernicke’s aphasia, Broca’s aphasia, 3
conduction aphasia, global aphasia, transcortical aphasia
Related activity: Students can conduct right and left handedness surveys in
class room/campus to identify cerebral lateralization.
Monitoring and measuring brain activity 14
4.1. EEG (mention different types of brain waves), CT Scan, PET Scan, 9
IV MRI and functional MRI, Cerebral blood flow (CBF)
4.2. Brain lesioning and deep brain stimulation (mention stereotactic 5
surgery), Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation

Related activity: Visit a medical diagnostic centre and prepare a report,


including photographs, on the workings of brain monitoring devices.

Drug addiction and brain activity 8


5.1. Drug abuse: cocaine, heroin, marijuana, LSD, MDMA (brief account) 3
V
5.2. Drug dependence and addiction, drug tolerance, cross tolerance and 3
withdrawal syndrome
5.3. Drugs and reward circuits: dopamine, nucleus accumbens, prefrontal 2
cortex and dorsal striatum
Related activities: 1. Preparation of lists of available drugs and conducting
awareness campaigns. 2. Conduct workshops/awareness street play on the
impact of drug abuse and addiction. 3. Invited talks by psychologists or
psychiatrists focusing on the prevention of drug abuse and personality disorder.

References:

1. S. Marc Breedlove, Neil Verne Watson and Mark R. Rosenzweig (2010)


Biological Psychology: An introduction to behavioural, cognitive and clinical
neuroscience, 6th Edition, Sinauer Associates, Incorporated Publishers.
2. Arthur C. Guyton and C.E. Hall (2010) Text Book of Medical Physiology, Elsevier
Publishers.
3. Sabyasachi Sircar, (2008) Principles of Medical Physiology, 2nd Edition, Thieme
Publishers.
4. James W. Kalat (2009) Biological Psychology, 10th Edition, Wadsworth

21
5. John P.J. Pinel, Biopsychology, Pearson International, 9th Edition

6. NCBI. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5129843/

7. NCBI.https://nida.nih.gov/publications/drugs-brains-behavior-science-addiction/drugs-
brain

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 The study helps the students to understand the U PSO-1


components of the human nervous system and their
functions.

CO-2 Students learn the mechanism of neural co-ordination R, U PSO-3


in the human body and the role of neurotransmitters.

CO-3 Students can apply the knowledge in analysing U, An PSO-2


individual differences in human behaviour.

CO-4 The study could apply their knowledge in preventing Ap PSO-1


drug addiction in human society.

The study enables the students to identify various U, Ap PSO-1


CO-4 drugs used by drug abusers and gain awareness of the
consequences of abnormal thinking.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Human Nervous System and Behaviour
Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical
No. Level Category (L)/Tuto (P)
rial (T)

22
1 The study helps PO1/ U C L
the students to PSO1
understand the
components of the
human nervous
system and their
functions.

2 Students learn the PO1,PO2 R,U F,C L


mechanism of
/PSO3
neural co-
ordination in the
human body and
the role of
neurotransmitters.

3 Students can apply PO1,PO3 U, An C, F L


the knowledge in
/PSO2
analysing
individual
differences in
human behaviour.

4 The study could PO1,PO2 AP F, P L


apply their
/PSO1
knowledge in
preventing drug
addiction in
human society.

The study enables PO1,PO2 U, Ap F, P L


the students to
/PSO1
identify various
drugs used
by drug abusers
5
and gain
awareness of the
consequences of
abnormal
thinking.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

23
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs:

PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
1 2 3 O5 6

CO 3 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
1

CO - - 2 - - - 3 2 - - - -
2

CO - 2 - - - - 2 - 2 - - -
3

CO 3 - - - - - 3 2 - - - -
4

CO 2 - - - - -- 3 1 - - - -
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment/ seminar topics


1. Labelled diagram of the human brain
2. Types of neurons
3. Different types of glial cells
4. Chemical nature of neurotransmitters
5. Age related changes in EEG
6. Natural and synthetic drugs of abuse

24
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Model preparation
End Semester evaluation
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay type questions
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓

25
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK1MDCZOO101
Course Title Health and Sex Education
Type of Course MDC
Semester I
Academic 100 - 199
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
3 3 hours 0 -- 3
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides an extensive review of health, encompassing
Summary physical, mental, emotional, social, and spiritual well-being, along with
factors affecting health such as diet, pathogens, pollution, sleep, exercise,
and stress. It explores human reproductive physiology, covering the male
and female reproductive systems, hormonal control, fertilization,
pregnancy, lactation, puberty, adolescence, and senescence, while also
addressing topics like contraception, assisted reproductive techniques,
adolescent sexuality, gender diversity, sexually transmitted diseases, and
sex education, emphasizing their significance in modern India. By
emphasizing the importance of comprehensive sex education for youth,
the course aims to promote adult sexual health, provide essential
information, and develop decision-making skills for the future.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Holistic health and Wellbeing 9
1.1 Concept of Health- scope and definition (WHO), Health as a state of 2
wellbeing, Factors affecting health- food, balanced diet, pathogens,
pollution, sleep, exercise and stress.
1.2 Dimensions of health- physical, mental, emotional, social and spiritual 3
(Brief account only).

26
1.3 Health programmes and initiatives-Health awareness, Community health 4
centres and its role, Health mission and programmes, Role of Vaccines.
Related activity: Students are advised to visit a Community Health care
centre and submit a report with photos.
Human Reproductive Physiology 13
2.1 Male reproductive system- structural details of testis and accessory 3
II
structures, functions of testis, semen, hormonal control.
Female reproductive system- structure of ovary, accessory structures,
2.2 reproductive cycles and hormonal control, menstrual cycle, hysterectomy,
menopause. 3
2.3 Fertilization, gestation period, Pregnancy, parturition and lactation. 3
2.4 Puberty, adolescence (physical and biological aspects) and senescence- 4
Mention Stress management techniques.
III Human interference in reproduction 8
3.1 Contraception-Barrier methods, hormonal and sterilisation procedures. 4
Fertility awareness methods.
3.2 Abortion (MTP) and Assisted Reproductive Techniques- IVF, GIFT, 4
ZIFT, DI.
Related activity: Prepare Charts/ Videos/ drawings to create awareness
about Health and Sex.
IV Adolescent Sexuality and Gender Diversity 7
4.1 Sexuality- Definition, Adolescent sexual activity, teenage pregnancy, 4
Sexual abuse, assault and harassment.
4.2 Gender diversities and Sexual Orientation, LGBTQ- Lesbian, Gay sex, 3
Bisexual, Transgender and Qeer.
Related activity: Develop scripts for skits or role-plays that address issues
related to sexual abuse, harassment, and respecting gender diversity.
V Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs) and Sex Education in India 8
5.1 Definition of Sexually Transmitted Diseases with the following examples: 4
Symptoms, Diagnosis, Treatment and Prophylaxis of Syphilis, Chlamydia,
Trichomoniasis, Gonorrhoea, Genital herpes and AIDS.

5.2 Sex Education -Definition, types, Importance of Sex education among 2


youths, scope and awareness programmes.
5.3 Relevance of Sex Education for children in Modern India: Role of parents, 2
schools, youth and society; Legal aspects and policies.
Related activities: 1. Create multimedia presentations or awareness
campaigns advocating for sexual and reproductive rights.
2. Conduct workshops or guest talks focusing on sexuality education,
consent, and healthy relationships.
References
1. Agarwal, S., & Gupta, P. (2019). Women's Health and Education. Jaypee Brothers
Medical Publishers.
2. Arora, V. (2018). Health Education: Principles and Methods. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Garzón-Orjuela N, Samacá-Samacá D, Moreno-Chaparro J, Ballesteros Cabrera MDP,
Eslava-Schmalbach J. (2021) Effectiveness of Sex Education Interventions in
Adolescents: An Overview. Compr Child Adolesc Nurs.; 44(1):15–48.

27
4. International Institute for Population Sciences (IIPS) & ICF. (2017). National Family
Health Survey (NFHS-4), India.
5. Paul, B. (2017). Health Education and Community Pharmacy. Elsevier.
6. R S Vander Gaag, MGG Walpot and L Boendermaker (2024) Professional
competencies for sexuality and relationships education in child and youth social care:
A scoping review
7. Ross and Wilson (2011), Anatomy and physiology in Health and Illness, 11th Edition,
Church Hill Livingstone.
Web Resources
1. https://www.mohfw.gov.in/
2. https://ab-hwc.nhp.gov.in/home/login
3. https://www.sexandu.ca/consent/online-safety/
4. https://portal.ct.gov/-/media/dmhas/skillbuilding/dana/health-and-wellness-full-
revised.pdf
5. https://www.who.int/data/gho/data/major-themes/health-and-well-being
Course Outcomes

CO Upon completion of the course the graduate will be able Cognitive PSO
Nos to Level addressed
1 Understand the concepts of health and wellbeing, including U, R PSO 1
physical, mental, social, emotional, and spiritual health, as
well as factors affecting health, and role of vaccines.
2 Describe the anatomy and functions of the male and female A PSO 2
reproductive systems, including hormonal regulation and
reproductive processes and analyse the stages of human
development from puberty through adolescence to
senescence.
3 Compare different contraception methods and make R, C PSO 1
informed decisions regarding their use based on individual
health needs and preferences
4 Analyse the processes and ethical considerations involved An PSO 3,
in pregnancy, abortion and various assisted reproductive PSO 8
techniques understanding their implications for
reproductive health and family planning.
5 Identify and differentiate between common sexually R, U PSO 8
transmitted diseases including their respective symptoms,
transmission modes, and risk factors.
6 Evaluate and advocate for the integration of E, C PSO 1,
comprehensive sex education into school curricula and PSO 2
community health initiatives, emphasizing the importance
of informed decision-making and respect for sexual rights.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

28
Name of the Course: Human Health and Sex Education
Credits: 3:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cogni Knowledge Lecture Practic
No. tive Category (L)/Tutori al (P)
Level al (T)

1 Understand the concepts of health PO 1/ U, R F, C L -


and wellbeing, including physical, PSO 1
mental, social, emotional, and
spiritual health, as well as factors
affecting health and role of vaccines.

2 Describe the anatomy and functions PO 2/ A F, C L -


of the male and female reproductive PSO1/
systems, including hormonal PSO2/
regulation and reproductive PSO4
processes and analyse the stages of
human development from puberty
through adolescence to senescence.

3 Compare different contraception PO 1 R, C F, C L -


methods and make informed /PSO1/P
decisions regarding their use based SO2/PSO
on individual health needs and 3
preferences.

4 Analyse the processes and ethical PO 2/ PO An C L -


considerations involved in 8/ PSO3/
pregnancy, abortion and various PSO4
assisted reproductive techniques
understanding their implications for
reproductive health and family
planning.

5 Identify and differentiate between PO 8/ PS R, U F L -


common sexually transmitted O1/PSO2
diseases including their respective
symptoms, transmission modes, and
risk factors.

29
6 Evaluate and advocate for the PO 2/PO E, C P L -
integration of comprehensive sex 8/ PSO1/
education into school curricula and PSO 4
community health initiatives,
emphasizing the importance of
informed decision-making and
respect for sexual rights.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO 1 1 - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 - - - - - -

CO 3 1 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - - - - -

CO 4 2 - 2 3 - - - - 1 - - - - - 2

CO 5 1 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 2

CO 6 1 - - 3 - - - - 1 - - - - - 2

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment /Seminar topics

1. Factors affecting Health


2. Structure of Male reproductive system

30
3. Structure of Female reproductive system
4. Physical and biological aspects of Adolescence
5. Assisted Reproductive techniques
6. Teenage Pregnancy and Sexual abuse
7. Contraceptives
8. Lifestyle diseases
9. Role of Vaccines in public health
10. Sexually transmitted diseases
11. Importance of Sex Education in Today’s Scenario
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz
2. Assignment
3. Submission of Report
4. Monitoring of yoga and exercise
5. Group discussion
6. Test
End Semester assessment
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO5 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 6 ✓ ✓

31
SEMESTER II

University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK2DSCZOO101
Course Title Non - Chordate Diversity-Part II
Type of Course DSC
Semester II
Academic 100 - 199
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours 0 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course This course provides the students with an in-depth knowledge of the
Summary diversity in form, structure and habits of coelomata. This course also
provides students with a comprehensive understanding of the diverse world
of invertebrates and the evolutionary significance of coelomates in the
animal kingdom. Through lectures, discussions, and hands-on activities,
students will gain insight into the remarkable adaptations and ecological
roles of these fascinating organisms.
Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 45 hrs


I Coelomates 2
1.1 Evolution of coelom and metamerism 2
II Annelida 5
2.1 General characteristics and classification (up to classes) 1
2.2 Polychaeta: eg. Nereis (mention heteronereis), Oligochaeta: eg. 2
Earthworm. Hirudinea: eg. Leech.
2.3 General topic: Vermicomposting 2

32
III Arthropoda and Onychophora 18
3.1 Arthropoda: General characters 2
3.2 Type- Penaeus; Morphology, digestive, respiratory, circulatory, 7
nervous, excretory and reproductive systems. Appendages and
larval forms.
3.3 Brief account on Limulus, Eupagurus, Sacculina, Apis 4
indica, Bombyx mori and Drosophila.
3.4 General topic : Social life in honey bees, termites and ants 3
3.5 General characters of Onychophora 1
3.6 Peripatus (Evolutionary significance). 1
IV Mollusca 10
4.1 General characteristics and classification (up to classes) 1
4.2 Monoplacophora: eg. Neopilina, Polyplacophora: eg. 5
Chiton, Aplacophora: eg. Neomenia, Gastropoda: eg. Pila,
Scaphopoda: eg. Dentalium, Pelecypoda: eg. Perna,
Cephalopoda: eg. Sepia.
4.3 General topic: Economic importance of mollusca, Pearl culture. 4
Mussel culture.
V Echinodermata 10
5.1 General characteristics and classification (up to classes). 1
5.2 Asteroidea: eg. Asterias, Ophiuroidea: eg. Ophiothrix, 5
Echinoidea: eg. Echinus, Holothuroidea: eg. Sea cucumber,
Crinoidea: eg. Sea lily.
5.3 General Topic: Water-vascular system and Larval forms in 4
Echinodermata

References

1. Barnes, R.D. (1987): Invertebrate Zoology. W: B. Sunders. New Delhi.


2. Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P. J. W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
3. Barrington E.J.W. (1967). Invertebrate Structure and Function. ELBS and Nelson,
London.
4. Brusca, R.C . and G. J. Brusca. (1940). Invertebrates. Sinauer Associates, Sunderland,
M.A.

33
5. Ekambaranatha Ayyar M. (1990). A Manual of Zoology. Vol. Invertebrata- Part1 &
PartII. S. Viswanathan Printers and Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
6. Hyman, L. H. (1942). The invertebrate volumes. Mc Gew Hill
7. Jordan, EL and Verma, P.S. (2000). Invertebrate Zoology. S. Chand and Co Ltd. New
Delhi.
8. Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
9. International Edition
10. Woese CR, Kandler O, Wheelis ML (June 1990). "Towards a natural system of
organisms: proposal for the domains Archaea, Bacteria, and Eucarya". Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America. 87 (12): 4576–9

Web Resources

1. https://eol.org
2. http://www.tolweb.org
3. https://www.marinebio.org/creatures/marine-invertebrates
4. https://www.montereybayaquarium.org/animals/animals

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl No. Contents
1. Study of following specimens:
Annelida - Nereis, Hirudinaria, Earthworm
Arthropoda - Limulus, Sacculina, Eupagurus, Bombyx, honey bees Onychophora –
Peripatus
Mollusca - Chiton, Dentalium, Pila, Pinctada, Sepia
Echinodermata - Asterias, Echinus, Sea cucumber, Sea lily
2. Mount the body setae of Earthworm/ Nereis parapodia/ Wing scales of
butterfly/Radula of Sepia (any one).
3. Mount the mouth parts of Cockroach / Honey bee/ mosquito (any one).
4. Mount the appendages of prawn.
5. Dissection of nervous system of prawn/ Cockroach (any one).
6. Dissection of digestive system of Cockroach.
7. Submit field report after visiting a Life science Research Institute (preferably
CMFRI/ZSI).
8. Submit a report on any 5 Crustaceans, Annelids, Molluscs and Echinoderms.

References
1. Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P. J. W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
2. Barrington, E.J.W. (1979). Invertebrate Structure and Functions. II Edition, E.L.B.S. and
Nelson.
3. Boradale, L.A. and Potts, E.A. (1961). Invertebrates: A Manual for the use of Students.
Asia Publishing Home .
4. Brusca, R.C, Giribet G, and Moore W (2023). Invertebrates (fourth edition). Sinauer
Associates, Sunderland, M.A. Oxford University Press, USA.

34
5. Dhami. P.S and Dhami, J. K. (1979). Invertebrate zoology. R. Chand & Co. New
Delhi.
6. Ekambaranatha Ayyar M. (1990). A Manual of Zoology. Invertebrata- Part1 & PartII. S.
Viswanathan Printers and Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
7. Henry Sherring Pratt (2015). A Course in Invertebrate Zoology: A Guide to the
Dissection and Comparative Study of Invertebrate Animals. Palala Press.
8. Jordan, EL and Verma, P.S. (2000). Invertebrate Zoology. S. Chand and Co Ltd. New
Delhi.
9. Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
International Edition.
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Understand the evolution of coelom and metamerism U PSO-1,3

CO-2 Understand the diagnostic characters of different R, U PSO-1, 3


phyla through brief studies of examples

CO-3 Obtain an overview of evolutionary significant, R,U PSO-1, 4


parasitic and economically important species of
coelomate

CO-4 Apply identification skill, to observe and categorise Ap PSO-6


organism

CO-5 Learn anatomy by dipping through simple dissections Ap PSO-6


and mountings on permitted species

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Non - Chordate diversity-Part II
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

35
CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical (P)
No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial
(T)

CO-1 Understand the PO- U F L


evolution of 2/PSO -
coelom and 1,3
metamerism

CO-2 Understand the PO- R, U F,C L


diagnostic 1,2/PSO
characters of -1, 3
different phyla
through brief
studies of
examples

CO-3 Obtain an PO- R, U F,C L


overview of 3/PSO -
evolutionary 1, 4
significant,
parasitic and
economical
important species
of coelomate

CO-4 Apply field PO- Ap F,C,P P


identification skill, 6/PSO -6
to identify and
categorise
organism

CO-5 Learn anatomy by PO- Ap F,C,P P


dipping through 6/PSO -6
simple dissections
and mountings on
permitted species

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

36
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

P PS PS PS PSO5 PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO


S O2 O3 O4 6 7 8 6
O
1
- - - - - - -
CO 3 - 3 - - - 2
1
- - - - - - -
CO 3 - 3 - - - 3
2
- - - - - - -
CO 2 - - 3 - - 2
3
- - - - - -
CO - - - - - 3 3 -
4

- - - - - -
CO - - - - - 3 3 -
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ / Seminar topics
1. Vector borne diseases – Dengue fever, Japanese Encephalitis, Malaria, Cutaneous
leishmaniasis
2. Economic importance of Molluscs
3. Social life in honey bees
4. Larval forms of Penaeus
5. Water vascular system in Echinodermata
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Submission of activity report

37
4. Test
5. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer questions
4. Essay Type questions
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓

CO5 ✓

38
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK2DSCZOO102
Course Title Wildlife Ecology
Type of Course DSC
Semester II
Academic 100 – 199
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course The course provides an exploration of wildlife ecology and behaviour,
Summary human-wildlife interactions, emphasizing the importance of
understanding these dynamics in conservation planning. It covers aspects
such as wildlife management techniques, human-wildlife conflict
management, environmental impact assessment and research techniques,
equipping them with practical skills to address real-world conservation
challenges.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60

hrs
I Introduction to Wildlife ecology 8
1.1 Definition and scope of wildlife ecology, Different types of forests (Brief 2
description)
1.2 Ecological Principles: Population dynamics: growth, regulation, and 2
interactions;
Community ecology: species interactions, trophic levels, and biodiversity
1.3 Habitat Ecology; Types of habitats and their characteristics, Habitat 2
selection and utilization by wildlife species

39
1.4 Wildlife Adaptations; Behavioural and physiological adaptations of 2
wildlife species; Adaptations to different habitats and environmental
conditions
II Wildlife Population Dynamics 8
2.1 Population Monitoring Techniques: Sampling methods: Direct count, 8
(Block count, Transect methods, Point count, Visual encounter survey,
Waterhole survey), Indirect count (Cell count, Track and signs, Pellet
count, Pug mark and Camera count) and remote sensing and GIS
applications in wildlife research.
III Wildlife Behaviour and Ecology 12
3.1 Migration and Dispersal: Causes and patterns of migration; Ecological 3
significance of dispersal in wildlife populations
3.2 Communication and Social Organization: Types of communication in 3
wildlife; Social structure and organization in wildlife populations
3.3 Territoriality and Home Range: Concepts of territoriality and home 3
range, Factors influencing territory size and shape
3.4 Human-Wildlife Interactions: Understanding human-wildlife 3
interactions; Impacts of human activities on wildlife behaviour and
ecology.
IV Wildlife Conservation 17
4.1 Conservation Strategies: Protected areas: types, design, and 5
management; Habitat conservation: restoration, enhancement, and creation
(In-situ and Ex-situ Conservation strategies –Brief Account)
Community-Based Conservation: Principles and approaches of
community-based conservation –in India and Kerala
Related activity: Field study – Visit to a Zoo/ Zoological Park/ Natural
History Museum and Submit a detailed report with photographs/ Prepare
a list of birds in the Zoo.
4.2 Wildlife Laws and Policies: Overview of wildlife laws and policies in 5
India; IWPA 1972 and its ramifications; Role of international conventions
and treaties in wildlife conservation (Brief Account only) Gadgil
Commission & Kasturirangan Commission.
4.3 Case studies of successful community-based conservation projects; 7
Project Tiger, Project Elephant, Project Crocodile and Project Cheetah
(Brief Account only). Threatened Species Conservation; Conservation
status and threats to endangered species; Conservation efforts for flagship
and keystone species; Control of Invasive species in forests with special
reference to Kerala Forests.
V Applied Wildlife Ecology 15

40
5.1 Wildlife Management Techniques: Population control methods: culling, 4
contraception, and translocation; Disease management in wildlife
populations
5.2 Human-Wildlife Conflict Management: Causes and mitigation strategies 5
for human-wildlife conflicts.
Conflict resolution through stakeholder engagement and conflict-sensitive
conservation
5.3 Environmental Impact Assessment: Principles and procedures of EIA; 2
Role of wildlife ecology in EIA for development projects (brief account
only).
5.4 Research Techniques in Wildlife Ecology: Field research methods: 4
trapping, tracking, and observation techniques; Non-invasive studies-
eDNA, Photogrammetry and AI. Data analysis and interpretation for
wildlife ecology research.

References

1. S K Singh (2010) Text Book of Wildlife Management International Book Distributing


Company, Lucknow.
2. Vivek Menon (2014) Indian Mammals: A Field Guide Hachette Book Publishing India
Pvt Ltd, Gurgaon.
3. S S Negi (1992) Himalayan Wildlife. Indus Publishing Company, New Delhi.
4. Mohan Pai (2005) The Western Ghats. M/S Narcinva Damodar Naik Margao, Goa.
5. Richard Carmichael (2007). Indian Wildlife. Apa Publications GmbH Co.Vertag KG
(Singapore).
6. C. Michael Hall and Stephen Boyd (2006) Nature based tourism in peripheral areas -
Development or disaster? Viva Books Pvt Ltd New Delhi.
7. Ministry of Environment & Forests GoI, (2002), National Biodiversity Strategy &
Action Plan
8. Krebs C. J (1985). The experimental analysis of distribution and abundance. Ecology.
Harper and Row, New York.
9. Odum, E.P. & Barrett, G W. (1953) Fundamentals of Ecology, Philadelphia.
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Understand the fundamental principles and scope of U, An PSO-1


wildlife ecology, including population dynamics,
community ecology, habitat ecology, and wildlife
adaptations.

CO-2 Demonstrate proficiency in population monitoring R, U PSO-2,5,6


techniques such as mark-recapture, transect surveys,
and remote sensing for estimating population
parameters.

CO-3 Evaluate various aspects about wildlife behaviour, U, A PSO-3


ecology and human wildlife conflicts

41
CO-4 1. Evaluate different conservation strategies, U, A PSO-3
2. Interpret wildlife laws, policies, and international
conventions related to wildlife conservation

CO-5 Demonstrate proficiency in research techniques in A PSO-1,7


wildlife ecology, including field research methods,
data analysis, and interpretation.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Wildlife Ecology
Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical
No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

1 Understand the PO- U, An F, C L


fundamental 1/PSO-1
principles and
scope of
wildlife
ecology,
including
population
dynamics,
community
ecology, habitat
ecology, and
wildlife
adaptations.

2 Demonstrate PO- R, U F,C L


proficiency in 5/PO-
population 8/PSO-
monitoring 2/PSO-
techniques such 5/PSO-6
as mark-
recapture,
transect
surveys, and
remote sensing
for estimating
population
parameters.

42
3 Evaluate PO- U,A F L
various aspects 1/PSO-3
about wildlife
behaviour,
ecology and
human wildlife
conflicts

4 3. Evaluate PO- An, A F,C L


different 8/PSO-3
conservation
strategies,
Interpret
wildlife laws,
policies, and
international
conventions
related to
wildlife
conservation

5 Demonstrate PO- U,Ap, An F, C,P L


proficiency in 5/PO-
research 7/PSO-
techniques in 1/PSO-7
wildlife
ecology,
including field
research
methods, data
analysis, and
interpretation.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive


Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO8
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CO 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 2 - 2 - - 1 2 - - - - - - 3 - - 2

43
CO3 - - 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 4 - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - 3

CO 5 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - - 3 - 2 -
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assignment /Seminar Topics
▪ Prof. Madhav Gadgil and Kasturirangan Report
▪ Different types of forests
▪ Human wildlife conflict
▪ Biodiversity Hotspots – Western Ghats
▪ Community based conservation
▪ Population monitoring techniques
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Quiz/ Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer questions
4. Essay Type questions
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

44
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK2DSCZOO103
Course Title Aquatic Ecosystems and Sustainable Management
Type of Course DSC
Semester II
Academic 100 - 199
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course This course shall provide a comprehensive understanding of structure function
Summary and dynamics of aquatic ecosystems and enable the student to understand and
analyse the interrelations and importance of biotic and abiotic factors. This
course is designed to understand and explore the impact of human activities on
aquatic ecosystems. The course also covers principles and strategies for
sustainable management of aquatic resources, focusing on conservation and
restoration.

Detailed Syllabus

60
Module Unit Content
hrs

Aquatic ecosystems 10

1.1 Introduction and definition of aquatic ecosystems 1

I 1.2 Types of Freshwater ecosystems – Lentic, Lotic and Wetlands 2

Types of Marine ecosystems – Littoral zone, Neritic zone and


1.3 2
oceanic zone
Types of Brackish water ecosystems – Estuaries, backwaters and
1.4 1
lagoons

45
1.5 River continuum concept–streams 1

1.6 Marine benthic zones and coral reefs– their significance 1


Important aquatic ecosystem spots in Kerala (Vembanad,
1.7 Sasthamkotta, Kadalundi mangrove system, Periyar river system 2
and its reservoirs)
Animals in aquatic ecosystems 10

2.1 Role of aquatic diversity in ecosystem stability and resilience 2


Adaptations of aquatic animals in lentic and lotic systems– deep-
II 2.2 5
sea animals, aquatic insects and benthos
Phytoplankton, Zooplankton, Nekton and Neuston
2.3 1
Related Activity - Collection of Zooplankton using plankton nets.

2.4 Bioindicators – Definition and importance in aquatic ecosystem 2

Abiotic factors of aquatic ecosystems 10

Chemical properties of water –


pH, Dissolved oxygen, Carbon dioxide, BOD, COD
3.1 Related Activity - Sampling and collection of water samples from 3
a nearby water body and analyse the important physico chemical
parameters.
III Physical factors in aquatic systems–
3.2 Light-Zonation, Temperature and Thermal stratification, 3
Turbidity, Dissolved solids

3.3 Classification of lakes and marine systems based on light zonation 2

Nutrient Cycles in aquatic ecosystems


3.4 2
(Carbon, Nitrogen and phosphorus Cycles)

Challenges faced by aquatic ecosystems 15

Physical alterations: Changes in water temperature, availability of


4.1 3
light and flow modifications of water.

IV

Chemical alterations: Nutrient overload, presence of harmful


4.2 4
chemicals, oxygen depleting activities

Biological alterations: Overfishing, introduction of invasive


4.3 4
species

46
Impact of Plastic and Micro plastic pollution

4.4 Related Activity - Study the effect of plastic pollution and propose 4
mitigation strategies.

Conservation and Management of aquatic systems 15

5.1 Systematic Conservation Planning for aquatic ecosystems 2

5.2 Principles of ecosystem-based management for aquatic ecosystem 2

Integrated water resource management (IWRM) approaches –


V 5.3 2
(Brief description on importance)
Conservation strategies for aquatic biodiversity: Protected areas,
5.4 3
restoration
Importance of traditional ecological knowledge in aquatic
5.5 3
biodiversity conservation
Indigenous knowledge systems for sustainable aquatic resource
5.6 3
management
References
1. Allan, J.D and Castillo.M.M.2009, Stream Ecology (Second Ed.) Springer,
Netherlands
2. Wetzel, R. G. (2001). Limnology: Lake and River Ecosystems (3rd ed.). Academic
Press.
3. Odum, E.P. 1971. Ecology. Holt Riehart& Winston Inc., USA, 152 pp.
4. Sharma, B. K. (2016). Environmental Science: Water Pollution and Management.
Rastogi Publications.
5. Kalff, J. (2002). Limnology: Inland Water Ecosystems. Prentice Hall.
6. Prasad, B., & Sharma, C. (2019). Sustainable Management of Aquatic Resources.
CRC Press.
7. Datta, S. C., & Chattopadhyay, G. N. (2017). Ecology of Plankton. Springer.
8. Keshaviah, P. (Ed.). (2014). Water Resources, Policies, and Politics in India:
Initiatives and Challenges. Routledge.
Web Resources
1. International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) - Freshwater Conservation:
https://www.iucn.org/theme/freshwater.

2. Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), India: http://www.cpcb.nic.in/


3. National Institute of Oceanography (NIO), India: https://www.nio.org/
4. Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of India:
http://moef.gov.in/
5. Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) - Central Inland Fisheries Research
Institute: https://cifri.icar.gov.in/
6. National Institute of Oceanography, India: https://www.nio.org/
7. National Mission for Clean Ganga, Government of India: https://nmcg.nic.in/
8. World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) - India: https://www.wwfindia.org/

47
9. United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) - India:
https://www.unep.org/explore-topics/resource-efficiency/what-we-do/resource-
efficiency-and-chemicals/regions/asia-and-87

Course Outcomes

Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO


No.
able to Level addressed

Develop a critical thinking based on comprehensive


CO-1 knowledge and understand different types of aquatic R, U, An PSO-1,2
ecosystems.

Analyse and describe the interactions between biotic


and abiotic components within different ecosystems
CO-2 C, U, An, E PSO- 2
and understand how these interactions contribute to
ecosystem stability

Recognise the ecosystem services provided by


CO-3 U, An, E PSO-2,3
different types of ecosystems.

Identify and categorise the major threats faced by


CO-4 aquatic ecosystems such as pollution, habitat R, U, An PSO-3,4
destruction, overfishing etc.

Assess the impact of human activities on different


ecosystems including different habitat destructions, PSO-
CO-5 U, An, E,C
pollution and climate change including man made 2,3,4,7
effects.

Students will get awareness and develop skills to


convey scientific concepts to diverse audiences, C, An, E,
CO-6 PSO-5,6,7
including policy makers, stakeholders and the general Ap
public.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Aquatic Ecosystems and Sustainable Management
Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cognitiv Knowledg Lecture Practi
No. e Level e (L)/Tuto cam
Category rial (T) (P)

CO-1 Develop a PO-1,2,3,4 R, U, An F, C L -


comprehensive PSO-1,2,3,4
knowledge and
understand different
types of aquatic
ecosystems

48
CO-2 Analyse and describe PO-1,2,3,4 C, U, An, F, C L -
the interactions E
PSO-1,2,3,4
between biotic and
abiotic components
within different
ecosystems and
understand how these
interactions
contribute to
ecosystem stability.

CO-3 Recognise the PO- U, An, E F, C L


ecosystem services 3,4,6,7,8
provided by different PSO-5,6,7,
types of ecosystems.

CO-4 Identify and PO-1,2,3,4 R, U, An F, C, P L


categorise the major PSO-
threats faced by 1,2,3,5,6,7
aquatic ecosystems
such as pollution,
habitat destruction,
overfishing etc.

CO-5 Assess the impact of PO-5,6,7,8 U, An, F, C,M L


human activities on E,C
PSO-5,6,7
different ecosystems
including different
habitat destructions,
pollution and climate
change including man
made effects.

CO-6 Students will get PO- C, An, E, F, C L


awareness and 3,4,5,6,7 Ap
develop skills to
PSO-4,5,6,7
convey scientific
concepts to diverse
audiences, including
policy makers,
stakeholders and the
general public.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

49
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PS0 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CO 3 2 1 1 - - 3 2 1 - - - - -
1

CO 2 3 2 1 - - 2 3 2 3 - - - -
2

CO - 3 3 2 3 3 - 1 1 1
3

CO 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 - - -
4

CO - - - 3 3 2 3 3 3 2
5

CO - - - 3 2 1 1 3 2 1
6
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/Seminar topics
1. Impact of climate change on aquatic ecosystem
2. Aquatic adaptation of deep-sea animals
3. Economic analysis of ecotourism in aquatic ecosystems and its role in
conservation.
4. Impact of Plastic and Micro plastic pollution on aquatic ecosystem
5. Important aquatic ecosystem spots in Kerala

50
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
5. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Question
2. Very Short Answer Question
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

51
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK2DSCZOO104
Course Title Sensory Physiology
Type of Course DSC
Semester II
Academic 100 – 199
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides basic knowledge about the sense organs and the
Summary mechanisms by which humans receive information about their environment
through sensory organs. The learner shall understand the functional
anatomy of the main sense organs in our body.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
I Photoreceptors 14

1.1 Structure of human eye- mention rods and cones 3


1.2 Physiology of vision, visual pigments, optics of vision (binocular vision 4
and accommodation), light and dark adaptation
1.3 Theories of colour vision-Trichromatic theory, Opponent-process 3
theory
1.4 2
Visual pathway from retina to cortex, neural basis of colour vision

52
1.5 Visual defects- myopia, hypermetropia, presbyopia, astigmatism, 2
cataract, glaucoma, amblyopia, colour blindness (brief account only)
Related activity: Students are directed to conduct a survey based on visual
defects among school or college students and present the report.
II Audio receptors 12
2.1 Structure of ear- Anatomy and functions of structural components 3
2.2 Mechanism of hearing 3
2.3 Auditory pathways-lemniscal and non-lemniscal pathways 4
2.4 Hearing disorders – sensorineural, conductive and mixed hearing loss , 2
Tinnitus, Meniere’s disease (brief account only)

Related activity: Students are directed to conduct a survey on hearing defects


among school or college students and present the report.

III Chemoreceptors 10
3.1 Gustation – taste receptors and their mechanisms – perception of taste 4
(salt, bitter, sweet, sour and umami), mention taste pathway
3.2 Olfaction- olfactory receptors, olfactory pathways 4
3.3 Interaction of taste and smell 1
3.4 Disorders of olfaction and gustation- anosmia and ageusia (brief 1
account only)
Related activity: Students can be encouraged to make a PowerPoint
presentation on various factors that alter taste perception (group of 5 members).
IV Cutaneous receptors and proprioceptors 9
4.1 Touch and pressure receptors- Meissner’s corpuscle, Merkel’s discs, 1
pacinian corpuscle, Ruffinis’s endings (brief account only)
4.2 Thermoreceptors-warm and cold receptors (A-delta fibres and C-delta 2
fibres)
4.3 Position senses- muscle spindle and Golgi Tendon Organ (brief account 2
only)
4.4 Vestibular senses (Labyrinthine sense)- Otolith organs in inner ear, 4
semi-circular canals- crista ampullaris (structure and function)
Related activity: Power point presentation on “Time perception” (group of 5
members).
V Pain receptors 15

53
5.1 Nociceptors- different types (A-delta fibres, C-fibres, TRP receptors 1
(brief account only).
5.2 Types of pain-acute and chronic pain, neuropathic pain, Phantom limb 3
pain and mirror box, referred and visceral pain
5.3 Clinical abnormalities of pain and other somatic sensations- 2
Hyperalgesia, Thalamic syndrome, Tic Douloureux, Brown- Sequard
Syndrome
5.4 Pain suppression system in brain and spinal cord- Ascending and 6
descending pathways, Brain-opiate systems (endorphins and
enkephalins) Gate control theory (Melzack and Wall theory).
5.5 Pain treatment and management- opioid and non-opioid analgesics, 3
anti- inflammatory drugs, muscle relaxants, Placebo effect,
Acupuncture, TENS (Brief mention only).

Related activity: Group discussion on Identifying useful tips for managing pain.

References
1. Chaudhuri,S.K Concise Medical Physiology New Central Book Agency
2. Guyton,A.C. Text book of Medical Physiology,W.B. Saunders Co
3. Hilgar & Atkinson. Introdution of Psychology.
4. Kalat, J.W. Biological Psychology. CA: Wadsworth.
5. Levintha;. C.F Introduction to Physiological Psychology New Delhi Prentice Hall
6. Schneider, A. M., and Tarshis, B. An Introduction to Physiology. New York Random
House.
7. Weiten, W. (2008) Psychology: Themes and variations 7th ed New York: Brooks/Cole.
8. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK539861/
9. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK219252/
10. https://www.jax.org/news-and-insights/2019/april/mechanisms-of-sound-perception
11. https://www.aao.org/eye-health/anatomy/parts-of-eye

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Provides a comprehensive understanding of the U PSO- 1,3,4

54
mechanisms underlying visual mechanisms and visual
impairments

CO-2 Examines the anatomy and functions of the structural U, Ap, An PSO- 1,4
components of the ear, including the mechanism of
hearing and auditory pathways, evaluate disorders etc,
which provide students with a comprehensive
understanding of the ear's anatomy, function, and
common auditory disorders.

CO-3 Explores the mechanisms of gustation and olfaction, U PSO- 1,4


which provides a comprehensive understanding of
chemosensation and its related disorders.

CO-4 Provides a comprehensive understanding of U PSO- 1,4


somatosensation and vestibular perception.

CO-5 Provide a comprehensive understanding of pain U PSO- 1,4


mechanisms, disorders, and treatment modalities.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Sensory Physiology


Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practica
No. Level Category (L)/Tut l (P)
orial (T)

1 Provides a comprehensive PO-1,2/ U F, C L -


understanding of the mechanisms PSO-
underlying visual mechanisms and 1,3,4
visual impairments

2 Examines the anatomy and PO- U, Ap, An F, C L -


functions of the structural 1,2,8/
components of the ear, including PSO- 1,4
the mechanism of hearing and
auditory pathways, disorders etc,
which provide students with a
comprehensive understanding of
the ear's anatomy, function, and
common auditory disorders.

55
3 Explores the mechanisms of PO- U F, C L -
gustation and olfaction, which 1,2,8/
provides a comprehensive PSO- 1,4
understanding of chemosensation
and its related disorders.

4 Provides comprehensive PO-1,2/ U F, C L -


understanding of somatosensation PSO- 1,4
and vestibular perception.

5 Provide a comprehensive PO-1,2/ U F, C L -


understanding of pain PSO- 1,4
mechanisms, disorders, and
treatment modalities.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs


P P P
PS PS PS PS S S S PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O O O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5 6 7
CO 1 2 - 1 3 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -

CO 2 2 - - 2 - - - 2 1 - - - - - 1
CO 3 1 - - 2 - - - 1 2 - - - - - 1
CO 4 2 - - 2 - - - 2 1 - - - - - -
CO 5 2 - - 2 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -

Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics

1. The role of sensory perception in everyday life

56
2. Prepare a power point presentation on the working of different sense organs
3. Diseases affecting different sense organs
4. Recent advancements in technology (e.g., virtual reality, neuroimaging) and their
applications in studying sensory physiology,
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of PowerPoint presentations
4. Test
5. Quiz/ Debate
End semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer type
4. Essay type

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignm Project End Semester


Exam ent Evaluation Examinations
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

57
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK2MDCZOO101

Course Title Global Climate Change

Type of Course MDC


Semester II

Academic Level 100-199

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week

3 3 hours - - 3
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course Summary The course will develop a comprehensive understanding of Earth system
dynamics, climate change impacts, mitigation strategies, and international
agreements aimed at addressing global environmental challenges. They will be
equipped to analyse environmental data, assess ecological health, and contribute
to sustainable practices and policy decisions related to climate change and
environmental protection.

Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 45 hrs

Earth System Study 9

Concept of the earth system- climate forcing, responses, feedback loops,


1.1 3
equilibrium states, Daisyworld model, solar flux at Earth’s orbit.
I
Evolution of ozone layer; planetary energy balance, seasonal variability.
1.2 3
Radiative transfer, an improved estimate of climate sensitivity.

1.3 Global Environmental change issues and challenges - El Nino, La Nina. 3

Causes of Climate Change 8

Greenhouse gases and their sources; greenhouse effects; causes of


II depletion of ozone layer and consequences; climate change: effects of
2.1 8
enhanced UV radiation on plants, microbes, animals, human health and
materials; global energy infrastructure and GHG emissions.

III Impacts on climate 9

58
Atmospheric deposition: past and present scenario; causes and
consequences of excessive atmospheric deposition of nutrients and trace
3.1 elements; acid rain and its effects on plants, animals, microbes and 5
ecosystems.

Eutrophication, Consequences on climate, oceans, agriculture, natural


3.2 4
vegetation and humans; cloud formation, storms and climate
Future Climate: Scenarios and Projections 10

Green Audit - quantitative analysis of flora and fauna, assessment of water


bodies, water audit, energy audit, carbon footprint analysis.
4.1 5
Related activity: Green audit- (Residence/Campus).

IV Ecological indicators and animal examples (Fishes, Birds and Lichens).


Role of INCOIS and IMD.
Related activities:
4.2 1. Preparation of Weather chart preparation (Temperature/Rainfall) - 5
Connect INCOIS, India Meteorological Department
2. Identification of environmental indicators in Climate change
(animals/plants/invasive species) and submission of reports
(Lists/pictures).
International summits and agreements 9

International efforts on climate change issues. Global efforts for mitigating


ozone layer depletion. Climate modelling and climate change feedback
5.1 (Brief account only). 3

International Summits: BRICS, G20, G7, ASEAN, SAARC, Indian


Science Congress, NATO. Earth Summit-Rio de Janeiro.
V International agreements: The United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change, UNFCCC, Kyoto Protocol, Paris
5.2 Agreement. Swedish environmental activist contribution; Greta
Thunberg (Brief account).
Integrated Assessment models: Asia Pacific Integrated models; SASCOF
model; Multiregional Approach for Resource and Industry 6
Allocation Model (MARIA); Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
(IPCC) and Emissions budgets.

References
1. Adger, N.; Brown, K. and Conway, D. (2012). Global Environmental Change:
Understanding the Human Dimensions. The National Academic Press.
2. Hester, R.E. and Harrison, R.M. (2002). Global Environmental Change. Royal Society
of Chemistry.
3. Matthew, R.A.; Barnett, J. and McDonald, B. (2009). Global Environmental Change
and Human Security. MIT Press., USA.
4. Turekian, K.K. (1996). Global Environmental Change-Past, Present, and Future.
Prentice-Hall.

59
Web resources
1. https://incois.gov.in/
2. https://mausam.imd.gov.in/
3. https://mausamjournal.imd.gov.in/index.php/MAUSAM

Course Outcomes

Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO


No.
able to Level addressed

Explain the impact of climate change on human


CO 1 U PSO-1,2
wellbeing.

Evaluate the means by which the impact of climate


CO 2 R, U PSO-1,2
change can be reduced.

Critically read and discuss articles related to climate or


evaluate the causes of climate change, including
CO 3 PSO-1,2
greenhouse gases, their sources, and the greenhouse A, E
effect.

Recognise the importance of approaches of different


CO 4 PSO-1,2
agencies on global warming. E

Explain the anthropological impact of climate change


or assess the impacts of climate change on atmospheric
deposition, excessive nutrient and trace element
CO 5 PSO-1,2
deposition, acid rain, eutrophication, and their
consequences on various ecosystems and human A, E, U
activities.

Identify and discuss global environmental change


issues and challenges, including the evolution of the
CO6 PSO-1,2
ozone layer, radiation transfer, and an improved A, E
estimate of climate sensitivity.

Analyse future climate scenarios and projections,


CO7 including cloud formation, El Niño, and its effects on PSO-1,2
climate patterns. A

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

60
Name of the Course: Global Climate Change
Credits: 3:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
Lecture
CO Cognitive Knowledge Practical
CO PO/PSO (L)/Tutoria
No. Level Category (P)
l (T)

Explain the impact of


PO 1/
1 climate change on human U F, C L -
PSO-1,2
wellbeing.

Evaluate the means by


PO 1, PO
which the impact of
2 2/ PSO1, R, U F, P L --
climate change can be
PSO 2
reduced.

Critically read and discuss


articles related to climate
or evaluate the causes of PO2/
3 climate change, including PSO1, An, E F L -
greenhouse gases, their PSO 2
sources, and the
greenhouse effect.

Recognise the importance PO1,


of approaches of different PO2/
4 E F, C L -
agencies on global PSO1,
warming. PSO 2

Explain the
anthropological impact of
climate change or assess
the impacts of climate
change on atmospheric PO1,
deposition, excessive PO2/
5 An, E, U F L -
nutrient and trace element PSO1,
deposition, acid rain, PSO 2
eutrophication, and their
consequences on various
ecosystems and human
activities.

Identify and discuss global PO 2/


6 environmental change PSO1, An, E F, C L -
issues and challenges, PSO 2

61
including the evolution of
the ozone layer, radiative
transfer, and an improved
estimate of climate
sensitivity.

Analyse future climate


scenarios and projections, PO2/
7 including cloud formation, PSO1, An F, P L -
El Nino, and its effects on PSO 2
climate patterns.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PS PSO PO


PSO1 PSO4 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
2 3 O5 6 7

CO 1 3 2 - - - - 2 - - - - - -

CO 2 2 3 - - - - 2 3 - - - - -

CO 3 1 1 - - - - - 1 - - - - -

CO 4 2 2 - - - - 1 2 - - - - -

CO 5 3 1 - - - - 3 2 - - - - -

CO 6 1 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - -

CO 7 2 1 - - - - - 3 - - - - -

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium

62
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics
1. Group discussions on the pros and cons of different international agreements in
climate change mitigation.
2. Global warming and Greenhouse effect
3. Ozone layer depletion
4. Acid rain and its consequences
5. Earth Hour
6. Kyoto protocol
7. Greta Thunberg
8. Paris Agreement
9. G 20
10. INCOIS and IMD
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of Green audit report
4. Submission of Activity report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Project End Semester


Assignment
Exam Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

CO 6 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 7 ✓ ✓ ✓

63
SEMESTER III

University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK3DSCZOO201

Course Title Chordate Diversity- Part I

Type of Course DSC

Semester III

Academic Level 200 - 299

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week

4 3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course Summary The course "Chordate Diversity Part 1" provides a comprehensive overview of
chordates, from the tunicates to the amphibians. The key points covered in this
course are salient features of chordates, classical classification, cladogram, and
exciting examples. Exciting topics on air-breathing fishes, migratory fishes,
blind fishes, endemic fishes, and invasive alien fishes are also included. Overall,
the course provides a comprehensive understanding of chordate diversity and
evolution. Through lectures and hands-on activities, students gain a deeper
appreciation for chordates' remarkable diversity, evolutionary history, and
significance in biological research and conservation efforts.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to Chordates 5
1.1 Chordates: Key characters (Notochord, Dorsal tubular nerve cord, 2
Pharyngeal gill-slits) of Chordata (Brief account only).
1.2 Classification and Phylogeny: Classical classification of chordates 3
(Mention only). New trends in the classification of chordates based on
molecular data and phylogenetic analyses (Cladogram) (Brief account only).
Phylogenetic tree (Cladogram) of chordates (Brief account only).
II Non-vertebrate Chordates 4
2.1 Non-vertebrate Chordates: Evolutionary significance (Brief account only). 1

64
2.2 Tunicates: General characters. Scientific classification, IUCN status, 2
distribution, and salient features of Star tunicate (Botryllus schlosseri).
Retrogressive metamorphosis in ascidian larvae (Brief account only).
2.3 Lancelets: General characters. Scientific classification, IUCN status, 1
habitat, salient features and feeding behaviour of European lancelet
(Branchiostoma lanceolatum).
III Vertebrate Chordates 12
3.1 Vertebrates: An overview of evolution (Brief account only). Key 3
characteristics and significant characteristics of vertebrates.
3.2 Fishes: The origin of fishes (Brief account only). Key characteristics of 3
fishes (Vertebral column, Jaws and paired appendages, Internal gills, Single-
loop blood circulation, Nutritional deficiencies). Evolution of fishes (Brief
account only).
3.3 Jawless Fishes (Agnathans): General characters. Scientific classification, 2
IUCN status, distribution, habitat, and salient features of Pacific hagfish
(Eptatretus stoutii) and Sea lamprey (Petromyzon marinus) - Mention
ecology, migration and invasiveness.
3.4 Cartilaginous Fishes (Chondrichthyes): General characters. Scientific 2
classification, IUCN status, distribution, habitat, salient features, and
ecology of Spadenose shark (Scoliodon laticaudus) and Marbled electric ray
(Torpedo marmorata) - Mention defence mechanism.
3.5 Bony Fishes (Osteichthyes): General characters. Scientific classification, 2
IUCN status, distribution, habitat, and salient features of Indian mackerel
(Rastrelliger kanagurta) and Live sharksucker (Echeneis naucrates) -
Mention adaptations.
IV Interesting Facts on Fishes 14
4.1 Air-breathing Fishes: Types of accessory respiratory organs in fishes. Brief 3
account on accessory respiratory organs in Climbing perch (Anabas
testudineus), Walking catfish (Clarias batrachus), Spotted snakehead
(Channa punctata), Stinging catfish (Heteropneustes fossilis), European eel
(Anguilla Anguilla), and Banded gourami (Trichogaster fasciata).
4.2 Fish Migration: Mention types of migration. Classification of fishes 2
based on migration (Anadromous and Catadromous). Significance and
disadvantages of migration. Eg. Migration in European eel (Anguilla
anguilla).
4.3 Blind Fishes: General characteristics of cave-dwelling fishes, Threats and 2
conservation., Very brief descriptions on the specialities of Meghalayan
cave fish (Neolissochilus pnar), Cave goby (Typhleotris madagascariensis),
Blind cave goby (Typhleotris mararybe), Blind electric ray (Typhlonarke
aysoni), Blind catfish (Horaglanis krishnai), Waterfall climbing cave fish
(Cryptotora thamicola), and Ozark cavefish (Amblyopsis rosae).
4.5 Common Indigenous Fishes of Kerala: Brief descriptions on Distribution, 3
habitat, vernacular names and threats of Denison barb/Miss Kerala
(Dawkinsia denisonii), Gunther's catfish (Horabagrus brachysoma),
Pearlspot (Etroplus suratensis).
4.6 Diversity of Invasive Alien fishes of India: Ecological concern and effect 4
of climate change. A case study on the invasion of the Suckermouth catfish
(Hypostomus plecostomus). Brief descriptions of invasive alien fishes,
Mozambique tilapia (Oreochromis mossambicus), Common carp (Cyprinus
carpio), Striped catfish (Pangasianodon hypophthalmus), Orinoco sailfin
catfish (Pterygoplichthys multiradiatus), Amazon sailfin catfish
(Pterygoplichthys pardalis), and Pirapitinga (Piaractus brachypomus).
V Amphibians 10

65
5.1 Amphibians: Origin (Brief account only). Distinguishing characteristics of 3
amphibians (Legs, Lungs, Cutaneous respiration, Pulmonary veins and
Partially divided heart). Evolution of amphibians (Brief account only).
5.2 Modern Amphibians: 4
Frogs and Toads (Anurans): General characters. Scientific classification,
IUCN status, habitat, and salient features. of Malabar flying frog
(Rhacophorus malabaricus). Mention Indian toad (Duttaphrynus parietalis)
Salamanders (Caudatans): General characters. Scientific classification,
IUCN status, habitat, salient features, neoteny and paedogenesis of Tiger
salamander (Ambystoma tigrinum). Mention Neoteny.
Caecilians (Apodans): General characters. Scientific classification, IUCN
status, distribution, and salient features of Kodagu striped Ichthyophis
(Ichthyophis kodaguensi).
5.3 Parental Care in Amphibians: Types (Direct nursing & nests). Brief 3
account of parental care in Common midwife toad (Alytes obstetricans),
Darwin's frog (Rhinoderma darwinii), Common Surinam toad (Pipa pipa),
Horned marsupial frog (Gastrotheca cornuta), Malabar flying frog
(Rhacophorus malabaricus), and Ceylon caecilian (Ichthyophis glutinosus).
References:
Recommended Books
1. Peter H. Raven, George B. Johnson, Kenneth A. Mason, Jonathan Losos, and Susan
Singer, Carleton College (2017). Biology, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Education.
2. Young, J. Z. (2004). The Life of Vertebrates, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press.
3. Michael J. Benton (2024). Vertebrate Palaeontology, 5th edition, Wiley.
4. Kotpal R. L. (2020). Vertebrates, Fifth Edition, Rastogi Publications.
Suggested Reading:
1. Darlington P. J. The geographical distribution of animals, R.E Krieger Pub Co.
2. Benton, M. J. (2004). Vertebrate Palaeontology, Third Edition. Blackwell Publishing.
3. Ueda H and Tsukamoto, K (2013). Physiology and Ecology of Fish Migration CRC
Press. ISBN 9781466595132.
4. Francis Day (2018). The Fishes of India, Vol. 1: Being a Natural History of the Fishes
Known to Inhabit the Seas and Fresh Waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon. Forgotten
Books, Reprint.
5. Francis Day (2018). The Fishes of India, Vol. 2: Being a Natural History of the Fishes
Known to Inhabit the Seas and Fresh Waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon. Forgotten
Books, Reprint.
6. Eleonora Trajano, Maria Elina Bichuette and B.G. Kapoor (2017). Biology of
Subterranean Fishes, 1st edition, CRC Press.
7. Michael J. Benton (2014). Vertebrate Palaeontology, 4th edition, Wiley-Blackwell.
8. Harvey Pough F. and Christine M. Janis (2019). Vertebrate Life, 10th Edition, Oxford
University Press.
9. Richard D. Aldridge (2019). Handbook of Animal Diversity, CRC Press, ISBN
9781351089906, First Edition.
10. Kenneth Kardong (2019). Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution.
ISBN13: 9781259700910, 8th Edition.
Web Resources:
1. http://palaeo.gly.bris.ac.uk/benton/vertclass.html
2. https://www.britannica.com/animal/cave-fish
3. https://encyclopediaofarkansas.net/entries/cave-fishes-14667/
4. https://vertebrate-zoology.arphahub.com/article/101011/
5. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in

66
6. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in
7. https://www.britannica.com/science/invasive-species
8. https://www.fishbase.se/search.php
Practicum (30 hrs)
(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)

Sl. Contents
No.

1 Tunicates: External organisation of an adult Ascidia. Sketch and label (Spotter).

2 Lancelets: European lancelet (Branchiostoma lanceolatum), Wheel organ of Amphioxus.


Sketch and label (Spotter).

3 Cartilaginous Fishes (Chondrichthyes): Spotted eagle ray (Aetobatus narinari) and


Smooth hammerhead (Sphyrna zygaena). Salient features (Spotter). (Use
photos/drawings).

4 Bony Fishes (Osteichthyes): Bigeye tuna (Thunnus obesus), Short-snouted seahorse


(Hippocampus hippocampus), and Oceanic two-wing flyingfish (Exocoetus obtusirostris).
Salient features (Spotter). (Use photos/drawings).

5 Frogs and Toads (Anurans): Purple frog (Nasikabatrachus sahyadrensis) and Asian
common toad (Duttaphrynus melanostictus). Salient features (Spotter). (Use
photos/drawings).

6 Salamanders (Caudatans): Yellow-spotted salamander (Ambystoma maculatum) and


Proteus (Proteus anguinus): Salient features (Spotter). (Use photos/drawings).

7 Caecilians (Apodans): Taita African caecilian (Boulengerula taitana): Salient features.


(Spotter). (Use photos/drawings).

8 Osteology of frog: Typical vertebra, Ninth vertebra, Urostyle. Sketch and label. (Spotter).

9 Isolation and temporary whole mount preparation of Placoid scales of Shark (Minor
practical).

10 Isolation and temporary whole mount preparation of Cycloid scales of a fish (Minor
practical).

11 Isolation and temporary whole mount preparation of the Ctenoid scale of a fish (Minor
practical).

12 Dissection and display the digestive system of any fish (Major practical).

13 Make a poster on the phylogeny of the living vertebrates (Use photographs/drawings,


Group activity).

14 Make a poster showing major classes of fishes, typical examples (photographs/drawings)


and key characteristics (Group activity).

67
15 PowerPoint presentation on Amphibian Orders (Anura, Caudata, and Apoda). Typical
examples and Key characteristics of living Amphibians (Frogs, Toads, Salamanders,
Newts, and Caecilians) must be included (Group activity).

16 Visit a local aquarium and make a report on five exotic ornamental fishes (Individual
report).

References

Recommended Books:

1. Peter H. Raven, George B. Johnson, Kenneth A. Mason, Jonathan Losos, and Susan
Singer, Carleton College (2017). Biology, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Education.
2. Young, J. Z. (2004). The Life of Vertebrates, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press.
3. Kotpal R. L. (2020). Vertebrates, Fifth Edition, Rastogi Publications.
Suggested Reading:
1. Francis Day (2018). The Fishes of India, Vol. 1: Being a Natural History of the Fishes
Known to Inhabit the Seas and Fresh Waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon. Forgotten
Books, Reprint.
2. Francis Day (2018). The Fishes of India, Vol. 2: Being a Natural History of the Fishes
Known to Inhabit the Seas and Fresh Waters of India, Burma, and Ceylon. Forgotten
Books, Reprint.
3. Harvey Pough F. and Christine M. Janis (2019). Vertebrate Life, 10th Edition, Oxford
University Press.
4. Richard D. Aldridge (2019). Handbook of Animal Diversity, CRC Press, ISBN
9781351089906, First Edition.
5. Kenneth Kardong (2019). Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution.
ISBN13: 9781259700910, 8th Edition.

Web Resources:

1. https://www.britannica.com
2. https://www.fishbase.se/search.php
3. https://animaldiversity.org
4. https://cmfri.com/library-museum.html
5. https://www.museumsofindia.org/museum/12251/kerala-biodiversity-museum
6. https://tnhm.in
7. https://naturalhistory.si.edu
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Gain proficiency in recognizing the distinctive traits U, Ap, An 1, 3, 6


and attributes of chordates and cultivate adeptness in
identifying them through practical laboratory
exercises.

68
CO-2 Understand and analyse key distinguishing features and U, Ap, An 1, 2, 3, 6
evolutionary significance of cephalochordates and learn
food and feeding strategies through practical laboratory
sessions.

CO-3 Understand and analyse the salient features of U, Ap, An 1, 3, 6


Tunicates and create awareness of their habitats.

CO-4 Gain a thorough understanding of the diversity and U, Ap, An 1, 3, 5, 6, 7


conservation considerations related to fishes, while
enhancing visualization skills through the creation of
posters and hands-on laboratory experiences.

CO-5 Gain insight into and analyse the critical distinguishing Ap, An 3, 7, 6
characteristics, ecological roles, and parental care
behaviours observed in amphibians.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Chordate Diversity -Part I
Credits: 3:0:1(Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/ (P)
Tutorial
(T)

1 Gain proficiency in recognizing PO-1, 5, U, An, Ap C, P L P


the distinctive traits and attributes 6/ PSO-1,
of chordates and cultivate 3, 6
adeptness in identifying them
through practical laboratory
exercises.

2 Understand and analyse key PO-1, 6/ U, An, Ap F, C, P L P


distinguishing features and PSO- 1,
evolutionary significance of 2, 3, 6
cephalochordates and learn food
and feeding strategies through
practical laboratory sessions.

3 Understand and analyse the salient PO-1, 6/ U, An, Ap F, C, P L P


features of Tunicates and create PSO-1, 3,
awareness of their habitats. 6

69
4 Gain a thorough understanding of PO-1, 2, U, An, Ap F, C, P L P
the diversity and conservation 5, 6, 8
considerations related to fishes,
/PSO-1,
while enhancing visualization
3, 5, 6, 7
skills through the creation of
posters and hands-on laboratory
experiences.

5 Gain insight into and analyse the PO-1, 6, U, An, Ap F, C, P L P


critical distinguishing 8/ PSO-3,
characteristics, ecological roles, 6, 7
and parental care behaviours
observed in amphibians.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

CO PS PS PS PSO PSO PS PS PS PO PO2 PO PO PO PO PSO PSO


O1 O2 O3 4 5 O6 O7 O8 1 3 4 5 6 7 8

1
3 - 3 - - 1 - - 2 - - - 1 1 - -

2
- 1 3 - - 1 - - 1 - - - - 2 - -

3
- - 3 - - 1 - - 2 - - - - 2 - -

4
- - 2 - 2 1 1 - 2 2 - - 2 3 - 1

5
- - 3 - - 1 1 - 1 - - - - 3 - 1

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly/Low

2 Moderate/Medium

3 Substantial/High

70
Assessment Rubrics:

Assignments/Seminars (Any two)

1. Explore the symbiotic relationships between tunicates and other organisms.


2. Adaptations of Lancelets to benthic environments.
3. Fish diversity in freshwater ecosystems.
4. Amphibian-associated ecosystem services.
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Submission of reports
4. Submission of field reports
5. Tests

End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examinations

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester


Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ - ✓

71
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSCZOO202
Course Title Diversity of Chordates

Type of Course DSC


Semester III
Academic Level 200-299

Lecture per Tutorial Practical Total


Credit
week per week per week Hours/Week
Course Details
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Diversity of Chordates is an undergraduate course that leads the learner into


the captivating world of chordates, with animals ranging from fish to mammals.
Through engaging lectures and practical sessions, students explore the
anatomical, physiological, and ecological intricacies of chordates. The course
Course
also delves into evolutionary relationships among chordate taxa, shedding light
Summary
on the fascinating journey of life from primitive sea creatures to complex
terrestrial vertebrates. With hands-on activities, and interactive discussions, the
students gain a profound appreciation for the wonders of chordate life and their
crucial roles in shaping ecosystems worldwide.

Detailed Syllabus
45
Module Unit Content
hrs

Chordate investigations – In water 14

1.1 What are chordates – Explain apomorphies 1


I
Outline of Chordate classification (Use cladistic classification
1.2 4
with study of apomorphies of each clade)

1.3 Urochordata and Cephalochordata (mention examples) 2

72
1.4 Agnatha - Myxinomorphi, Petromyzontomorphi 2

Fishes – General morphology and anatomy (Overview of viscera


1.5 2
and skeleton)

1.6 Outline of fish classification, origin and evolution 1

Common freshwater fishes Sahyadria, Garra, Channa, Anguilla


1.7 2
(genus as a whole) and State fish of Kerala, National fish of India

Into the land - Amphibians 7

Outline of amphibian classification, Apomorphies of amphibia,


2.1 2
Origin and evolution

2.2 Study of skeletal system of frogs, respiratory system 2


II
Features of Gymnophiona (caecilians) with mention of
2.3 1
Ichthyophis and Uraeotyphlus from Kerala

2.4 Batrachia – Features of Anura, description of frogs and toads 1

2.5 Batrachia – Features of Urodela, description of Indian salamander 1

Conquerors of land - Reptiles 8

3.1 Outline of reptilian classification, Apomorphies of Reptiles 1

3.2 Origin and evolution of reptiles, Brief mention of dinosaurs 1

Squamata – Lizards: General outline of lizards and brief


3.3 2
III description of house lizards, skinks and chameleon

Squamata – Snakes: Brief outline of seven families of snakes


3.4 2
(Mention venomous snake groups in India)

3.5 Brief outline of Rhynchocephalia and Crocodilia 1

3.6 Testudinea: differentiate between Turtles, Tortoises and Terrapins 1

Into the air - Aves 7

Outline of avian classification, Apomorphies of Aves, Origin and


4.1 2
IV evolution of birds

Morphological characters of birds, feathers and plumage,


4.2 2
Anatomy – synsacrum and syrinx

73
4.3 Techniques in bird watching, Bird calls. 2

Identification of 10 common birds in the locality, State bird of


4.4 1
Kerala and National bird of India.

Explorers of fur - Mammals 9

Outline of mammalian classification, Apomorphies of mammalia,


5.1 2
Origin and evolution of mammals.

5.2 Prototheria – brief description of Platypus and Echidnas. 1

5.3 Theria – Metatheria, brief description of marsupials. 1


V
5.4 Theria – Eutheria, Characters of placental mammals. 1

5.5 Study of Arboreal mammals and their systematic position. 1

5.6 Study of relationship between Sirenea and Proboscida. 1

5.7 Study of relationship between Artiodactyla and Cetacea. 1

5.8 Study of primates with macaques and langurs as example. 1

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl.No. Contents

1 Prepare a detailed note on Latimeria with images

Collection (geotagged photographs) and identification of 5 freshwater


2
fishes and 5 brackish/marine fishes using taxonomic keys

3 Dissection of digestive system of any available fish

4 Extraction and identification of Placoid, ctenoid and cycloid scales

5 Identification of clades from the latest chordate tree of life.

6 Identification of vertebrae of frog

Differentiate between Ichthyophis and Uraeotyphlus and prepare


notes.
7
(Use specimens, if available in the museum. Else collect images or
videos for identification.)

74
8 Identification of any one species each of house lizard and skink

9 Identification of any 4 species of snakes

Prepare a detailed note on any dinosaur species (include details of its


10
discovery, museum specimens and structural recreation)

11 Identification of morphological characters of birds

12 Study of bird feathers

Observation and identification of minimum 10 birds in the locality and


13
preparation of short notes.

Prepare a presentation on any mammal species (5 slides and submit


14
print out)

15 Prepare a poster for the identification of any mammalian order

16 Prepare a detailed note on any 5 wild mammal species.

References

1. Vertebrate Life, 11th Edition; Harvey Pough, William E. Bemis, Betty Anne McGuire,
and Christine M. Janis; Oxford University Press
2. The Diversity of Fishes: Biology, Evolution, and Ecology; Gene S. Helfman, Bruce B.
Collette, Douglas E. Facey; Wiley
3. The Cornell Lab of Ornithology Handbook of Bird Biology (third edition); Irby J.
Lovette and John W. Fitzpatrick; John Wiley & Sons

Web Resources

1. https://ebird.org
2. https://amazingzoology.com/latest-classification
3. https://open-education-repository.ucl.ac.uk/view/keywords/vertebrate.html

Course Outcomes

Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO


No.
able to Level addressed

Identify the systematic status of chordates from the


CO-1 R, U, Ap PSO-1,2
tree of life by applying the principles of cladistics.

75
Understand the origin and evolution of various
CO-2 R, U
chordate groups.

Systematically identify and place an animal under a


CO-3 R, U
specific chordae group.

Identify morphological and anatomical features of


CO-4 R, U
various chordates.

Prepare notes on the identification and description of


CO-5 U, An
an animal

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Diversity of Chordates
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

Lecture
CO Cognitive Knowledge Practical
CO PO/PSO (L)/Tutorial
No. Level Category (P)
(T)

Identify the
systematic
status of PO-
chordates from 1,2,3
CO-1 R, U, Ap F, C L P
the tree of life PSO-1,
by applying the PSO-3
principles of
cladistics.

Understand the
origin and
evolution of PO- 1,2
CO-2 R, U F, C L
various PSO-1
chordate
groups.

Systematically
identify and
PO -1,2
CO-3 place an animal R, U F, C L
PSO-1
under a specific
chordae group.

Identify
PO- 1,2
CO-4 morphological R, U F, C L P
PSO-3
and anatomical

76
features of
various
chordates.

Prepare notes
on the PO 1,6
CO-5 identification PSO-1, U, An F, C, P P
and description PSO-6
of an animal
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CO 1 3 - 2 - - - 3 2 - 1 - -

CO 2 3 - - - - - 2 1 - - - - -

CO 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 - - - - -

CO 4 - - 3 - - - 3 1 - - - - -

CO 5 3 - 3 - - - 2 - - - - 3 -

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignments

1. Migration in fishes
2. Accessory respiratory organ in fishes
3. Parental care in amphibians
4. Flight adaptations in birds
5. Aquatic adaptations in mammals

77
6. Dentition in mammals

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Quiz/Debate

End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer questions
4. Essay Type questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Group End Semester


Quiz Assignment Presentations
Discussions Examinations
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

78
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSCZOO203
Course Title Concepts of Ethology
Type of Course DSC
Semester III
Academic 200 – 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides a detailed examination of animal behaviour, spanning its
Summary historical origins, classification, and analysis, alongside discussions on
proximate and ultimate causes. Students explore a broad spectrum of topics
including social dynamics, sexual behaviours, communication, territoriality,
aggression, parental care, and the intricate rhythms of chronobiology, with a
focus on understanding the evolutionary forces that shape these behaviours. Field
oriented activities of this course will help the student a better understanding of
animal and its interaction with environment.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to Animal Behaviour 6

1.1 Origin and history of Ethology, Animal behaviour classification and 2


Analysis of behaviour patterns (Brief Account).
1.2 Proximate and ultimate causes of behaviour, Methods and recording of a 2
behaviour.
1.3 Brief contributions of Karl Von Frisch, Ivan Pavlov, Konrad Lorenz, 2
Niko Tinbergen
Animal Behaviour Patterns 6
II
2.1 Patterns of Behaviour, Stereotyped Behaviours - Orientation and Reflex. 3
Individual Behavioural patterns: Instinct and Learned Behaviour.
2.2 Associative learning, classical and operant conditioning, Habituation, 3
Imprinting (Brief).
Social and Sexual behaviour 10

3.1 Social Behaviour: Social organization in termites and honey bees. 3


III Altruism. Conflict behaviour.
3.2 Sexual Behaviour, Sexual dimorphism, Mate choice in peacock. 3
Intra-sexual selection (male rivalry in red deer).

79
3.3 Kinship theory: Relatedness & inclusive fitness. 2
3.4 Parental care in fishes (Nest building & cost benefit) 2
IV Behaviour and Evolution of Behaviours 11

4.1 Behaviour and evolution of communication in animals: Social 4


communication; Social dominance, Communication in honey bee
4.2 Territoriality in Monkeys and Dogs, mating systems, parental investment 3
and reproductive success.
4.3 Aggressive behavior, Parental care, habitat selection and optimality in 4
foraging
Chronobiology 12

5.1 Short- and Long- term rhythms; Circadian rhythms; Tidal rhythms and 4
Lunar rhythms; Concept of synchronization and masking; Photic and non-
photic zeitgebers; Circannual rhythms; Photoperiod regulation seasonal
V reproduction of vertebrates; Role of melatonin.
5.2 Migration, orientation and navigation; Domestication and behavioural 4
changes. Biological rhythms: types and characteristics
5.3 Chronobiology; Brief historical developments in chronobiology; Adaptive 4
significance of biological clocks; Relevance of biological clocks;
Describe briefly: Chronopharmacology, Chronomedicine, Chronotherapy.

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl.No. Contents
1 To study nests and nesting habits of the birds and social insects.
2 To study the behavioural responses of wood lice to dry and humid
conditions.
3 To study geotaxis behaviour in earthworm/ To study the phototaxis
behaviour in insect larvae.
4 Visit to Forest/ Wild life Sanctuary/Biodiversity Park/Zoological Park
to study behavioural activities of animals and prepare a project report.
5 Study of circadian functions in humans (daily eating, sleep and
temperature patterns)

References

1. Ridley, M (2004). Evolution III Edition Blackwell publishing.


2. Hall, B.K. and Hallgrimson, B (2008). Evolution IV Edition. Jones and Barlett
Publishers.
3. Douglas, J. Futuyma (1997). Evolutionary Biology. Sinauer Associates.
4. V. B Rastogi (2018) Organic Evolution- MEDTEC publication.
5. Ridley, M (2004) Evolution III Edition Blackwell publishing.
6. David McFarland (1985).Animal Behaviour, Pitman Publishing Limited, London, UK.
7. Manning, A. and Dawkins, M. S (2012). An Introduction to Animal Behaviour,
Cambridge, University Press, UK.

80
8. Drickamar (2001). Animal Behavior: Mechanisms, Ecology, Evolution. McGraw-Hill
9. Education.
10. John Alcock (2001). Animal Behaviour, Sinauer Associate Inc., USA.
11. Paul W. Sherman and John Alcock (2010) Exploring Animal Behaviour, Sinauer
Associate Inc., Massachusetts, USA.
12. Jay. C. Dunlap, Jennifer. J. Loros, Patricia J. De Coursey (ed). 2004, Chronobiology
13. Biological Timekeeping: Sinauer Associates, Inc. Publishers, Sunderland, MA, USA
14. D.S. Saunders, C.G.H. Steel, X., Afopoulou (ed.) R.D. Lewis. (3rd Ed) 2002. Insect
Clocks: Barens and Noble Inc. New York, USA.
15. Vinod Kumar (2002). Biological Rhythms: Narosa Publishing House, Delhi/ Springer-
Verlag, Germany.
https://ccb.ucsd.edu/the-bioclock-studio/education-resources/basics/part2.html
16. Ethology practical by Vilmos Altbäcker, Márta Gácsi, András Kosztolányi, Ákos
Pogány, Gabriella Lakatos, and Péter Pongrácz Copyright © 2013 Eötvös Loránd
University

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Examine and critically to evaluate the emergence of U, An PSO-1,2


ideas that have shaped how we observe and collect data
on animal behaviour.

CO-2 Imagine and improve the beneficiaries attitude to C,R,U PSO-1,2


monitor the animal responses using suitable activity

CO-3 Understand the main historical ideas that underpin R, U PSO-2,3


animal behaviour theory

CO-4 Critically review hypotheses to explain evolution of U, An PSO-1,2


animal behaviour

CO-5 Understand and identify different biological rhythms in A, E, C PSO-1,5,6


animal life

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

81
Name of the Course: Concepts of Ethology
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical
No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

1 Examine and PO- U, An F L


critically to 1/PSO-
evaluate the 1/PSO-2
emergence of
ideas that have
shaped how we
observe and
collect data on
animal
behaviour.

2 Imagine and PO- C,R,U F,C L P


improve the 1/PSO-
beneficiaries 1,2
attitude to
monitor the
animal
responses using
suitable activity

3 Understand the PO- R, U F, C L


main historical 5/PO-
ideas that 8/PSO-
underpin animal 2/PSO-3
behaviour
theory

4 Critically PO- An F, C L
review 8/PSO-
hypotheses to 1/PSO-2
explain animal
behaviour

5 Understand PO- A, C P P
different 6/PO-
methods for 8/PSO-
collecting data 1/PSO-
on animal

82
behaviour 5/PSO-6

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs:

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO8
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CO 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
1

CO 1 2 - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
2

CO - 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 - - 2
3

CO 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3
4

CO 2 - - - 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 - 3
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

83
Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment /Seminar Topics

▪ Animal Behavioural Types


▪ Animal Migration
▪ Biological Clocks
▪ Biological Rhythms
▪ Chronobiology

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Exam Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO5 ✓ ✓ ✓

84
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSCZOO204
Course Title Body Functions and Regulation
Type of Course DSC
Semester III
Academic 200 – 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course Through the course, the student shall gain knowledge and can explore
Summary the research findings, case studies, and interdisciplinary perspectives to
deepen their understanding of how physiological processes shape human
behaviour. By integrating knowledge from neuroscience, endocrinology,
and psychology, students gain a comprehensive understanding of the
physiological basis of behaviour and its implications for health and well-
being.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
I Eating and its regulation 10
1.1 Set point theories of hunger and eating: thermostatic theory, lipostatic 2
theory and glucostatic theory
1.2 Feeding centres in the brain- hypothalamus, hunger and satiety centres, 5
arcuate nucleus, paraventricular nucleus, orexigenic and anorexigenic
signals, orbitofrontal cortex, peripheral factors- ghrelin, insulin, leptin,
nesfatin-1 and cholecystokinin

85
1.3 Eating disorders: obesity (BMI, causes and management), brief account 3
on polyphagia, aphagia, anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa
Related activities: 1. Survey based on the identification of obese people (group
activity).
2.Conduct awareness programmes through role play/group discussion
related to nutritional components and their physiological role.
II Physiological basis of drinking 8
2.1 Water gain and loss in human body, thirst- osmotic thirst and hypovolemic 5
thirst
Regulation of thirst: thirst receptors, renin angiotensin system,
hypothalamic control of thirst, anticipatory signals
2.2 Disorders of water balance: dehydration, fluid sequestration, polydipsia, 3
adipsia
III Sleep and dreaming 12
3.1 Stages of sleep and changes in EEG, NREM sleep, REM sleep and 5
dreaming, functions of sleep
3.2 Neural control of sleep – ARAS, brain stem nuclei, noradrenergic 4
systems, serotonergic systems, cholinergic systems, reciprocal interaction
model of sleep, role of hypothalamus
3.3 Sleep disorders: insomnia, narcolepsy, sleep apnea, somnambulism, jet 3
lag
Related activity: Identify people suffering from sleep disorders and provide
advice for remedies by survey method.
IV Sexual behaviour 11
4.1 Definition of sex, dynamics of sexual behaviour- mating patterns based on 6
number of mates and breeding period, external control of sexual behaviour-
Coolidge effect; external cues
4.2 Neural mechanisms of sexual behaviour- brain and sexual behaviour 4
performance circuit, role of hypothalamus, pituitary and gonads- control of
the secretion of sex hormones in male and female, role of pheromones
4.3. Chemical interventions and sexual behaviour – chemicals that target 1
dopamine, serotonin, sexual orientation
Related activity: Conduct invited talks/power point presentation by students
focusing on sexuality development and behaviour.
V 19
Learning and memory

86
5.1 Learning – definition and types of learning- motor, verbal, concept, 4
discrimination, principles of learning- problem solving, attitude learning
5.2 Early learning discoveries – Pavlov’s experiments, Lashley’s work, 4
Thompson’s work, learning outside hippocampus
5.3 Criteria of memory, types of memory- declarative/explicit, non- 5
declarative/implicit, semantic and episodic memories, long term and short
term memories
Brain regions involved in learning and memory
5.4 Neural mechanisms of memory: synaptic plasticity, Hebbian synapses, 4
long term potentiation (LTP), hippocampus and glutamate receptors,
engram
5.5 Forgetting: theories of forgetting- interference theory, retrieval theory, 2
weak storage theory.
Related activities: 1. Invited talks by neurologists/psychologists focusing on
memory retention.
2.Intraclass competition to find memory power among learners using
randomly ordered words/items.

References

1. Kalat, J.W. Biological Psychology.


2. Levinthal, C.F. Introduction to Psychological Psychology.
3. Schneider, A, M., and Tarshis, B. An Introduction to Psychological Psychology. New
York:Random House.
4. Coon, D., & Mitterer, J.O. (2007). Introduction to Psychology (11th ed.). New Delhi:
Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd.
5. Ciccarelli, S.K., Meyer, G.E. (2008). Psychology (South Asian ed.). New Delhi:
Durling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd.
6. Psychology by David G Myres
7. https://www.sleepfoundation.org/dreams#:~:text=Dreaming%20is%20part%20of%20
healthy,problematic%20if%20they%20occur%20frequently.
8. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4248571/
9. https://www.sciresliterature.org/Endocrinology/IJCE-ID17.pdf
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Comprehensive understanding of the neurobiological, U, An PSO-1,2


physiological, and behavioral factors that influence
feeding behavior, digestion, and body weight

87
regulation. They will also gain insight into the causes,
consequences, and management strategies for obesity,
a major public health concern.

CO-2 By achieving these learning outcomes, students will R, U PSO-1,


develop a comprehensive understanding of the 2.3.4
neurobiological mechanisms underlying thirst
regulation and drinking behavior. They will also gain
insight into the physiological components, neural
pathways, and feedback mechanisms involved in
maintaining fluid balance and osmotic equilibrium in
the body.

CO-3 Understand the biological mechanisms underlying R, U PSO-2,4


sleep and wakefulness, as well as the significance of
circadian rhythms in regulating physiological and
cognitive processes.

CO-4 Students will develop a comprehensive understanding U, E PSO-1,2,4


of human sexuality, including biological,
psychological, social, and cultural aspects. They will
also gain insight into the factors influencing sexual
development, behavior, and reproduction across the
lifespan.

CO 5 Understanding these concepts provides insights into An, E PSO-2,4


how we learn, remember, and adapt to our
environment, forming the foundation of cognitive
psychology and neuroscience.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Body Functions and Regulation
Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

1 Comprehensive PO-1, U, An F, C L
understanding of PO-
the neurobiological, 2/PSO-
physiological, and 1,2,4
behavioral factors
that influence

88
feeding behavior,
digestion, and body
weight regulation.
They will also gain
insight into the
causes,
consequences, and
management
strategies for
obesity, a major
public health
concern.

2 By achieving these PO- R, U F,C L


learning outcomes, 1,2/PSO-
students will 1,2,3,4
develop a
comprehensive
understanding of
the neurobiological
mechanisms
underlying thirst
regulation and
drinking behavior.
They will also gain
insight into the
physiological
components, neural
pathways, and
feedback
mechanisms
involved in
maintaining fluid
balance and
osmotic equilibrium
in the body.

3 Understand the PO- R, U F,C L


biological 2,4/PSO-
mechanisms 2,4
underlying sleep
and wakefulness, as
well as the
significance of
circadian rhythms

89
in regulating
physiological and
cognitive processes.

4 Students will PO- U, E F, C L


develop a 2,4/PSO-
comprehensive 1,2,4
understanding of
human sexuality,
including
biological,
psychological,
social, and cultural
aspects. They will
also gain insight
into the factors
influencing sexual
development,
behavior, and
reproduction across
the lifespan.

5 Understanding PO- An, E F,C L


these concepts 4,5/PSO-
provides insights 2,4
into how we learn,
remember, and
adapt to our
environment,
forming the
foundation of
cognitive
psychology and
neuroscience.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs:

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO8
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

CO 2 2 - 1 - - - - 2 2 - - - - - -
1

90
CO 1 2 2 2 - - - - 2 2 - - - - - -
2

CO - 2 - 2 - - - - - 2 - 2 - - - -
3

CO 2 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 - 2 - - - -
4

CO - 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 - 2 - - - -
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment/ seminar topics

1. Labelled diagram of the human brain regions involved in feeding


2. Diagrammatic representation of interactions of various components of feeding
3. Age related difference in sleep
4. Water retention and body functions
5. Sleep and changes in EEG
6. Memory and ageing

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Model preparation

91
End Semester evaluation
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay type questions
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO5 ✓ ✓ ✓

92
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSCZOO205
Course Title Human Parasitology and Vector- Borne Diseases
Type of Course DSC
Semester III
Academic 200 – 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This undergraduate course provides students with a comprehensive
Summary understanding of human parasitology and vector-borne diseases. Through
lectures, laboratory sessions, and fieldwork, students will explore the
fundamental concepts, epidemiology, transmission, and control strategies
related to various parasitic organisms and vector-borne diseases affecting
human populations.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs

Introduction to Parasitology and Vector Biology 10


I 1.1 Overview of human parasites and vectors – Introduction, definition 2
of terms – parasites, host, carriers, parasitism, Importance of
studying parasitic and vector borne diseases
1.2 Types of parasites – Permanent &Temporary, Facultative & 2
Obligate, Zoophilic & Anthropophilic, Ectoparasites and
Endoparasites, Monogenetic & Digenetic - definition and 1
example each

93
1.3 Classification of human parasites – Protozoa and Metazoa 2
(Helminths and Arthropods)
Helminths - Platyhelminthes (Trematoda and Cestoda) and
Nematoda
Arthropoda – Arachnida, Insecta
1.4 Types of vectors – Biological (Active) and Mechanical (Passive)– 1
definition and 2 examples each
1.5 Classification of vectors – Arthropoda, Mollusca and Mammalia – 1
One example each
1.6 Host-parasite interactions – parasitism, commensalism and 2
mutualism
Host- vector interactions
Basic Concepts in Parasite Biology 10
2.1 Morphological characteristics and Taxonomic classification of 3
common human parasites –Plasmodium vivax, Entamoeba
histolytica, Schistosoma haematobium, Taenia solium, Ascaris
lumbricoides, Ancylostoma duodenale and Wuchereria Bancrofti
2.2 Parasite life cycles – direct vs. indirect transmission, host specificity 2
and host range, modes of transmission – waterborne (mention
II
example E. histolytica), foodborne (mention example T. solium),
vector-borne (mention example P. vivax) and zoonotic transmission
(mention example Toxoplasma. gondii)
2.3 Epidemiology of Parasitic diseases – global distribution, factors 3
influencing disease transmission – environmental, socioeconomic
and behavioral factors; Impact of climate change and urbanization
on disease epidemiology
2.4 Host-Parasite Interactions – Overview of host immune responses 2
to parasitic infections, mechanisms of evasion of host immunity
Human Parasitic Diseases 12
III 3.1 Protozoan parasites: Morphology, life cycles, and pathogenesis – 4
Plasmodium vivax, Entamoeba histolytica. Add notes on clinical
manifestations/symptoms, treatment and prophylaxis.
3.2 Helminthic parasites: Morphology (emphasis on parasitic 4
adaptations), life cycles, and pathogenesis – Schistosoma
haematobium, Taenia solium. Add notes on clinical
manifestations/symptoms, treatment and prophylaxis.
3.3 Human Nematode parasites: Morphology (emphasis on parasitic 4
adaptations), life cycles, and pathogenesis – Ascaris lumbricoides,
Ancylostoma duodenale and Wuchereria bancrofti. Add notes on
clinical manifestations/symptoms, treatment and prophylaxis.

94
Introduction to Vector-borne diseases 8
4.1 Introduction to vector-borne diseases and overview of vectors- 2
mosquitoes, ticks, flies
4.2 Major vector-borne diseases: malaria, dengue fever, Zika, Lyme 4
IV
disease and rat fever -Pathogenesis and clinical manifestations,
treatment, and prophylaxis
4.3 Public health implications and vector control measures 2
(insecticide-treated bed nets, indoor residual spraying)
The Importance and Future of Parasitology 5
5.1 Importance of studying human parasitology and vector biology – 1
impact on vulnerable populations
5.2 Ethical and social considerations – ethical issues related to 1
research on human parasitic diseases; social determinants –
V transmission and access to healthcare
5.3 The future of parasitology – Vaccine development and 2
implementation, targeted therapy, vector control and surveillance,
career opportunities (research scientist, public health specialist,
vector control specialist, medical entomologist, epidemiologist,
academic educator, consultant, wildlife biologist,
pharmaceutical/biotechnology industry professional
5.4 Indian Institutes specializing in Parasitology and Vector-borne 1
diseases – NIMR (New Delhi), NIE (Chennai), NIV (Pune), VCRC
(Puducherry), RMRC (Dibrugarh), ICMR-NITM (Belagavi), IIPH
(Gandhinagar), NCDC (Delhi) – mention their role/contribution

References:

1. Advances in Parasitology Vol. 1-4 (2011). Annual Reviews Inc.


2. Azad, A.F (1986). Mites of public health importance and their control. World Health
Organization. Division of Vector Biology and Control (1986).
3. Benelli G, Jeffries CL, Walker T (2016). Biological Control of Mosquito Vectors: Past,
Present, and Future. Insects. Oct 3; 7(4):52. doi: 10.3390/insects7040052. PMID:
27706105; PMCID: PMC5198200.
4. Bonita R., Beaglehole, R. and Kjellstrom, T. (2006). Basic Epidemiology (Second
edition). WHO, Geneva.
5. Burton J. Bogistch, Clint E. Carter, Thomas N. Oeltmann. (2005). Human Parasitology.
Third Edition, Elsevier Academic press.
6. Chaterjee, K.D. (1981). Parasitology: Protozoology and Helminthology: Introduction
to Clinical Medicine. Ed 12.Chaterjee Medical Publishers.
7. Davis A. Warrell and Herbert M. Gilles. (2002). Essential Malariology, Fourth Edition.
Arnold pub. Oxford.

95
8. Dennis French,Tom Craig, Jerome Hogsette, Jr, Angela Pelzel-McCluskey, Linda
Mittel, Kenton Morgan, David Pugh and Wendy Vaala (2016). External Parasite and
Vector Control Guidelines, The American Association of Equine Practitioners.
9. Gordis, L. (2018). Epidemiology (Sixth edition.). Philadelphia: Elsevier Saunders
10. Gubler,D.J. E. E. Ooi, S. Vasudevan, J. Farra, Duane J. Gubler, EngEongOoi,
SubhashVasudevan, Jeremy Farrar. (Aug. 2014). Dengue and Dengue Hemorrhagic
Fever. Ed. 2. CABI
11. Guidelines for integrated vector management for control of Aedes mosquito, Govt of
India National Vector Borne Disease Control Programme, Directorate General of
Health Services, Ministry of Health & Family Welfare
12. Harwood R.F. and James M.T. (1979). Entomology in Human and animal health.
Macmillan Publishing Co.Inc, London. 7 Ed.
13. Ian F. Burgess (2004). Human Lice and their Control, Annu. Rev. Entomol. 49:457–81
doi: 10.1146/annurev.ento.49.061802.123253
14. Kochchar, S.K. (2009). A TextBook of Parasitology. Wisdom Press.
15. Lena Lorenz and Mary Cameron (2013). Biological and Environmental control of
Disease vectors. CABI Publishing
16. National ethical guidelines for biomedical and health research involving human
participants. New Delhi: Indian Council of Medical Research; 2017.
17. Nutman. (2002). Lymphatic filariasis. Imperial College.
18. Paniker CK, Ghosh S. (2021). Paniker’s Textbook of Medical Parasitology, 9/e, Jaypee
Brothers Medical Publishers.
19. Park. K. (2023). Park’s textbook of preventive and social medicine, 27/e, Bhanot
publishers.
20. Rothman K, Greenland S, and Lash TL. Modern epidemiology, 4th Edition.
Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
21. Sabesan S, Raju KH, Subramanian S, Srivastava PK, Jambulingam P. Lymphatic
filariasis transmission risk map of India, based on a geo-environmental risk model.
Vector-Borne and Zoonotic Diseases. 2013; 13(9): 657-65.
22. Stephen L. Doggett (2005). Bed bug ecology and control, Pests of Disease and Unease,
Australia
23. WHO (2015). Indoor Residual Spraying. An operational manual for indoor residual
spraying IRS) for malaria transmission control and elimination,
24. World Health Organization. (2012). Handbook for integrated vector management.
World Health Organization. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/44768

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl. No. Contents


1. Study of Plasmodium vivax, Entamoeba histolytica, and their life stages
through permanent slides/photomicrographs or specimens.
2. Study of adult Schistosoma haematobium, Taenia solium and their
parasitic adaptations (Slides/microphotographs)
3. Study of adult Ascaris lumbricoides, Wuchereria bancrofti and their
parasitic adaptations (Slides/micro-photographs)

96
4. Study of arthropod vectors associated with human diseases through
permanent slides/ photographs: Pediculus, Culex, Anopheles, Aedes,
Musca domestica
5. Mounting and dissection: Mouth parts of mosquito and housefly.
6. Submission of a report based on survey of selected localities about any
one of the insect vectors and disease transmitted
References:
1. Imms, A.D. (1977). A General TextBook of Entomology. Chapman & Hall, UK .
2.Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
International Edition.
2. Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P.J.W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
3. Barrington, E.J.W. (1979). Invertebrate Structure and Functions. II Edition, E.L.B.S. and
Nelson
4.Chapman, R.F. (1998). The Insects: Structure and Function. IV Edition, Cambridge
University Press, UK
Course Outcomes

Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO


able to addressed
No. Level

CO-1 Identify and classify common parasites and vectors: U PSO-1,2


Students will demonstrate the ability to recognize and
classify various parasites and vectors based on their
morphological characteristics and taxonomic
classification.

CO-2 Understand the transmission dynamics of parasitic R, U PSO-1,2,5


diseases: Students will grasp the complex life cycles
and transmission mechanisms of parasites and vectors,
including the factors influencing their transmission
dynamics and epidemiology.

CO-3 Analyze the clinical manifestations and U, A PSO3,6


pathogenesis of parasitic infections: Students will be
able to analyze the clinical manifestations,
pathogenesis, and impact of parasitic infections on
human health, as well as understand the principles of
diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.

97
CO-4 Evaluate vector control strategies and public health Ap, E PSO3
interventions: Students will evaluate the effectiveness
of different vector control strategies and public health
interventions in mitigating the spread of vector-borne
diseases and reducing the burden of parasitic infections
on affected populations.

CO-5 Critically assess the global impact of parasitic A, E PSO3


diseases: Students will critically evaluate the global
impact of parasitic diseases on public health, socio-
economic development, and environmental
sustainability, as well as analyze the ethical and social
dimensions of addressing parasitic infections in diverse
contexts.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Human Parasitology and Vector Borne Diseases
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

CO-1 Identify and PSO-1,2 U F, C L P


classify PO-6
common
parasites and
vectors:
Students will
demonstrate the
ability to
recognize and
classify various
parasites and
vectors based
on their
morphological
characteristics
and taxonomic
classification.

CO-2 Understand the PSO- R, U F, P L P


transmission 1,2,5
dynamics of

98
parasitic
diseases:
Students will
grasp the
complex life
cycles and
transmission
mechanisms of
parasites and
vectors,
including the
factors
influencing
their
transmission
dynamics and
epidemiology.

CO-3 Analyze the PSO3,6 U, A F,C,P L P


clinical
manifestations
and
pathogenesis of
parasitic
infections:
Students will be
able to analyze
the clinical
manifestations,
pathogenesis,
and impact of
parasitic
infections on
human health,
as well as
understand the
principles of
diagnosis,
treatment, and
prevention.

CO-4 Evaluate vector PSO3 Ap, E F,C L


control
strategies and
public health

99
interventions:
Students will
evaluate the
effectiveness of
different vector
control
strategies and
public health
interventions in
mitigating the
spread of
vector-borne
diseases and
reducing the
burden of
parasitic
infections on
affected
populations.

CO-5 Critically assess PSO3 A, E L


the global PO6
impact of
parasitic
diseases:
Students will
critically
evaluate the
global impact of
parasitic
diseases on
public health,
socio-economic
development,
and
environmental
sustainability,
as well as
analyze the
ethical and
social
dimensions of
addressing
parasitic
infections in

100
diverse
contexts.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO


O1 O 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2

CO 2 3 - - - - - 1 1 - - - 3 - -
1

CO 2 3 - - 3 - - - - 2 - - - - -
2

CO - - 2 - - 2 - - - - - 2 - - -
3

CO - - 2 - - - - - - - 3 - - - -
4

CO - 2 - - - - - - 2 - 2 - 2 - -
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment/Seminar Topics:

1. Socio-economic and environmental factors influencing parasitic infections


2. Emerging and Re-emerging Parasitic Diseases
3. Global Climate Change and Vector-Borne Disease Emergence
101
4. Neglected, Tropical and Vector Borne Diseases
5. Impact of protozoan infections on public health in India
6. One Health approach to helminthic disease control in India
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of Field/Project/Survey Report
4. Test

End Semester Exam

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Field End Semester


Exam Report/Survey Examinations
Report/Project
Evaluation

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

102
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSEZOO201
Course Title Fisheries Science I-Taxonomy and Fishery Biology

Type of Course DSE


Semester III
Academic Level 200 - 299
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course Summary The course provides basic understanding about the taxonomy and biology of
finfishes and shellfishes to undertake any aquaculture operation.
Conventional and modern methods employed for identification of species are
discussed in the first module. In the subsequent modules, biological aspects
pertaining to food and feeding, reproductive biology, early life history and
age and growth are discussed.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45

hrs
Taxonomy of finfishes and shellfishes 12
1.1 Taxonomic procedures: Collection, identification and preservation of 5
I Commercially important fishes, crustaceans, and Mollusc with special
reference to the fauna of Kerala.
1.3 Morphological features and characters used in identification of fishes, 7
prawns, shrimps, crabs, lobsters, and molluscs (Truss morphometry).
1.4 Modern taxonomical tools: Karyotyping, DNA barcoding 2
Food and feeding behaviour 6

103
2.1 Food and feeding habits of fishes, commercially important Crustaceans, and
Molluscs. Feeding adaptation, Feeding in relation to Season, Growth, Sex
II 3
and Breeding in Fishes, commercially important Crustaceans and
Molluscs.
2.2 Methods of studying Food and Feeding habit: Stomach fullness Index, 3
Empty Stomach Ratio, Relative Gut Length, Gastro Somatic Index.
Reproductive Biology 11
3.1 Anatomy of gonads, modes of reproduction – gonochorism, 3
hermaphroditism, protandry, protogyny. semelparity, iteroparity.
3.2 Reproductive strategies – oviparity, viviparity and ovoviviparity. Stages 3
of maturity in finfishes and shellfishes. Factors influencing reproduction.
3.3 Maturation and Spawning in Fishes: Methods used to estimate size at 3
III
maturity, sex ratio, spawning season, spawning frequency, Fecundity,
Gonadosomatic index.
3.4 Fecundity and its relationship to reproductive adaptation, Environmental 2
influence of Fecundity.
Early life history 10
IV 4.1 Types of eggs, embryonic and larval development in finfishes. Hatching 4
rate, survival rate and mortality rate, free embryo, critical period concept.
4.2 Early developmental stages of shrimps, crabs, lobsters and bivalves 5
(brief account only )

4.3 Parental care in fishes 1


Age and Growth 6
5.1 Age determination – Methods employed in age determination, tagging 4
V recapture technique, chemical markers, Petersen method, examination of
hard parts
5.2 Factors affecting fish growth, Length-weight relationship, isometric and 2
allometric growth, Condition Factor and Relative condition factor.

References:
1. Bal, D.V. and K.V. Rao, 1990. Marine fisheries of India. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi. First revised edition. 472 pp.
2. Bone, Q and R.H. Moore. 2008 (Third Ed.). Biology of fishes. Taylor & Francis Group, New
York.
3. Biswas, K.P. 1996. A Textbook of Fish, Fisheries and Technology. 2nd ed. Narendra Publ. Hse.,
India
4. Bone,Q., N. B. Marshall and J.H.S. Blaxter.1999. Biology of Fishes. Chapmann and Hall

104
5. Carpenter KE & VH Niem (1998) FAO Species identification guide for fishery purposes. The
living marine resources of the Western Central Pacific. Vol 1. Seaweeds, corals, bivalves and
gastropods. FAO, Rome.
6. Clark, A.B. & A.L. Panchen 1974. Synopsis of Animal Classification. John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
NY.
7.Cowey, C.B. et al. 1985. Nutrition and Feeding in Fish. Academic Press, New York
8. Datta Munshi, J.S & M.P. Srivastava 1988. Natural History of Fishes: Systematics of Freshwater
Fishes of India. Narendra Publishing Co., New Delhi, 403 pp.
9. Day, F. 1865. The Fishes of Malabar. Quariteb, London, 293 pp.
10. Halver, J.E. 1972. Fish Nutrition. Academic Press, London.
11. Hewitt, G. M., A. W. B. Johnston, and P. R. W. Young, eds. 1991. Molecular Techniques in
Taxonomy. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
12. Hillis, D. M., C. Moritz, and B. K. Mable. 1996. Molecular Systematics, 2d ed. Sinauer
Associates, Sunderland, Mass.
13. Hoar, W.S. and D.J. Randall. 1971. Fish Physiology. Vols. I to V. Academic Press, New York.
14. Hoithuis, L.B. 1991. FAQ species catalogue. Marine lobsters of the world. An annoted and
illustrated catalogue of species of interest to fisheries known to date. FAO Fisheries
Synopsis. FAO. Rome, Vol.
15. Jayaram, K.C. 1999. The Freshwater Fishes of the Indian Region. Narendra Publ. Hse.,
Delhi, 551 pp.
16. Khanna, S.S., 1993. An introduction to fishes, Central Book Depot, Allahabad, 530 pp.
17. Kottelat, M. & T. Whitten 1996. Freshwater Biodiversity in Asia with Special Reference to
Fish. World Bank Technical Paper No.343, The World Bank, Washington.
18. Kurian, C.V. & V.O. Sebastian 1986. Prawns and Prawn Fisheries of India. Hindustan Publ.
Corpn., New Delhi, 297 pp.
19. Lagler, K.F., J.E. Bardach & R.E. Miller 1963. Ichthyology. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY.
20.Moyle, P.B. and J.J. Cech, 1996. Fishes, an introduction to ichthyology. (3rd Ed.). Prentice
Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 590 pp.
21. Narendran, T.C. 2006. An Introduction to Taxonomy. Zoological Survey of India, Koltata.
22. New & Barnard. 2010. Freshwater Prawns Biology & Farming. Wiley- Blackwell, London.
23. Raghunath, M.R. 2013. Nutrition and Feeding of Fishes. Swastik Publishing House, Delhi.
24. Simpson, G.G.1969. Principles of Animal Taxonomy. Oxford & IBH Publ. Co., Bombay.
25. Smyth & Lynwood. 2003. Introduction to Fish Physiology. Narendra Publishing House,
Delhi
26. Srivastava, C.B.L. 2008. Fish Biology. Narendra Publ. Hse., India, 329
27. Subba Rao, N.V. 2003. Indian Seashells: Part-I: Polyplacophora and Gastropoda. Zoological
Survey of India, Kolkata.
28. Surendra Nath. 2002. Food, Feed29.abits and Alimentary canal of fishes. Vinod Publishers
and Distributors, India
29. Talwar, P.K. & V.G. Jhingran 1991. Inland Fishes of India and Adjacent Countries. Vol. 2.
Oxford & IBH Publ. Co., New Delhi.
30. Talwar, P.K. & R.K. Kacker 1984. Commercial Sea Fishes of India. Zoological Survey of
India, Kokata, 986 pp.
Web Resources:
https://www.fao.org/fishery/en
https://www.fishbase.se/
https://indiabiodiversity.org/
http://eprints.cmfri.org.in/
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
http://www.seafdec.org/#

105
e-Krishi Shiksha (iasri.res.in)

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl. Contents
No
1 Identification of fishes (2) and prawns (2) using standard keys
2 Study of external morphology of fishes and prawns
3. Study of anatomical variations in digestive system of fish – herbivore, omnivore and
carnivore
4. Gut content analysis – Occurrence/ Numerical/ Gravimetric method (any one)
5. Estimation of Gastro somatic Index
6. Male and female reproductive system in teleost
7. Estimation of fecundity and gonadosomatic index in fish
8. Study of larval stages of shellfishes – nauplius, protozoea, mysis, zoea, megalopa,
phyllosoma, puerulus, trochophore, veliger (Any five-representing prawn, crab,
lobster, and bivalve)
9. Length weight relationship and condition factor of finfish

References:

1. Day, F. 1878. Fishes of India, Vols. 1 & 2. William Dawson & Sons Ltd., London.
2. Evans, D.H. 1998. The Physiology of Fishes. 2nd ed. CRC Press, NY
3. Jayaram, K.C. 2002. Fundamentals of Fish Taxonomy. Narendra Publ. Co., Delhi.
4. Khanna, S.S. & H.R. Singh 2006. A Textbook of Fish Biology and Fisheries. Narendra Publ. Hse.,
India
5. Kurian, C.V. & V.O. Sebastian 2002. Prawns and Prawn Fisheries of India. Revised and Edited Fifth
Edition by K. Gopakumar & V.N. Pillai. Hindustan, New Delhi.
6. Nelson, J.S. 2006. (4th Ed.). Fishes of the World. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New Jersey.
7. Jhingran, V.G ( 1997).Fish and Fisheries of India, Third Edition. Hindustan Publishing Corporation
India.
8. Winston, J.E. 1999. Describing species. Practical Taxonomic Procedure for Biologists. Columbia
University Press, New York

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be able to Cognitive PSO
addressed
Level

CO1 Understand concepts of taxonomy, conventional and modern R, U, Ap PSO-1,7


methods used for the identification of finfishes and shellfishes

106
CO2 Understand the diversity of feeding and analyse food and feeding U, Ap, An, PSO-2, 3
habits using gut contents and indices Ev

CO3 Familiarise modes and strategies of reproduction and methods to U, Ap, An, PSO-1,3
assess reproductive parameters in fishes Ev

CO4 Understand the development and early life history of cultivable U, Ap, An PSO-4
important species

CO5 Evaluate growth patterns and determine age of cultivable species U, Ap, E PSO-1,3

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Fisheries Science I-Taxonomy and Fishery Biology

Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

Understand
concepts of
taxonomy,
1 conventional PO-1,2,5 R, U, Ap F,C L P
and modern
methods used PSO-1,7
for the
identification of
finfishes and
shellfishes

Understand the
diversity of
PO-
feeding and
1,3,4,5
2 analyse food U, Ap, An, F,P L P
and feeding PSO-2, 3 Ev
habits using gut
contents and
indices

Familiarise
modes and
PO-
strategies of

107
3 reproduction 1,2,4,5 U, Ap, An, P L P
and methods to Ev
PSO-1,3
assess
reproductive
parameters in
fishes

Understand the
development
PO-7,8 U, Ap, An F,P L P
and early life
4 history of PSO-4
cultivable
important
species

Evaluate growth PO-


patterns and 1,2,4,6
5 U, Ap, E L P
determine age
PSO-1,3
of cultivable
species

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
1 2 3 O5 6

CO 1 - - - - -
1

CO 2 3 - - - -
2

CO - - 1 - - -
3

CO - - 2 3 - -
4

CO - 1 - - - -
5

108
CO - - - 3 - -
6

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment / Seminar topics

1. Collect and identify cultivable species of fishes from your locality


2. Molecular methods in taxonomy
3. Food and feeding of common cultivable species
4. Physiology of digestion in fishes
5. Sex reversal in fishes
6. Impact of climate change in fish biology

Field activities

• Visit to harbours/ landing centres to collect and submission of commercially important


finfishes and shellfishes

Continuous comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignment/ Quiz/ Discussion / Seminar


2. Submission of specimen collection report
3. Submission of Field report
End semester Evaluation
1. Very short answer questions
2. Short answer questions
3. Essay type questions
4. Practical examinations

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

109
CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

CO 6 ✓ ✓

110
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3DSEZOO202
Course Title Entomology I- General Entomology
Type of Course DSE
Semester III
Academic 200-299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII

Course The course on General Entomology provides an understanding on the


Summary nature and scope of Entomology and diversity of insects that empower the
students to identify the various insects around them and appreciate the
diversity of the insect world. They get an understanding of morphological
and anatomical features of insects. They understand basic physiological
activities going on in insects. This course provides students with essential
skills in handling and dissecting insects. Students understand the social life
in insects and the different means of communication adopted by insects.
Students become enthusiastic about the insects and their mode of living.
Detailed syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
Insect Diversity 10
1.1 Nature and scope of Entomology - Economic importance of insects. 2
1.2 Classification of insects up to order (Brief description of important 6
I characters of each order with one example).
1.3 Collection, preservation and culture techniques of insects. 2

Morphology of Insects 10

111
2.1 Head – Mouthparts in insects (Cockroach, Honey bee). Structure of 5
antenna, Compound eye and mosaic vision.

II 2.2 Thorax – Wing, its modification and venation, Structure of thoracic 4


leg, Types of legs adapted to diverse habitat.
2.3 Abdomen – Segmentation, Genitalia in male and female. 1
Anatomy and Physiology of Insects 13
3.1 Nutrition – Structure of gut and associated glands. 3
3.2 Respiration – Spiracles, trachea, tracheoles and air sacs. Respiration in 2
insects.
3.3 Excretion – Malpighian tubules – structure and functioning, Accessory 2
excretory organs (fat body, uricose glands, nephrocytes)
3.4 Circulation – Dorsal vessel and accessory pumping sinuses. 2
Composition of haemolymph.
III
3.5 Nervous system - Structure and function 2
3.6 Insect endocrine system – Brain neurosecretory cells, Corpora 2
cardiaca, Corpora allata and Prothoracic gland.
Reproduction and Development in Insects 6
4.1 Male reproductive system and associated glands, Female reproductive 2
system and associated glands.

IV 4.2 Metamorphosis – types and hormonal control. 2


4.3 Moulting and Diapause 2

Insect behaviour 6
V 5.1 Social organisation with reference to Honey bee and Termite. 3
5.2 Communication in insects – Round dance and wagtail dance. Role of 3
pheromones, kairomones and allomones.
References

1. Mani M S (1982). A general textbook of Entomology. Oxford and IBM. New Delhi.
2. Chapman, R.F. The Insects- Structure and function, ELBS Arnold.
3. Modern Entomology, DB Tembhare.
4. Wigglesworth, VB. The principles of insect physiology &LBs, Methemen and Co.Ltd
5. General & Applied entomology, KK Nayar et al.
6.Ananthakrishnan TN (1998). Dimensions of insect plant interactions. Oxford and IBH
Pub.Co. Pvt.N.Delhi.
7. Pant, NC. And Ghai (Ed) 1981.Insect physiology and anatomy.Indian Council of
Agricultural Research, New Delhi.
8. Imms A D, Richard and Davies: A general textbook of Entomology. Chapman and Hall.

112
9. Snodgrass, R. E. Principles of insect morphology. Cornell Univ. Press, USA
10. Gullan, P. J. And Cranston, P. S. The insects, An outline of Entomology. Wiley
Blackwell, UK.
11. Nation, J. L. Insect Physiology and Biochemistry. CRC Press, USA

Web Resources
1. Indian Entomologist https://www.indianentomologist.org
2. Indian Journal of Entomology https://www.indianentomology.org
3. Entomological Society of India https:// entosocindia.org
4. ICAR-Indian agricultural research institute https://www.iari.res.in>introduction
5. https://guides.library.cornell.edu/entomology
6 https://guides.uflib.ufl.edu/entomology
7. https://feedly.com>top>entomology
8. https://science.feedspot.com>entomology

Practicum (30hrs)

Sl. Contents
No
1 Mounting and display of mouthparts – Cockroach/ Honey bee/ Butter fly/
Mosquito (any 2)
2 Mounting, Sketching and labelling of antenna in Cockroach/ Honey bee/
Butter fly/ Mosquito (any 2)
3 Dissection and display of alimentary canal and associated glands -
Cockroach/ Dysdercus (any 1)
4 Dissection and display of nervous system - Cockroach/ Dysdercus (any 1)
5. Dissection and display of female reproductive system in Cockroach.
6 Morphological study of various castes of Honey bee/ Termite.
7 Setting up of the Berlese funnel and description of its principle.
8. Field study on harmful insects and report submission on any 4 common
pests.

References
1. Mani M S(1982). A general textbook of Entomology. Oxford and IBM. New Delhi.
2. General & Applied entomology, KK Nayar et al.
3. Imms A D, Richard and Davies: A general textbook of Entomology. Chapman and
Hall.

Web Resources

1. https://guides.library.cornell.edu/entomology

113
2. https://guides.uflib.ufl.edu/entomology

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Understand about nature and scope of Entomology, U, R PSO-1,3


diversity of insect world and recollect various insects
met with the day today life.

CO-2 Understand the structural peculiarities of insect head, U, R PSO-1,3,6


thorax and abdomen.

CO3 Create an insight into the various organ systems in U, An PSO- 4,6
insects and basic physiological activities going on in
insects.

CO4 Understand the structure of the reproductive system in U, R PSO-1,2


insects and remember about the process of
metamorphosis and moulting.

CO5 Remember and analyse the social organisation in R, An PSO-2, 4


insects and appreciate the communication methods in
insects.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Entomology I- General Entomology


Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cogniti Knowl Lectur Pract


No. ve edge e ical
Level Categ (L)/Tu (P)
ory torial
(T)

1. Understand about nature and scope of PO– 1,2 U,R F, L P


Entomology, diversity of insect world and
PSO-1,3
recollect various insects met with the day
today life.

2. Understand the structural peculiarities of PO - 1 R,U F,P L P

114
insect head, thorax and abdomen. PSO-
1,3,6

3. Create an insight into the various organ PO -1,6 U, An F, P L P


systems in insects and basic physiological
PSO-4,6
activities going on in insects.

4. Understand the structure of reproductive PO -1,2 U,R F,C L


system in insects and remember about the
PSO-1,2
process of metamorphosis and moulting.

5. Remember and analyse the social PO-1,2,4 R,An F,C L


organisation in insects and appreciate the
PSO-2,4
communication methods in insects.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO 1 - 2 - - - 1 2- - - - -
1

CO 1 - 2 - - 3 2 - -
2

CO - 1 - 2 1 - - 2
3

CO 1 2 - - 1 3
4

CO - 1 - 2 2 2 3
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil

115
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment/ Seminar topics


1.Social organisation in Honey bee/ Termite/ Ants.
2. Communication in insects.
3. Mouth parts in insects.
4. Types of metamorphosis.
5. Role of microbiota in insect digestion.
6. Economic importance of insects.
7. Identification of common pests.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment


1. Quiz
2. Assignment
3. Internal exam
4. Field report

End Semester assessment


1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay questions
5. Practical examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment

Internal Assignment/Quiz Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

116
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK3DSEZOO203

Course Title Environmental Science I- Global Environmental issues

Type of Course DSE

Semester III

Academic Level 200-299

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week

4 4 hours - - 4

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII


Course Summary The course on Global Environmental Issues provides a comprehensive overview of
the significant environmental challenges facing the planet today. It examines the
complex interactions between human activities and the natural environment,
focusing on climate change, biodiversity loss, pollution, resource depletion, and
habitat destruction. Students explore the scientific, social, economic, and political
dimensions of these issues through a multidisciplinary approach and analyse
potential solutions.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs

Introduction to Environmental Issues 4

1.1 Environmental Issues: Definition. United Nation’s Triple Planetary


Crisis (Climate change, Pollution and Biodiversity loss). A brief account 1
of the environmental tax.
1.2 Efforts of UN and UNEP to Reduce Environmental Issues: The UN 1
I Decade on Ecosystem Restoration (2021-2030). A brief account of the UN
Environment Programme (UNEP).
1.3 Diversity of life on Earth and humanity's impact on the planet's ecological 2
balance. (The topic can be explored through the screening of the non-
copyrighted documentary film "Home" (2009) by Yann Arthus-Bertrand.
This film captures landscapes across all continents, including Antarctica,
spanning 54 countries. Following the screening, a report can be made
based on the documentary).

117
II Environmental Issues Associated with Climate Change 15

2.1 Climate Change: Concept of climate change. Causes of climate change 3


(Burning fossil fuels, Deforestation, and Industrial processes). Effects of
climate change (Brief account of Rising temperatures, Sea-level rise,
Extreme weather events, and Disruptions to ecosystems and biodiversity).
(Debate can be adapted for learning).
2.2 Ozone Layer Depletion: Definition. A brief account of the Ozone 4
depletion process. Effects of ozone depletion (Effects on human and
animal health, Effects on terrestrial plants, Effects on aquatic ecosystems,
Effects on bio-geo-chemical cycles, Effects on air quality). Briefly
describe control measures.
2.3 Global Warming: Concept of global warming. Greenhouse gases - 4
(Carbon dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), and Nitrous oxide (N2O), from
human activities such as burning fossil fuels for energy, deforestation,
industrial processes, and agriculture.
2.4 Sea Level Rise: Concept of sea level rise. Causes (Ocean heating, 4
Antarctic ice loss, Greenland ice sheet loss, Mountain glacier loss, and Sea
ice loss). Briefly describe its effect on ecosystems and biodiversity.
(Discussion mode of learning can be adapted).
III Pollution-Related Environmental Issues 15

3.1 Air Pollution: Pollution resolution by UN Environment Assembly (2024). 2


Brief accounts on air pollution from fossil fuels, and indoor air pollution
health issues.
3.2 Health issues of Air Pollution: Death toll associated with air pollution. 4
A brief account of Air pollution-related human diseases (Respiratory
infections, Heart disease, Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD),
Stroke, and Lung cancer). (A quiz can be administered utilising the
Mentimeter App for the learning experience).
3.3 Environmental Disasters Caused by Air Pollution: Brief account of 3
Great Smog 1952 (UK), and Bhopal Gas Tragedy 1994 (India). (Poster
presentation can be adapted for learning. Group activity, Maximum 5
students in a group).
3.4 Water Pollution: Degradation of aquatic ecosystems – (Fresh, Coastal, 2
and Ocean waters). A brief account of the impact of water pollution on
human health.
3.6 Environmental Disasters Caused by Water Pollution: Exxon Valdez oil 1
spill 1989 and Gulf War oil spill 1991.
3.7 Soil Pollution: Mention major causes. Brief account on Microplastics, Oil 2
spills, Mining, Nuclear waste, E-waste, Pesticides, and Herbicides.
Mention major cleanup options. Impact of water pollution on human
health (Brief account only).
3.9 Environmental Disasters Caused by Soil Pollution: Mercury Poisoning 1
at Minamata and Niger Delta oil spills. (Poster presentation can be adapted
for learning, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group).

118
IV Biodiversity Loss 10

4.1 Biodiversity Loss: Concept of Biodiversity loss. Global biodiversity loss. 1


A brief account on Hot spots. Brief account on Convention on Biological
Diversity (CBD).
4.2 Causes of Biodiversity Loss: Habitat loss, Habitat fragmentation and 5
Habitat degradation, Land use intensification, Nutrient pollution and other
forms of pollution (Air and Water pollution). Overexploitation and
unsustainable use (Unsustainable fishing methods, Overfishing,
Overconsumption and Human overpopulation), Invasive species and their
competition with indigenous species, and Climate change. (Quiz
competition can be adapted for mode of learning, Group activity,
Maximum 5 students in a quiz team).
4.3 Biodiversity Loss and its Impacts on Ecosystems: Food, Agriculture, 2
Health, and Medicine.
4.4 Loss of Critical Biodiversity on a Global Scale: Coral Bleaching and 2
Biodiversity Loss in Great Barrier Reef of Australia, 2019 Amazon
rainforest wildfires. (Poster presentation by students can be adapted for the
learning experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group).
V Significant Environmental Challenges on a Global Scale 16

5.1 Water Scarcity: Concept of water scarcity. Water stress, droughts, and 2
conflicts over water resources. Impact on agriculture, industry, and human
health. Economic impacts on society. Brief account on water conservation
strategies.
5.2 Desertification: Definition. Causes (Immediate causes, Influence of 3
human activities, Natural variations, Climate change). A brief account of
effects (Sand and dust storms, Food insecurity, Increasing poverty).
Mention major geographic areas affected by desertification (Sahel, Gobi
Desert and Mongolia, South America). Mention reversal of desertification
through improving soil quality, desert greening, better managed grazing
and planting trees. (PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group).
5.3 Eutrophication: Nitrogen pollution, Effect of eutrophication on aquatic 2
ecosystems. (Poster presentations by students can be adapted for the
learning experience, Group activity, Maximum of five students in a
group).
5.4 Ocean Acidification: Definition. Cause and effects. Impacts on oceanic 2
calcifying organisms, Harmful algal bloom, Impact on fish larvae. Impacts
on fishery and tourism industry. Mention the UN Ocean Decade program
Ocean Acidification Research for Sustainability and Global Ocean
Acidification Observing Network (GOA-ON). (PowerPoint presentations
by students can be adapted for the learning experience. Group activity,
Maximum of five students in a group).
5.5 Microplastic Pollution: Definition. Sources. Effects on marine life, Food 2
chain contamination, and risks to human health. (Awareness lecture and a
Quiz competition for students can be adapted, A Maximum of five

119
students in a Quiz Team).
5.6 Nuclear Accidents: Nuclear accidents and their environmental impact. 1
Brief account of the Three Mile Island Accident 1979, Chernobyl Disaster
1986 and Fukushima Accident 2011. (Poster presentation by students can
be adapted for the learning experience, Group activity, A Maximum of 5
students in a group).
5.7 Acid Rain: Natural and anthropogenic, Adverse effects on surface waters 2
and aquatic animals, Soil acidification, Forests and other vegetation.
Mention prevention methods.
5.8 Sharp Decrease of Forest Cover: Causes (Deforestation, Illegal logging, 2
Agricultural expansion, Urbanization, Infrastructure development, Forest
fires, and Climate change). Mention environmental consequences of forest
cover loss (Biodiversity loss, Habitat fragmentation, Soil erosion, Loss of
ecosystem services, Disruption of hydrological cycles, Increased
greenhouse gas emissions, and Climate change). Social and economic
implications on local communities, indigenous peoples, and forest-
dependent populations. (PowerPoint presentations by students can be
adapted for learning experience, Group activity, Maximum of 5 students
in a group).
References

1. Gary S. Moore (2015). Global Environmental Issues, Routledge.


2. David E. Lorey (2017). Global Environmental Issues, CRC Press.
3. Frances Harris (2019). Global Environmental Issues, Wiley-Blackwell.
4. Dube R. K. (2008). Global Environmental Issues, Daya Publishing House.
5. Richard N. L. and Andrews (2012). Environmental Science: Global Environmental
Issues, Jones & Bartlett Learning.

Suggestive Readings:
1. Elizabeth Kolbert (2014). The Sixth Extinction: An Unnatural History. Henry Holt and
Co.
2. Naomi Klein (2014) This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. The Climate. Simon &
Schuster.
3. David Wallace-Wells (2019). The Uninhabitable Earth: Life After Warming. Tim
Duggan Books.
4. Rachel Carson (1962). Silent Spring. Houghton Mifflin.
5. Jeff Goodell (2017). The Water Will Come: Rising Seas, Sinking Cities, and the
Remaking of the Civilized World. Little, Brown and Company.
6. Bill McKibben (1989). The End of Nature. Random House.
7. Elizabeth Kolbert (2014). The Sixth Extinction: An Unnatural History. Henry Holt and
Co.
8. Richard Leakey and Roger Lewin (1995). The Sixth Extinction: Patterns of Life and
the Future of Humankind. Anchor Books.
9. Bill McKibben (2010). Eaarth: Making a Life on a Tough New Planet. Henry Holt and
Co.
10. Bengt-Owe Jansson, C. S. Holling, Carl Folke, Charles Perrings, Karl-Goran Maler
(1997). Biodiversity Loss: Economic and Ecological Issues. Cambridge University
Press.

120
11. Bill Gates (2021). How to Avoid a Climate Disaster: The Solutions We Have and the
Breakthroughs We Need. Published by Knopf.
12. Tom Rivett-Carnac (2020). The Future We Choose: Surviving the Climate Crisis.
Published by Knopf.

Web resources:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jqxENMKaeCU
2. https://www.unep.org/news-and-stories/story/soil-pollution-risk-our-health-and-food-
security
3. https://www.fao.org/documents/card/en?details=cb4894en
4. United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP): https://www.unep.org
5. World Wildlife Fund (WWF): https://www.worldwildlife.org
6. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC): https://www.ipcc.ch
7. National Geographic Environment: https://www.nationalgeographic.com/environment
8. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): https://www.epa.gov
9. Global Environment Facility (GEF): https://www.thegef.org
10. Climate Action Tracker: https://climateactiontracker.org
11. Greenpeace: https://www.greenpeace.org
12. The Nature Conservancy: https://www.nature.org
13. Earthwatch Institute: https://earthwatch.org
14. Chernobyl Disaster 1986: https://www.britannica.com/video/180283/disaster-
Chernobyl-video-repercussions
15. https://www.britannica.com/event/Fukushima-accident

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Gain a foundational understanding of environmental U, An 1, 7


issues and analyse the efforts of the UN and the UNEP
in addressing global environmental challenges.

CO-2 Develop a comprehensive understanding of the science U, Ap, An 1, 3, 7


behind climate change, including the causes,
mechanisms, and impacts on the Earth's systems.

CO3 Gain a comprehensive understanding of various forms R, U, Ap, E 1, 2, 3, 7


of pollution and evaluate them at a global scale.

CO4 Analyse the interconnectedness between biodiversity U, Ap, E 1, 3, 7


loss and its impacts on ecosystem services and
planetary health.

121
CO5 Equip with the knowledge and skills necessary to U, An, E 1, 2, 3, 7
analyse, address, and advocate for solutions to major
global environmental issues.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Environmental Science I- Global Environmental issues
Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PS Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical
No. O Level Category (L)/Tutor (P)
ial (T)

1. Gain a foundational PO-1, 6, U, An F, C L -


understanding of environmental 8/ PSO-
issues and analyse the efforts of 1, 7
the UN and the UNEP in
addressing global
environmental challenges.

2. Develop a comprehensive PO-1, 6, U, Ap, An F, C L -


understanding of the science 8/ PSO-
behind climate change, 1, 3, 7
including the causes,
mechanisms, and impacts on the
Earth's systems.

3. Gain a comprehensive PO-1, 2, R, U, Ap, E F, C L -


understanding of various forms 6, 8/
of pollution and evaluate them at PSO- 1,
a global scale. 2, 3, 7

4. Analyse the interconnectedness PO-1, 6, U, Ap, E F, C L -


between biodiversity loss and its 8/ PSO-
impacts on ecosystem services 1, 3, 7
and planetary health.

5 Equip with the knowledge and PO-1, 2, U, An, E F, C L -


skills necessary to analyse, 6, 8/
address, and advocate for PSO- 1,
solutions to major global 2, 3, 7
environmental issues.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

122
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 - - - - - 2 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 1

1 - 1 - - - 2 1 - - - - 2 - 2
CO 2

1 1 2 - - - 2 1 2 - - - 2 - 2
CO 3

1 1 2 - - - 1 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 4

1 - 1 - - - 1 1 2 - - - 2 - 2
CO 5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly/Low

2 Moderate/Medium

3 Substantial/High

Assessment Rubrics:
Suggested Assignments (Any 2)
1. Conduct a comparative analysis of renewable energy policies and their effectiveness in
different countries.
2. Propose strategies for mitigating the impact of invasive species on native biodiversity.
3. Investigate the role of fossil fuels in contributing to climate change.
4. Assess the socio-economic impacts of water scarcity in developing countries.
5. Analyse the impact of urbanisation on air quality and public health.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Tests
4. PowerPoint/Poster presentations
5. Quiz/Discussion/Debate

End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions

123
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester


Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ - - ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 5 ✓ - - ✓

124
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK3VACZOO201
Course Title Nutrition, Health and Wellness
Type of Course VAC
Semester III
Academic 200-299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
3 2 hours - 2 hours 4

Pre-requisites Pass in class XII


Course This course provides a comprehensive understanding of nutrition and
Summary wellness, nutritional requirements for healthy life, importance of dietary
fibre and water in diet and malnutrition. Students recollects food
adulterants and common food preservatives used in food products and
thereby emphasis the value of healthy food for a healthy society. Students
will gain knowledge about health benefits through regular exercise, stress
management and relaxation techniques that enable them to lead a healthy
life.
Detailed Syllabus
30
Module Unit Content
hrs
Introduction to Nutrition 8
Definition and classification of nutrition-macronutrients (carbohydrate,
1.1 protein, lipid and fat) and micronutrients (minerals and vitamins); its 4
I source and functions. Vitamin deficiency disorders (Brief account).
1.2 Importance of dietary fibre and water in diet. 2
Malnutrition – overnutrition (obesity and its types) and undernutrition
1.3 2
(Kwashiorkor, Marasmus).

125
Nutritional requirements 4
Nutritional requirements during pregnancy, lactation, infant growth,
II 2.1 3
childhood, adolescence and adulthood.
2.2 Balanced diet and its importance in health management. 1
Health and wellness 10
3.1 Concept of health and wellness, dimension and determinants. 2
3.2 Health benefits of regular physical activity. 2
III
3.3 Type of exercise – aerobic and anaerobic (Brief account). 2
Mind and body connection in health – concept and relation, Stress
3.4 management and relaxation techniques-deep breathing, Progressive 4
Muscle Relaxation (PMR), Yoga and meditation (Brief account only).
Healthy diet for Wellbeing 5
4.1 Food adulteration- Mention any two examples. 1
4.2 Common food preservatives – Mention any four examples. 1
IV
Diet to prevent obesity, hypertension, cardiovascular diseases, diabetes
4.3 2
and cancer.

4.4 Fast-food culture and its health implications. 1

Lifestyle diseases 3
V
5.1 Hypokinetic diseases (brief account only). 3
References

1. Ghosh S. (1981). The feeding care of infants and young children, UNICEF, New Delhi.
2. Gibney M.J (2013) Public Health Nutrition, Blackwell publishing, The Nutrition
Society Textbook Series.
3. Gopalan C. Ramasastri B.S. & Balasubramanian S. C. (1971) Nutritive value of Indian
foods. National Institute of Nutrition, Hyderabad.
4. Guyton,A.C and Hall,J.E.Text Book of Medical Physiology.
5. Manay, M.s. and Shadaksharaswamy, M. (1998). Food – Facts and Principles, New
age international (P) Ltd.
6. Mudambi, S. R (1995). Fundamentals of Food and Nutrition. New age international,
New Delhi.
7. Swaminathan,M. (1989). Hand book of food and nutrition. Bappco, Bangalore.
8. The complete manual of Fitness and Well-being (1988) The Reader’s digest
Association, Inc.Pleasatville, New York /Montreal.
9. Wong,K.V (2017) Nutrition, Health and Disease.

Web resources
1. https//www. frost-flow.org
2. https//www. wholisticmatters.com

126
3. https//www. nin.res.in
4. https//www.res.in.
5. https//www. nia.nih.gov
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl. Contents
No
1 Measure the BMI of different categories
2 Analysis and interpretation of nutritional information on food labels
3 Methylene Blue Reductase (MBR) test for milk quality checking
4 Testing adulteration of common food items (Any five)
5 Identification and comment on any four nutritional disorders
6 Performing of Yoga and relaxation exercise and it’s recording

Course Outcomes

Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO


No.
able to Level addressed

Understand about nutrition, wellness and nutritional


CO1 requirements for healthy life and importance of U, R PSO-1,3
dietary fibre and water in diet.

Remember the nutritional disorders and their


CO2 R, U PSO-1,3
symptoms.

Create an insight into the basic knowledge of food


CO3 U, An PSO-1,2
preservation and Adulteration.

Understand the importance of diet to prevent obesity,


hypertension, cardiovascular diseases, diabetes and
CO4 U, An, E PSO-1,2
cancer. Analyse fast-food culture and its health
implications.

Analyse the importance of exercise and yoga in daily


CO5 An, Ap PSO-5,6,7
life and its value in daily routine to lead a healthy life.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

127
Name of the Course: Nutrition, Health and Wellness
Credits: 2:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

Lecture
CO Cognitive Knowledge Practical
CO PO/PSO (L)/Tuto
No. Level Category (P)
rial (T)

Understand nutrition, wellness


and nutritional requirements PO - 1
1 U, R F, L P
for healthy life importance of PSO-1,3
dietary fibre and water in diet.

Remember the nutritional PO - 1


2 R, U F L P
disorders and their symptoms. PSO-1,3

Create an insight into the PO -1,2,3


3 basic knowledge of food U, An F, P L P
preservation and adulteration. PSO-1,2

Understand the importance of


diet to prevent obesity,
hypertension, cardiovascular PO -1,2,3
4 U, An, E F, C L P
diseases, diabetes and cancer. PSO-1,2
Analyse fast-food culture and
its health implications.

Analyse the importance of PO-2,6,8


exercise and yoga in daily life
5 PSO- An, Ap P L P
and its value in daily routine
to lead a healthy life. 5,6,7

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

128
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO 1 - 2 - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
1

CO 1 - 2 - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
2

CO 1 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 - - - - -
3

CO 1 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 - - - - -
4

CO - 1 - - 1 2 3 - 1 - - - 2 - 3
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment /Seminar topics

1. Fast-food culture in Kerala


2. Common adulterants
3. Lifestyle diseases
4. Importance of physical activities
5. Listing healthy foods
6. Computer aided diet analysis and nutrition counselling for different age groups
7. Vitamin deficiency diseases

129
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz
2. Assignment
3. Monitoring of yoga and exercise
4. Group discussion
5. Internal exam
End Semester assessment
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Practical examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment:

Internal Project End Semester


Assignment/Quiz
Exam Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

130
SEMESTER IV

University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK4DSCZOO201

Course Title Chordate Diversity - Part II

Type of Course DSC

Semester IV

Academic Level 200 - 299

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course The course provides an in-depth exploration of reptiles, birds, mammals, and
Summary primates. It covers general characteristics, classification, and examples of
reptiles, as well as the phylogeny of Clade Sauropsida. Students learn about the
origin and evolutionary path of birds, including flightless and flying species. The
course also examines egg-laying, pouched, and placental mammals, along with a
dedicated section on primates and animals from extreme environments. Through
lectures, activities, and field visits, students gain a comprehensive understanding
of chordates diversity and adaptations, highlighting their significance in
ecosystems and human society.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
Hrs

I Reptiles 15

1.1 Reptiles: Key characteristics of reptiles (Amniotic eggs, dry skin, 3


and thoracic breathing), as well as the origin and evolution of
reptiles (Brief account only).
Modern Reptiles: Brief account of the essential characteristics of
modern reptiles. Mention Turtles and tortoises, Tuataras, Lizards
and snakes, Crocodiles, and alligators.
The concept of phylogeny of Clade Sauropsida (Brief account only).

131
1.2 Turtles and Tortoises: General characters. A brief account of 2
evolutionary significance. Mention differences between turtles and
tortoises.
Scientific classification, IUCN status, distribution, salient features,
threats and conservation of Green sea turtle (Chelonia mydas) and
Indian star tortoise (Geochelone elegans).
1.3 Tuataras: General characters. A brief account of evolutionary
significance. 1
Scientific classification, IUCN status, distribution, salient features,
threats and conservation of Tuatara (Sphenodon punctatus).
1.4 Lizards and Snakes: General characters. A brief account of 7
evolutionary significance.
Lizards: Scientific classification, IUCN status, ecology, and salient
features of Dussumier's forest skink (Sphenomorphus dussumieri)
and Oriental garden lizard (Calotes versicolor).
Snakes:
Venomous Snakes: Scientific classification, IUCN status,
distribution, salient features, threats, conservation and nature of
venom of Indian cobra (Naja Naja), Banded krait (Bungarus
fasciatus), and Malabar pit viper (Craspedocephalus malabaricus).
Nonvenomous Snakes: Scientific classification, IUCN status,
distribution, salient features, threats, and conservation of Keeled rat
snake (Ptyas carinata), the Indian python (Python molurus), and the
Wolf snake (Lycodon aulicus).
1.5 Crocodiles and Alligators: General characters. A brief account of 2
evolutionary significance.
Scientific classification, IUCN status, distribution, salient features,
threats and conservation of Fish-eating crocodile (Gavialis
gangeticus) and American alligator (Alligator mississippiensis).
II Birds 10

2.1 Birds: Key characteristics (Different types of feathers and flight 3


skeleton), Evolutionary path to birds, Brief account of
characteristics of modern birds (Efficient respiration, Efficient
circulation, and Endothermy). Mention the position of birds in a
cladistic sense.
2.2 Flightless Birds: General characters. Scientific classification, 3
IUCN status, distribution, salient features and threats of Common
ostrich (Struthio camelus) - Mention breathing adaptation and

132
predators, Common kiwi (Apteryx australis) and King penguin
(Aptenodytes patagonicus).
2.3 Flying birds: General characters., Scientific classification, IUCN 4
status, distribution, salient features, threats, and conservation of
Rock pigeon (Columba livia), Indian Cuckoo (Cuculus micropterus)
- Mention brood parasite behaviour, Great Pied Hornbill (Buceros
bicornis), Little cormorant (Microcarbo niger), Common
Kingfisher (Alcedo atthis) and Barn Owl (Tyto alba).
III Mammals 10

3.1 Mammals: Fundamental characteristics (Hair and Mammary 2


glands) and notable features (Endothermy and Placenta). Origin of
mammals, Mention Modern mammals (Egg laying mammals,
Pouched mammals, and Placental Mammals).
3.2 Egg-laying mammals (Monotremes): General characters, 2
retention of reptilian characters. Scientific classification, IUCN
status, distribution, salient features, threats, and conservation of
Short-beaked echidna (Tachyglossus aculeatus) and Duck-billed
platypus (Ornithorhynchus anatinus).
3.3 Pouched mammals (Marsupials): General characters. Mention the 3
origin and pattern of embryonic development. Scientific
classification, IUCN status, distribution, salient features, threats,
and conservation of Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus) and Koala
(Phascolarctos cinereus).
3.4 Placental Mammals: General characters. Mention the speciality of 3
the placenta. Scientific classification, IUCN status, distribution,
salient features of Asian elephant (Elephas maximus) and Ganges
river dolphin (Platanista gangetica).
IV The World of Living Primates (A mammalian group that 7
includes Lemurs, Lorises, Tarsiers, Monkeys, Apes, and
Humans)
4.1 Living primates: Brief account on primatology. Distinct features of 1
primates (Grasping fingers and toes, Binocular vision).
4.2 Lemurs: General features. A brief account of the Ring-tailed lemur 3
(Lemur catta). Lorises: General features. A short account of the
Pygmy slow loris (Xanthonycticebus pygmaeus). Tarsiers: General
features. A brief account of Philippine tarsier (Carlito syrichta).
4.3 Monkeys: General features. A brief account of Lion-tailed macaque 3
(Macaca silenus). Ape: General features. A short account of
Chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes), Gorilla (Gorilla gorilla). Hominids

133
(Humans and their direct ancestors): General features. Brief account
of Humans (Homo sapiens).

V Reptiles, Birds and Mammals in the Extreme Environments 3

5.1 Extreme Environments: Brief account of the habitats and 3


adaptations of the organisms.
Cold climate (Ice): Brief account of Emperor penguin
(Aptenodytes forsteri), Snow Leopard (Panthera uncia), and Polar
Bear (Ursus maritimus). Mention the following examples: Arctic
Fox (Vulpes lagopus), Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus), Arctic hare
(Lepus arcticus), Walrus (Odobenus rosmarus), and Snowy owl
(Bubo scandiacus).
Hot climate (Desert): Brief account of Dromedary Camel (Camelus
dromedarius), Gila monster (Heloderma suspectum) and Giant
kangaroo rat (Dipodomys ingens). Mention the following examples:
Mongolian wild ass (Equus hemionus), Desert tortoise (Gopherus
agassizii), Jerboa (Allactaga jaculus), Addax (Addax
nasomaculatus) and Desert horned lizard (Phrynosoma
platyrhinos).
References
1. Lal S.S. (2018). Practical Zoology. Rastogi Publications.
2. Michael J. Benton (2024).Vertebrate Palaeontology, 5th edition, Wiley.
3. Parker & Haswell A. (2005). Text Book of Zoology Vol.II, Macmillan.
4. Peter H. Raven, George B. Johnson, Kenneth A. Mason, Jonathan Losos, and Susan
Singer, Carleton College (2017). Biology, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Education.
5. Young, J.Z. (2004). The Life of Vertebrates, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press.
Suggested Reading:
1. Daniel J.C. (2002). The Book of Indian Reptiles and Amphibians. Bombay Natural
History Society.
2. Dileepkumar R. (2016). A Handbook on Snakes of Kerala, Kerala Bhasha Institute.
3. Harvey Pough F. and Christine M. Janis (2019). Vertebrate Life, 10th Edition,
Oxford University Press.
4. Kailash Chandra Amitava Majumder, Gopinathan Maheswaran, and Imran Alam
(2022). Birds of India. Zoological Survey of India.
5. Scott Weidensaul (2022). A World on the Wing. Picador-The Smithson, London.
6. Vivek Menon (2023). Indian Mammals. Hachette India.
Web Resources:
1. https://www.britannica.com/animal/sifaka
2. https://www.britannica.com/topic/Our-Nonconscious-Future-2119857
3. https://www.britannica.com/list/7-of-the-worlds-most-dangerous-lizards-and-turtles
4. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in

134
Practicum (30 hours)
(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)
(All items to be done from Sl.No.1 to Sl.No.9 and any 4 items to be done from Sl. No.10
to Sl.No.18)

Sl. No. Contents

1 Turtles & Tortoises - Olive ridley sea turtle (Lepidochelys olivacea), Indian
flapshell turtle (Lissemys punctata) and Travancore tortoise (Indotestudo
travancorica): Spotter, Salient features (Use photos/drawings).

2 Reptiles - Common chameleon (Chamaeleo chamaeleon), Komodo dragon


(Varanus komodoensis), Marine iguana (Amblyrhynchus cristatus): Spotters, Salient
features (Use photos/drawings).

3 Snakes - King cobra (Ophiophagus hannah), Beaked sea snake (Hydrophis


schistosus), and Indian green pit viper (Craspedocephalus gramineus) and
Checkered keelback (Fowlea piscator): Spotters, Salient features (Use
photos/drawings).

4 Crocodiles & Alligators - Mugger crocodile (Crocodylus palustris), Chinese


alligator (Alligator sinensis): Spotters, Salient features (Use photos/drawings).

5 Flightless Birds - Common kiwi (Apteryx australis) and Emu (Dromaius


novaehollandiae): Spotters, Salient features (Use photos/drawings).

6 Flying Birds - Common swift (Apus apus), Eurasian teal (Anas crecca), Common
tea peregrine falcon (Falco peregrinus) and Bar-headed goose (Anser indicus):
Spotters, Salient features (Use photos/drawings).

7 Egg-laying mammals (Monotremes): Western long-beaked echidna (Zaglossus


bruijnii) and Duck-billed platypus (Ornithorhynchus anatinus): Spotters, Salient
features (Use photos/drawings).

8 Pouched mammals (Marsupials): Tasmanian devil (Sarcophilus harrisii) and


Musky rat-kangaroo (Hypsiprymnodon moschatus): Spotters, Salient features (Use
photos/drawings).

9 Placental Mammals: African bush elephant (Loxodonta africana) and Dugong


(Dugong dugon): Spotters, Salient features (Use photos/drawings).

135
10 Construct a flowchart on the relationship of the tuatara to other living reptiles and
birds (Group activity).

11 Make a poster on major reptilian orders, including typical examples and key
characteristics (Group activity).

12 Make a poster on any five turtles and tortoises in India (Group activity).

13 Make a PowerPoint presentation of any two dinosaurs of your choice and include
details on their habitat, distribution, salient features, adaptations, and causes of
extinction (Group activity, Maximum time - 10 Minutes).

14 Make a poster on the evolutionary path from reptiles to birds using


drawings/photographs (Group activity).

15 Visit the nearest Zoo and prepare an annotated list of 5 reptiles, 5 birds and 5
mammals/Visit a Biodiversity Museum and prepare a report on reptilian, bird and
mammalian diversity.

16 Identify any five birds from your college campus and make a report (Individual
reports).

17 Celebration of International Primate Day - September 1/National Bird Day (January


5)/World Migratory Bird Day (Second week of May)/World Sparrow Day/World
Animal Day - October 4 (March 20)-(Quiz/Invited talk/Photography
exhibition/Documentary show).

18 Talk on the topic ‘Common Snakes of your Locality’ by experts from the Department
of Forest Govt of Kerala or other competent experts in the field.

References:

Recommended Reading

1. Peter H. Raven, George B. Johnson, Kenneth A. Mason, Jonathan Losos, and Susan
Singer, Carleton College (2017). Biology, 10th edition, McGraw Hill Education.
2. Young, J.Z. (2004). The Life of Vertebrates, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press.
3. Lal S.S. (2018). Practical Zoology. Rastogi Publications.

Suggested Reading

1. Harvey Pough F. and Christine M. Janis (2019). Vertebrate Life, 10th Edition, Oxford
University Press.

136
2. Kailash Chandra Amitava Majumder, Gopinathan Maheswaran, and Imran Alam
(2022). Birds of India. Zoological Survey of India.
3. Dileepkumar R. (2016). A Handbook on Snakes of Kerala, Kerala Bhasha Institute.

Web Resources:

1. https://www.britannica.com
2. https://animaldiversity.org
3. https://cmfri.com/library-museum.html
4. https://www.museumsofindia.org/museum/12251/kerala-biodiversity-museum
5. https://tnhm.in
6. https://naturalhistory.si.edu
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be able to Cognit PSO
ive addressed
Level

CO-1 Gain an understanding of the fundamental characteristics of U 1, 2, 3


chordates and explore the concept of cladograms.

CO-2 Gain insight into the scientific classification, unique R, U 1, 2 3, 4


characteristics and evolutionary significance of selected
reptiles, birds, and mammals.

CO-3 Examine the diversity and unique adaptations of chordates U, Ap 1, 2, 4


thriving in extreme climatic conditions.

CO4 Foster a commitment to chordate conservation by engaging in U, Ap, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7


experiential learning activities, collaborative teamwork, and An
honing presentation abilities to effectively communicate the
importance of preserving these organisms and their habitats

CO5 Develop proficiency in identifying indigenous bird species U, Ap, 1,2,3,7


and generating scientific reports based on observations and An, E
findings.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

137
Name of the Course: Chordate Diversity-Part II
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/ PSO Cogniti Knowled Lecture Practical


No. ve Level ge (L)/Tuto (P)
Category rial (T)

CO-1 Gain an understanding of the PO-1/PSO- U F, C L -


fundamental characteristics of 1, 2, 3
chordates and explore the
concept of cladograms.

CO-2 Gain insight into the scientific PO-1, 2, 3/ R, U C, P L P


classification, unique
PSO-1, 2,
characteristics and
3, 4
evolutionary significance of
selected reptiles, birds, and
mammals.

CO-3 Examine the diversity and PO- 1, 2, 5/ U, Ap C, P L P


unique adaptations of PSO-1, 2, 4
chordates thriving in extreme
climatic conditions.

CO-4 Foster a commitment to PO-1, 2, 3, U, Ap, C, P L P


chordate conservation by 5/ PSO-1, An
engaging in experiential 2, 3, 4,7
learning activities,
collaborative teamwork, and
honing presentation abilities to
effectively communicate the
importance of preserving these
organisms and their habitats

CO-5 Develop proficiency in PO-3, 5, 6/ U, Ap, C, P, M L P


identifying indigenous bird PSO-1, 2, An, E
species and generating 3, 7
scientific reports based on
observations and findings.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

138
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

CO PSO PS PS PS P P P PO PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO PO7 PO8


1 O2 O3 O4 S S S 1 6
O O O
5 6 7

1 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - - - - - - -

2 1 2 2 3 - - - 1 2 1 - - - - -

3 1 3 - 2 - - - 1 1 - - 1 - - -

4 2 3 3 2 - - 1 2 1 2 - 1 - - -

5 1 1 3 - - - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 - -

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly/Low

2 Moderate/Medium

3 Substantial/High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignments (Any two)


1. Investigate the conservation status of a specific reptile species and propose
management strategies for its protection.
2. Prepare an identification key for differentiating venomous and nonvenomous snakes.
3. Analyse the conservation status of a threatened or endangered bird species and propose
conservation measures to protect it.
4. Analyse the adaptations of mammals to various environments, such as deserts, forests,
or aquatic ecosystems.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment


1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examinations

139
End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examinations

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester


Evaluation Examinations

CO-1 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO-2 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO- 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO- 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO- 5 ✓ ✓ - ✓

140
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4DSCZOO202
Course Title Evolution and Zoogeography
Type of Course DSC
Semester IV
Academic 200-299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass of Class XII
Course This course provides a comprehensive understanding of evolutionary
Summary biology, including classical and modern concepts, human evolution, and
zoogeography, enabling students to grasp the complex mechanisms and
patterns of life's diversity on Earth. Overall, students will gain a deep
understanding of evolutionary processes, and the distribution of life forms
on Earth, preparing them for advanced studies and careers in evolutionary
biology, ecology, and related fields.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
Evolution
I Introduction to Evolution 5
1.1 Theories of organic evolution: Lamarck’s theory; Weisman’s germplasm 2
theory; Darwin’s theory of natural selection and the contributions of
Wallace. Evolution- types- Micro, Macro, Mega and Co-evolution.
1.2 Natural selection- Variability, Fitness and different environmental 1
conditions. Types of selection (brief account of the observation in Biston
betularia).
1.3 Speciation- Types; Isolation and isolating mechanisms. 1

141
1.4 Hybridization- adaptive radiation with special reference to Darwin’s
finches.
1
II Modern Concepts of Evolution 8
2.1 Geological Time scale -Brief description on Paleontological evidences and 2
Fossil dating.
2.2 Modern concept of organic evolution: (Neo Darwinism), Sources of 2
Variation: mutation, role of mutation in evolution, neutral mutation
(Kimura).
2.3 Genetic basis of evolution- gene pool, gene frequency, genetic drift, 4
genetic equilibrium; factors affecting genetic equilibrium and Hardy –
Weinberg law.
III Human Evolution 17
3.1 Evolution of Man- Brief account – Hominid fossils. 3
3.2 Molecular Basis of Evolution; Contributions of Svante Paabo 3
(Paleogenomics, Paleoanthropology).
3.3 Phylogenetic Tree -Distance and Parsimony methods. 2
3.4 Evolution of Gene families- Molecular Drive. 2
3.5 Origin of new genes and proteins, Migration and Random Genetic Drift, 4
Convergent Evolution-Sexual selection and gene pool mixing.
3.6 Extinction - Background and mass Extinctions (causes and effects) and K- 3
T Extinction.
Zoogeography 15
IV Introduction to Zoogeography 5
4.1 Branches of Zoogeography- Applied, Casual and descriptive. 1
4.2 Patterns of animal distribution- cosmopolitan, dis-continuous, bipolar and 2
isolated distribution, factors affecting animal distribution.
4.3 Barriers and means of dispersal (Land and Aquatic ecosystems). 2
V Zoogeographical realms 10
5.1 Brief account of each realm, mention the areas, physical features and 4
peculiarities of fauna. Palaearctic realm, Australian realm, Ethiopian
realm, Nearctic realm, Oriental realm and Neotropical realm.
5.2 Bio-geographical classification of India- Biodiversity hotspots in India - 4
Western Ghats, Eastern Ghats and Himalayas. Insular Fauna: Brief

142
account of oceanic islands (Galapagos) and continental islands (British
Isles).
5.3 Plate tectonics and Continental Drift theory (Brief account). 2

References

1. A brief introduction to Zoogeography, Muhammad Bilal.


2. A text book of Zoogeography (2018), Frank E Beddard, Forgotten Books publishers,
ISBN-10: 1331879310
3. An introduction to evolution and Zoogeography (2009), T K Saha, Emkay Publications,
ISBN-10: 8185712115
4. Brace, C. L. (1967). The stages of Human Evolution, Prentice Hall International.
Cambridge University Press.33.
5. Campbell, N.A. and Reece J.B (2011). Biology. IX Edition. Pearson, Benjamin,
Cummings.
6. Colbert E.H. (1980). Evolution of the Vertebrates, John Wiley & Sons. Corporation,
NewYork
7. Dadson E.O. (1960). Evolution: Process and Product. Reinhold Pub.
8. Darlington P.J.Jr. (1980). Zoogeography: The geographical Distribution of Dehradun,
Delhi.
9. Douglas, J. Futuyma (1997). Evolutionary Biology. Sinauer Associates.
10. Ehlrich P.R. & holm R.W. (1973). The Proces of Evolution, Mc. Graw- Hill Inc.
11. Hall, B.K. and Hallgrimson, B (2008). Evolution IV Edition. Jones and Barlett
Publishers.
12. Lull R.S. (1947). Organic Evolution Macmillan Pub. Co. New York.
13. Monroe. W. Strickberger 2000. Sudbury (Massachusetts): Jones and Bartlett
Publishers. 722p.
14. Moody P.A. (1978) Introduction to Evolution, Ind. Ed. Kalyani Pub., New Delhi
15. Oparin A.I. (1957). The Origin of Life on Earth, Oliver & Boyd, London.Private limited,
New Delhi Publishers Ltd.
16. Ridley, M (2004) Evolution III Edition Blackwell publishing.
17. Savage J.M. (1969). Evolution, Hold, Rinchart and Winston Inc. New Delhi.
18. Stebbins G.L. (1977). Process of Organic Evolution, Prentic Hall Inc. Tomorrow printers,
New Delhi.
19. Volpe E.P. (1985). Understanding Evolution. Ind. Repr. Universal Book Stall.
Web resources:
1. https://www.sciencedaily.com/newsletters.htm
2. https://evolutionnews.org/
3. https://www.biodiversitylibrary.org/
4. https://www.blackwellpublishing.com/ridley/resources.asp

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl. Contents
No

1 Macro evolution using Darwin Finches (Pictures)

143
2 Photo of Darwin, Lamark, Wallace and Svante Paabo - Identify the scientist and mention the
contribution.

3 Identification of Living fossils (Specimens/Pictures)- Any three

4 Identification of geographical realms (Map).

5 Identification of respective fauna of Zoological regions (pictures).

6 Field visit to any important hotspot area (any regions in Western Ghats).
OR
Visit to Natural History Museum/Biodiversity Museum
Submit a report

7 Phylogenetic tree preparation using suitable software’s (Demonstration only) Eg: MEGA
OR
Demonstration of OMIM public database using LMS

References
1. Patole S S, Hasim M S and Yuvraj M B (2019) Evolutionary biology: Theory and
Practicals, Academic Book publications. Jalgaon.
2. Sai Jyoti U (2022) Ecology, Zoogeography and Evolution-Lab Practical with solutions,
SIA Publishers & Distributors Pvt Ltd.
3. Tripurari M (2023) Evolutionary biology with practical, Mahaveer Publications.

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Understand the evolutionary mechanisms which can U PSO-1,2


explain the genetic composition and distribution of
organisms.

CO-2 Remember the Zoogeography and its applications for R, U PSO-1,2


conservations of Biodiversity

CO3 Create an insight into the basic knowledge of the origin An PSO-1,2
of life and molecular concepts of evolution

CO4 Analyse patterns of animal distribution based on A PSO-1,2


geographic factors, barriers, and means of dispersal in

144
land and aquatic ecosystems.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Evolution and Zoogeography
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PS Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. O Level Category (L)/Tuto (P)
rial (T)

1. Understand the evolutionary PO 1, U F, C L P


mechanisms which can PO2/
explain the genetic PSO-
composition and distribution 1,2
of organisms.

2. Remember the PO 1/ U, R P L P
Zoogeography and its PSO-
applications for 1,2
conservations of
Biodiversity.

3. Create an insight into the PO 3/ A F, C L P


basic knowledge of the PSO-
origin of life and molecular 1,2
concepts of evolution.

4. Analyse patterns of animal PO 3/ A F L P


distribution based on PSO-
geographic factors, barriers, 1,2
and means of dispersal in
land and aquatic ecosystems.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
1 2 3 O5 6

CO 1 2 - - - - 2 2 - - - -
1

145
CO 2 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -
2

CO 1 2 - - - - - - 2 - - -
3

CO 2 1 - - - - - - 3 - - -
4

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil

1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics

1. Prof. Madhav Gadgil


2. Endemic species
3. Origin of life
4. Mass extinction phenomenon
5. Living fossils
6. Adaptive radiation
7. Animal connecting links
8. Plate tectonics and Continental drift theory
9. Biodiversity hotspots
10. Natural Selection
11. Geological Time Scale
12. Patterns of Animal distribution

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate

End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


146
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

147
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4DSCZOO203
Course Title Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates
Type of Course DSC
Semester IV
Academic 200 - 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course explores the Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates, focusing
Summary on the study of anatomical structures across vertebrate species to
understand evolutionary relationships and functional diversity. Beginning
with the significance of Comparative Anatomy in biological sciences, it
delves into basic principles of vertebrate morphology and its relevance to
evolutionary and phylogenetic studies. The course covers the evolution,
diversity and comparative anatomy of the skeletal, circulatory,
respiratory, digestive and nervous systems across vertebrates. Overall, this
course offers a comprehensive understanding of vertebrate anatomy,
integrating evolutionary perspectives with functional morphology to
explore the unity, diversity, and adaptability of vertebrate life forms.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs

Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates 8

1.1 Comparative Anatomy among Vertebrates – What is it and Why should 1


we study it?
I
1.2 Importance and Applications of Comparative Anatomy in Biological 1
Sciences (Brief note)

148
1.3 Evolutionary Perspective in Comparative Anatomy [Brief note] 2

1.4 Comparative Anatomy and Phylogenetic Relationships [Brief note] 2

1.5 Basic Principles of Vertebrate Morphology 2


Related activity: Group Discussion on – Can Evolutionary perspective be
drawn out from studying comparative anatomy?

Skeletal System 13

2.1 Evolution and Diversity of Vertebrate Skeletons 2

2.2 Axial Skeleton: Skull, Vertebral Column, and Ribs 3

2.3 Appendicular Skeleton: Limbs and Girdles 2


II 2.4 Comparative Analysis of Bone Structure and Function 4

2.5 Adaptations of the Skeletal System in Different Vertebrate Groups 2

Related activities:

1. Collection/ Identification of major Vertebrate bones explained in


theory class

2. Working with online virtual dissection tools.

Muscular System 14

3.1 Evolution and Diversity of Vertebrate Muscles 2

3.2 Comparative Anatomy of Skeletal, Smooth, and Cardiac Muscles 5


III 3.3 Functional Morphology of Muscles in Movement and Locomotion 3

3.4 Adaptations of Muscular Systems in Different Vertebrate Groups 2

3.5 Muscle Mechanics and Biomechanics in Vertebrate Locomotion 2

Related activities:
1. Group discussion on topic – Why are there no Flying Elephants?
2. Debate on topic – Humans with tail! Good or Bad?
Circulatory and Respiratory Systems 13

4.1 Evolution and Diversity of Vertebrate Circulatory Systems 2


IV 4.2 Comparative Anatomy of Heart and Blood Vessels 3

4.3 Circulatory Adaptations in Different Vertebrate Groups 2

4.4 Evolution and Diversity of Vertebrate Respiratory Systems 2

149
4.5 Comparative Anatomy of Lungs, Gills, and Skin Respiration 4

Related activities:
1. Quiz on Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrate Circulatory and
Respiratory Systems
2. Group Discussion – Crocodile with four chambered heart – Can
this be considered as evolutionary transition between Reptiles and
Birds?
3. Debate – Archaeopteryx – A myth or fact?
V Digestive and Nervous Systems 12

5.1 Evolution and Diversity of Vertebrate Digestive Systems 2

5.2 Comparative Anatomy of Mouth, Stomach, Intestines, and Accessory 3


Organs

5.3 Adaptations of Digestive Systems in Different Vertebrate Groups 2

5.4 Evolution and Diversity of Vertebrate Nervous Systems 2

5.5 Comparative Anatomy of Brain, Spinal Cord, and Peripheral Nerves 3

Related activity: Group Discussion – Is the nervous system the most


important system which makes humans the most advanced among
vertebrates?

References
1. Kardong, K.V. (2019). Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution (8th
Ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Romer, A.S., and T.S. Parsons. (1985). The Vertebrate Body. Saunders College
Publishing.
3. Pough, F. H., Bemis, W., McGuire, B. and Janis, C. (2022). Vertebrate Life (11th Ed.).
Oxford University Press. DOI: 10.1093/hesc/9780197558621.001.0001
4. Karel, F. Liem and Warren, F. Walker (2001). Functional Anatomy of the Vertebrates:
An Evolutionary Perspective. Harcourt College Publishers, Fort Worth.
https://archive.org/details/functionalanatom0000unse_j8q8
5. George C. Kent and Robert Carr (2001) Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates (9th Ed.).
McGraw Hill Publications, New York.
6. Brian K. Hall (2015). Bones and Cartilage: Developmental and Evolutionary Skeletal
Biology (2nd Ed.). Elsevier Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/C2013-0-00143-0
7. Saxena, R.K. and Sumitra Saxena (2015). Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates.
MV Learning.
8. Kardong, K.V. and Edward Zalisko (2011). Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A
Laboratory Dissection Guide. McGraw-Hill Education.
Online Resources
1. The Science Bank – Online Dissection Resources

150
https://thesciencebank.org/pages/online-dissection-resources
2. Human Anatomy in Detail - https://www.innerbody.com/htm/body.html
3. Learn human anatomy in 3D - https://anatomy3datlas.com/
4. Virtual frog dissection tool - https://norecopa.no/norina/virtual-frog-v-frog-20/
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be able Cognitive PSO
to addressed
Level

CO-1 Recall the basic principles and importance of comparative R PSO-1


anatomy among vertebrates.

CO-2 Identify the evolutionary perspectives and phylogenetic R, U PSO-3


relationships in comparative anatomy. Explain the
evolution and diversity of vertebrate skeletal, muscular,
circulatory, respiratory, digestive, and nervous systems.

CO-3 Describe the comparative anatomy of the skeletal, U PSO-1,


muscular, circulatory, respiratory, digestive, and nervous PSO-3
systems across different vertebrate groups.

CO-4 Apply knowledge of vertebrate morphology to analyze and Ap PSO-3,


compare the bone structure, muscular system, circulatory PSO-4
and respiratory systems, digestive and nervous systems,
and their adaptations in different vertebrate groups.

CO-5 Analyze the functional morphology of vertebrate muscles An PSO-4


in movement and locomotion, and evaluate the
biomechanics involved in vertebrate locomotion.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates

Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

1. Recall the basic PO1/ R F, C L -


principles and PSO-1
importance of
comparative
anatomy among
vertebrates.

151
2. Identify the PO1,PO3, R, U F, C, P L -
evolutionary PO4,PO6,
perspectives and PO7,PO8/
phylogenetic PSO-3
relationships in
comparative
anatomy. Explain
the evolution and
diversity of
vertebrate skeletal,
muscular,
circulatory,
respiratory,
digestive, and
nervous systems.

3. Describe the PO1,PO3, U P L -


comparative PO4,PO6,
anatomy of the PO7,PO8/
skeletal, muscular, PSO-1,
circulatory, PSO-3
respiratory,
digestive, and
nervous systems
across different
vertebrate groups.

4. Apply knowledge PO1,PO3, Ap C, P L -


of vertebrate PO4,PO6,
morphology to PO7,PO8/
analyze and PSO-3,
compare the bone PSO-4
structure, muscular
system, circulatory
and respiratory
systems, digestive
and nervous
systems, and their
adaptations in
different vertebrate
groups.

5. Analyze the PO7, An P L -


functional PO8/
morphology of PSO-4
vertebrate muscles
in movement and
locomotion, and
evaluate the

152
biomechanics
involved in
vertebrate
locomotion.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8
1 2 3 O5 6 7

CO 2 - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
1

CO - - 3 - - - - 3 - 1 1 - 2 1 2
2

CO 3 - 1 - - - - 2 - 3 2 - 1 1 1
3

CO - - 2 3 - - - 1 - 2 2 - 3 2 1
4

CO - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 1
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Topics for Assignment/Seminar

1. Evolutionary Trends in Vertebrate Skeletal Systems.


2. Muscular Systems: Similarities and Differences.
3. Comparative Analysis of Vertebrate Circulatory Systems.
4. Respiratory Adaptations in Aquatic and Terrestrial Vertebrates.
5. Digestive System Evolution: Herbivores vs. Carnivores.

153
6. Nervous System Complexity Across Vertebrate Groups.
7. Adaptations in Vertebrate Locomotion.
8. Comparative Anatomy of Sensory Systems.
9. Reproductive Strategies in Vertebrates: Oviparity, Viviparity, and Ovoviviparity.
10. Endocrine System Evolution and Hormonal Regulation.
11. Integumentary System: Skin, Scales, and Feathers.
12. Ecological Significance of Vertebrate Anatomy.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment (CCA)

1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Collection/ Identification of major Vertebrate bones explained in theory class
4. Working with online virtual dissection tools
5. Group discussion on topic – Why there are no Flying Elephants?
6. Debate on topic – Humans with tail! Good or Bad?
7. Test
8. Quiz

End Semester Evaluation (ESE)

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Assignment/ Seminar CCA ESE

CO 1 - ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

154
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course UK4DSEZOO201
Code

Course Fisheries Science II - Principles of Aquaculture


Title

Type of DSE
Course

Semester IV

Academic 200 -299


Level

Course Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


Details per week Hours/Week
per week per week

4 4 hours - - 4

Pre- Pass in Class XII


requisites

Course This course will provide the basics of aquaculture to the students. A wide
Summary range of aspects of aquaculture like aquaculture practices, design and
construction of farms and hatcheries, pond management, selection of
candidate species for aquaculture, study of monoculture, polyculture and
integrated culture systems etc. are dealt in this course.

Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 60

hrs
Introduction to Aquaculture 10

1.1 Present status and Scope of aquaculture in India and Kerala, Consumption 3
I scenario and Emerging trend in Aquaculture.
1.2 Criteria for the selection of sites ( nutrient and soil quality, water supply and
water circulation, water quality, Environmental Impact Assessment )
3

155
for various aquaculture practices, (Freshwater, Brackish water and Marine
Water)
1.3 Criteria for selection of species for culture – biological, economic and 1
market considerations.
1.4 Commercially important common cultivable species and Introduction of 3
exotic species (Brief account only)
Systems of aquaculture 8
2.1 Type of farming Methods: - pond culture, tanks, raceways, pen culture, 3
cage culture and zero water exchange system.

II 2.2 Different Systems of Aquaculture: Traditional, Extensive, semi-intensive,


intensive and super intensive aquaculture in freshwater, brackish water and
5
marine environments. Monoculture, polyculture, Sewage fed Farming,
Integrated culture systems, Recirculated aquaculture Systems (RAS)

Related activity: Make a report on any systems of aquaculture by


visiting the culture areas and submit the report .

Design and construction of farm and hatchery 8

3.1 Size, shape, lay out of pond farms, dike design and construction, water 3
supply and drainage system.

III 3.2 Pond productivity, estimation, physical, chemical and biological factors 2
affecting productivity of ponds
3.3 Types, design and construction of hatcheries 3
Pond Preparation and Stocking 10
4.1 Pre-stocking Pond management – sun drying, repairing, desiltation,
IV ploughing, liming, eradication of predators and weeds, water filling,
4
fertilization. Importance of bloom
4.2 Seed resources – wild collection, induced breeding of fishes, shrimps and 4
bivalves in hatcheries
4.3 Transportation, acclimatisation of seeds and release, species combinations, 2
stocking density
Related activity: Calculate stocking density of shrimp pond based on type
of culture.

Post stocking management 9


5.1 Feed management – Types of feed, formulated feed, feeding rate, feed
conversion ratio, feed additives, binders, nutraceuticals,
3
microencapsulated feeds, brooder diet and Live Feed.

156
V 5.2 Monitoring physical and chemical parameters of water, Rate and time of 2
water exchange.
5.3 Monitoring Health of stock, Regular sampling and disease Management. 2
Related activity: Assessment of stock and feeding regime in a shrimp
pond based on sampling
5.4 Harvesting of drainable and undrainable ponds, cages, molluscan farms. 2
Handling and preservation.
References
1. Ahilan, B., Ravaneshwaran, K., Kumaravel, P., 2011. Integrated Aquaculture. Daya
Publishing House
2. Allan, G. and Burnell, G. 2013. Advances in Aquaculture Hatchery Technology. Woodhead
Publishing Limited.
3. Bardach JE. 1997. Sustainable Aquaculture. John Willey and Sons.
4. Bardach JE, Rhyther JH and Mc. Larney WO. 1972. Aquaculture Farming and Husbandry
of Freshwater and Marine Organisms. John Wiley and Sons.
5. Beets WC. 1990. Raising and Sustaining Productivity of Small- Holder Farming Systems in
the Tropics. Agbe Publ.
6. Bose AN. 1991. Coastal Aquaculture Engineering. Oxford and IBH Publ.
7. Bregnballe J. 2015. A Guide to Recirculation Aquaculture. FAO Publ.
8. Burnell G, Allan G. 2009. New Technologies in Aquaculture. 1st Edition. Woodhead
Publishing House.
9.Boyd, C. E. and Tucker, C. S. 1992. Water Quality and Pond Soil Analyses for Aquaculture,
Alabama Agricultural Experimental Station, Auburn University
10. Creed R. 2017. Aquaculture and Fish Farming. Syrawood Publ
11. Davion A. 2018. Recirculating Aquaculture Systems: a Guide to Farm Design and
Operations.
12.Edwards P, Little DC and Demaine H. (Eds.). 2002. Rural Aquaculture. CABI.
13. FAO 2001. Planning and Management for Sustainable Coastal Aquaculture Development.
FAO.
14. ICAR. 2006. Handbook of Fisheries and Aquaculture. ICAR
15.Imai T. 1978. Aquaculture in Shallow Seas. Progress in ShallowSea Culture. Amerind Publ.
16.Ivar LO. 2007. Aquaculture Engineering. Daya Publ. House.
17. James PM. 1983. Handbook of Mariculture. Vol. I. Crustacean Aquaculture. CRC Press.
18. Jhingran VG and Pullin RSV. 1985. Hatchery Manual for the Common, Chinese and Indian
Major Carps. ICLARM, Philippines.
19. John. S. Lucas and Paul. C. Southgate (Eds.) 2012. Aquaculture – Farming Aquatic
Animals and Plants. Blackwell Publishing.
20. Lekang O, I. 2013. Aquaculture Engineering. Wiley-Blackwell Publ.
21. Leung P, Lee CS and O’Bryen JP. (Eds.). 2007. Species and System Selection for
Sustainable Aquaculture. Blackwell Publ.
22. Midlen and Redding TA. 1998. Environmental Management for Aquaculture. Chapman
and Hall.
23. Muthu MS. 1983. Culture of Live Feed Organisms. Tech. Paper 14. Summer Institute in
Hatchery Production of Prawns Seeds. CMFRI, Cochin.
24. Pillay TVR and Kutty MN. 2005. Aquaculture- Principles and Practices. Blackwell.
25. Sharma LL, Sharma SK, Saini VP and Sharma BK. (Eds.). 2008. Management of
Freshwater Ecosystems. Agrotech Publ. Academy.

157
26. Selvamani BR and Mahadevan RK. 2008. Aquaculture, Trends and Issues. Campus Books
International. FAO, 2011. Code of conduct for responsible fisheries. FAO special edition
27.Thomas L. 1995. Fundamentals of Aquacultural Engineering. Chapman and Hall
28.Tidwell JH. (Ed.). 2012. Aquaculture Production Systems. Wiley-Blackwell.
29.Timmons MB, Guerdat, T, Vinci, BJ. 2019. Recirculating Aquaculture. Ithaca Publishing
Comp.
30.Yoram, A., 2015. Biofloc Technology: a Practical Guidebook. WAS Publishing
Online resources
• https://www.fao.org/fishery-divisional-structure/en
• https://worldfishcenter.org/publications
• https://mpeda.gov.in/
• https://www.cmfri.org.in/about-library
• https://ciba.icar.gov.in/?page_id=11147
• e-Krishi Shiksha (iasri.res.in)
• https://www.cseindia.org/understanding-eia-383

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Understand the definition and history of aquaculture, U, R, An 4,5


Status of aquaculture in India and Kerala and criteria for
selection of species for culture

CO-2 Understand systems of aquaculture and different types of U, R, An 4,5


aquaculture practices.

CO-3 Acquire knowledge in design and construction of culture R, U, An 4,5


systems and hatcheries

CO-4 To get familiarised with pre-stocking pond management, AP, An, E 4,5
seed available and seed stocking.

CO-5 To get an awareness on post stocking management U, Ap,An 4,5


practices for a profitable culture.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

158
Name of the Course: Fisheries Science II - Principles of Aquaculture
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/ (P)
Tutorial
(T)

1 Understand the PO2,3,7/ U, R, An C, P, M L


definition and history of PSO4,5
aquaculture, Status of
aquaculture in India and
Kerala and criteria for
selection of species for
culture

2 Understand systems of PO2,3,7/ U,R, An C, P, M L


aquaculture and PSO4,5
different types of
aquaculture practices.

3 Acquire knowledge in PO2,3,7/ R, U, An C, P, M L


design and construction PSO4,5
of culture systems and
hatcheries

4 To get familiarised with PO2,3,7/ AP, An, E C, P, M L


pre-stocking pond PSO4,5
management, seed
available and seed
stocking.

5 To get an awareness on PO1,2,3, U, An F, C, P L


post stocking 7/PSO4,5
management practices
for a profitable culture.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

159
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
1

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
2

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
3

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
4

CO - - - 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 -
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment / Seminar topics
1. Aquaculture vs Agriculture
2. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
3. Water quality management
4. Multiple uses of water in aquaculture
5. Use of agro-industrial waste and biofertilizer in aquaculture
Continuous comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignment/ Quiz/ Discussion / Seminar
2. Submission of specimen collection report
3. Submission of Field report

160
End semester Evaluation
1. Very short answer questions
2. Short answer questions
3. Essay type questions
4. Practical examinations

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

161
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4DSEZOO202
Course Title Entomology II-Industrial Entomology
Type of Course DSE
Semester IV
Academic 200-299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course After completion of the course the students will be acquainted with
Summary apiculture, sericulture and lac culture. This course also provides the
students with entrepreneurial opportunities in entomology and provides
information on productive insects and their products. Apart from these the
students will learn about the methods of pest management in residential
places and public buildings and insect pests of public health and their
management.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs

I Apiculture 15
1.1 Introduction to apiculture and Bee biology, Honey bee species occurring 8
in India, Morphological features for identification of different bee
species(Related activity- Poster presentation depicting different bee
species of India)
1.2 Bee keeping - General colony management during different seasons, 4
Managing colonies for honey production and pollination.
1.3 Bee keeping equipment, honey extraction and bee products. Diseases of 3
bee colonies– preventive and curative measures(Related Activity- Visit to a

162
bee keeping facility and submission of report on honey extraction process and
bee products).

II Sericulture 14
2.1 History, development and organization of silk industry, Study of different 5
species of silkworms - (1) Mulberry silk worm- Bombyx mori and Bombyx
mandarina. (2) Tasar silk worm - Antheraea paphia and Antheraea
pernyi (3) Muga Silkworm- Antheraea assama (4) Eri silk worm-
Philosamia ricini (Brief description)
2.2 Moriculture (Brief description) Silk and its uses, Rearing of mulberry 4
silkworm (Brief description).
2.3 Pests and diseases of silkworms and management of silkworms( Related 5
Activity- Quiz).

III Lac culture 15


3.1 History of lac culture, Morphology and biology of lac insect. 3
3.2 Different strains of Lac insect- Kusumi and Rangeeni. Lac cultivation- 6
Propagation, inoculation and harvesting.
3.3 Lac processing- Stick lac, Seed lac and Shellac. 3
3.4 Lac products and their uses- Lac dye, Lac wax and Aleuritic acid 3
(Related Activity- Powerpoint presentation.
Methods of pest management in residential places and public buildings 8
IV 4.1 Insecticides for domestic use and their safety, Pre and post construction 5
termite proofing of buildings, Appliances for domestic pest control
4.2 Rodent control methods, Organic methods of domestic pest management 3
Related Activity- Field study and Report submission.
Insect pests in human habitation 8
V 5.1 Public health importance of insect pests in human habitation. 3
5.2 Biology, damage and control of mosquitoes, houseflies, bed bugs, ants, 5
termites and cockroaches( Related activity- Powerpoint presentation).

References

1. Aruga H. 1994. Principles of Sericulture. Oxford & IBH, New Delhi.


2. Atwal AS. 2006. The World of the Honey Bee. Kalyani Publ., New Delhi.
3. Ganga G. 2003. Comprehensive Sericulture. Vol. II. Silkworm Rearing and Silk
Reeling. Oxford & IBH, New Delhi.
4. Partiban S & David BV. 2007. Management of Household Pests and Public Health
Pests. Namratha Publ., Chennai.
5. Singh S. 1975. Beekeeping in India. ICAR, New Delhi.

163
Web resources
1. https://indiaagronet.com › Moriculture
2. https://www.niti.gov.in/honeyed
3. https://www.embibe.com/

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Understand the basics about beekeeping tools, U PSO-1,2


equipment, and honey extraction.

CO-2 Acquire knowledge and understand practices in R, U PSO-1,2


moriculture, silkworm rearing, lac culture, lac products
and their uses.

CO3 Analyze the economic importance of Apiculture, An PSO-1,2


Sericulture and Lac culture.

CO4 Apply the knowledge on disease management in Ap PSO-1,2


residential places and public buildings through the
control of insect pests in human habitation.

CO5 Apply the knowledge on biology and damage caused Ap PSO-2,5


by insect pests for their effective control…

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Entomology II – Industrial Entomology
Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO PO/PSO Cognitiv Knowledge Lectur Practi
No. e Level Category e cal (P)
CO
(L)/Tut
orial
(T)

1. Understand the basics about PO 1, PO2/ U F, C L


beekeeping tools, equipment, PSO-1,2
and honey extraction.

2. Acquire knowledge and PO 1, PO 2/ U, R F, C L


understands practices in PSO-1,2
moriculture, silkworm

164
rearing, lac culture, lac
products and their uses.

3. Analyze the economic PO 3/ PSO-1,2 An P L


importance of Apiculture,
Sericulture and Lac culture.

4. Apply the knowledge on PO 3/ PSO-1,2 Ap C. P L


disease management in
residential places and public
buildings and in the control of
insect pest in human
habitation.

5. Apply the knowledge on PO 1,2,6/PSO Ap C,P L


biology and damage caused – 2,5
by insect pests for their
effective control

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of Cos with PSOs and Pos:

PS PS PS PSO PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 4 O O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5

CO 1 2 - - - - - 2 2 - - - - - -
1

CO 2 3 - - - - - 3 1 - - - - - -
2

CO 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 - - - - -
3

CO 2 1 - - - - - - - 3 - - - - -
4

CO - 2 - - 3 - - 1 3 - - - 2 - -
5

165
Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment/ Seminar topics/Field study report

1. Beekeeping as industry in India


2. Preparation of bee-keeping projects.
3. Bio-ecology of mulberry silkworm.
4. Natural enemies of lac insect and their management
5. Insect pests of pet animals and their management.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment


1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
Mapping of Cos to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

166
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK4DSEZOO203

Course Title Environmental Science II- Environmental Pollution

Type of Course DSE

Semester IV

Academic Level 300 - 399

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - - 4

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course Summary This course covers the comprehensive study of air, water, soil, noise, and light
pollution, including their sources, impacts, and mitigation strategies. Students
will explore the concepts, standards, and pollutants associated with each type of
pollution, along with their effects on human health, wildlife, and ecosystems.
Through case studies, students will analyse real-world scenarios, identifying
successful management approaches and ongoing challenges. By examining the
pathways of contamination and ecological consequences, students will gain
insights into the long-term impacts of pollution on both natural and human
environments. Additionally, the course highlights the importance of regulatory
frameworks and guidelines in addressing pollution issues and promoting
sustainable practices for environmental protection.

Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 60


hrs
I Air Pollution: Causes and Impacts 12
1.1 Air Pollution: Concepts, Sources of air pollution- Natural and 3
anthropogenic. Air quality standards, emission standards. Primary and
secondary air pollutants. Atmospheric reactions are mechanisms of
transformations and their relationship.
1.2 Particulate matter: Sources, classification and composition, particulate 2
dynamics, viable and nonviable particles.

1.3 Effects of air pollution on human health, animals and vegetation. 2

167
1.4 Pollution-related phenomena and their consequences: the greenhouse 3
effect, global warming, temperature inversion, CFCs and ozone depletion,
and photochemical smog.
Related activity: A quiz can be administered utilising the Mentimeter App
for the learning experience.
1.5 Case studies on air pollution, threats and challenges. Examples: The 2
Beijing Smog Crisis (2013) and The Delhi Air Pollution Crisis (ongoing).
Related activity: Poster presentation can be adapted for learning. Group
activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
II Water Pollution: Causes and Impacts 12
2.1 Characteristics of natural water and aquatic environment. Sources of 3
potable water. Water quality standards- WHO, EPA and BIS. Industrial
water quality standards.
2.2 Types of water pollution: Physical, chemical, biological, and 2
physiological. Sources of water pollution, such as domestic and industrial
wastewater, their compositions, discharge standards, and effects on
receiving bodies.
2.3 The fate of pollutants in water: Metals, heavy metals, non-metals, and their 2
specifications. Pesticides, oils, greases, organic matter, biodegradation,
and bioaccumulation and their effects on water bodies.
2.4 Marine, thermal, and radioactive pollution in water and their 3
consequences; transport of pollutants; pollutant cycle in the environment
(land, air, and water). Bioaccumulation and Biomagnification.
Related activity: Quiz competition can be adapted for mode of learning,
Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a quiz team.
2.5 Case studies on water pollution, threats and challenges. Examples: The 2
Cuyahoga River Fire (1969), The Love Canal Disaster (1978) and The Flint
Water Crisis (2014-2019).
Related activity: PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
III Soil Pollution: Causes and Impacts 12
3.1 Definition and types of soil pollution: chemical, biological, and physical 2
contaminants. Sources of soil pollution: industrial activities, agricultural
practices, mining operations, and urbanisation.
3.2 Pathways of soil contamination: direct release, atmospheric deposition, 3
leaching, and runoff. Introduction to soil quality indicators and standards
for assessing contamination levels.

168
3.3 Overview of key pollutants: heavy metals, pesticides, petroleum 2
hydrocarbons, and persistent organic pollutants (POPs).
3.4 Ecological consequences of soil pollution: disruption of soil microbial 2
communities, loss of biodiversity, and habitat degradation.
3.5 Health risks associated with exposure to contaminated soils: Toxicological 2
effects, food chain contamination, and respiratory diseases. Effects of soil
contamination on ecosystem services.
3.6 Case studies on long-term impacts of soil pollution on ecosystems and 1
human populations. Example: Aral Sea Ecological Disaster, Agricultural
Pesticide Pollution in Punjab, India and Mining Pollution in the Niger
Delta, Nigeria.
Related activity: PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
IV Noise Pollution: Causes and Impacts 12
4.1 The definition and types of noise pollution are environmental, 3
occupational, and transportation noise. Sources of noise pollution are
industrial activities, transportation systems, construction sites, and
recreational activities.
4.2 Measure and assess noise levels: Decibel scale, sound monitoring 2
equipment, and noise mapping techniques. Noise Pollution Standards and
Legal Framework.
4.3 The effects of noise pollution on human health include hearing loss, sleep 2
disturbances, stress-related disorders, and cardiovascular diseases.
(Discussion mode of learning can be adapted).
Related activity: PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
4.4 The impact of noise pollution on wildlife behaviour, communication, and 3
habitat disruption. Introduction to noise exposure limits and guidelines for
protecting human health and wildlife.
4.5 Case studies illustrating noise pollution's health and ecological 2
consequences in different contexts. Examples: The Effects of Aircraft
Noise on Heathrow Residents (London, UK) The Impact of Shipping Noise
on Marine Life (Global Context) Urban Noise Pollution and its Effects on
Songbirds (Urban Areas, Global Context).
Related activity: PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
V Light Pollution: Causes, Ecological and Health Impacts 12

169
5.1 Definition and types of light pollution: skyglow, glare, light trespass, and 3
clutter. Introduction to the concept of dark-sky preservation and its
importance for ecosystems and human health.
5.2 Sources of light pollution and measurement: outdoor lighting fixtures, 2
streetlights, advertising signage, and industrial facilities, as well as
methods for quantifying its extent and intensity.
5.3 Artificial light at night (ALAN) affects wildlife behaviour, migration 2
patterns, and ecosystems.
5.4 The impact of light pollution on nocturnal species is disruption of circadian 1
rhythms, predation risk, and habitat fragmentation.
5.5 The health effects of light pollution on humans include sleep disturbances, 2
hormonal imbalances, and an increased risk of chronic diseases.
5.6 Case studies illustrate light pollution's ecological and health consequences
in different ecosystems and urban areas. The Impact of Artificial Light on
Sea Turtle Hatchlings (Coastal Areas, Global Context), The Effects of
Urban Light Pollution on Nocturnal Insects (Urban Areas, Global
Context),The Health Effects of Blue Light Exposure from LED Streetlights
(Urban Areas, Global Context).
Related activity: PowerPoint presentation can be adapted for learning
experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.

References:
1. Boubel R.W., D.L. Fox, and A.C. Stern 1994. Fundamentals of Air pollution. Academic
Press, NY,. Company Ltd.
3. Cunniff P.E., 1987. Environmental Noise Pollution. McGraw Hill, New York,.
4. De Nevers N 2000. Air Pollution Control Engineering, 2nd Edition. McGraw Hill,
Singapore.
5. Dhaji 1996. The Text Book of Soil Science. Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt.
Limited.
6. Harry O. 1922. Buckman The Nature and properties of soil. Macmillan,
7. Helmut Kohuke 1968. Soil physics. McGraw-Hill.
8. Krishnan Khannan, S. 1994. Fundamentals of Environmental Pollution, Chand
Publication.
9. Kudesia, V.P and Ritu Kudesia (1992). Water Pollution, Pragati Prakashan Publication,
Meerut.
10. Kumarasawmy, K., A. Alagappa Moses and M. Vasanthy (2004). Environmental
Studies. Bharathidasan University Publications.
11. Malcom Cresser 1993. Soil Chemistry and its Application. Cambridge University Press.
12. Masters G.M. 2003. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science, ,
Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi.
13. Mishra P.C. Soil Pollution and soil organisms, APH Publishing Corporation.
14. Nathensan, John 1986. Basic Environmental Technology - Wiley.
15. Pepper, I.L., Gerba, C.P. & Brusseau, M.L. 2011. Environmental and Pollution
Science. Academic Press.
170
16. Rao C.S.1993. Environmental Pollution Control, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
17. Rao, M.N and H.V.N. Rao (1993). Air Pollution. Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing
Company Limited. New Delhi.
18. Sawyer, C.N., P.L McCarty and G.F. Perkin (1994). Chemistry for Environmental
Engineers, II Edition. McGraw-Hill.
19. Sharma, B.K and H. Kaur (1994). Soil and Noise Pollution. Goel Publishing House,
Meerut.
20. Stanly Manahan 2011. Environmental Chemistry. CRC Press.
22. Tiwary A, Williams I, Colls J. (2019). Air Pollution: Measurement, Modelling and
Mitigation. Fourth Edition.
23. Trivedi P.R. 1992. Environmental Agricultural pollution. Akashdeep Publishing House.

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Understand air pollution, encompassing its concepts, U, R, An PSO-1, 2, 3,


sources, and effects on human health, animals, and 7
vegetation, alongside the ability to analyse Pollution-related
phenomena and evaluate associated threats and challenges
through case studies.

CO-2 Acquire in-depth knowledge of water pollution, covering U, R, An PSO-1, 2, 3,


natural water characteristics, potable water sources, 7
international and industrial water quality standards,
classification of pollution types, pollutant fate assessment,
and critical evaluation of case studies on management
strategies and emerging challenges in pollution control.

CO-3 Grasp in soil pollution, covering its causes, impacts, and key U, AP, An PSO-1, 2, 3,
pollutants. This will enable them to proficiently identify 7
pollution sources, contamination pathways, ecological and
health risks, and analyse long-term implications through
case studies to support informed decision-making in soil
management and remediation efforts.

CO-4 Gain a thorough understanding of noise pollution, U, AP, An PSO-1, 2, 3,


encompassing its causes, effects, and measurement 7
techniques. This will allow them to evaluate its impact on
human health and wildlife behaviour and critically assess
noise pollution standards and legal frameworks.

CO-5 Understand light pollution, encompassing its origins, U, AP, An PSO-1, 2, 3,


ecosystem effects, and human well-being. They will be 7
proficient in identifying sources, measuring intensity, and
assessing impacts on nocturnal species, empowering them

171
to advocate for dark-sky preservation and sustainable
lighting practices using case studies.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Environmental Science II- Environmental Pollution
Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledg Lecture Practic


No. Level e Category (L)/Tutor al (P)
ial (T)

1 Understand air pollution, PO1,6,8/ U, An F, C, P L -


encompassing its concepts, PSO-1,
sources, and effects on human 2, 3, 7
health, animals, and vegetation,
alongside the ability to analyse
pollution-related phenomena and
evaluate associated threats and
challenges through case studies.

2 Acquire in-depth knowledge of PO1, 6, U, An F, C L -


water pollution, covering natural 8/ PSO-
water characteristics, potable 1, 2, 3, 7
water sources, international and
industrial water quality standards,
classification of pollution types,
pollutant fate assessment, and
critical evaluation of case studies
on management strategies and
emerging challenges in pollution
control.

3 Grasp in soil pollution, covering PO1, 6, U, An F, C L -


its causes, impacts, and key 8/ PSO-
pollutants. This will enable them 1, 2, 3, 7
to proficiently identify pollution
sources, contamination pathways,
ecological and health risks, and
analyse long-term implications
through case studies to support
informed decision-making in soil
management and remediation
efforts.

172
4 Gain a thorough understanding of PO1, 6, U, Ap, An F, C L -
noise pollution, encompassing its 8/ PSO-
causes, effects, and measurement 1, 2, 3, 7
techniques. This will allow them to
evaluate its impact on human
health and wildlife behaviour and
critically assess noise pollution
standards and legal frameworks.

5 Understand light pollution, PO1, 6, U, Ap, An F, C L -


encompassing its origins, 8/ PSO-
ecosystem effects, and human 1, 2, 3, 7
well-being. They will be proficient
in identifying sources, measuring
intensity, and assessing impacts on
nocturnal species, empowering
them to advocate for dark-sky
preservation and sustainable
lighting practices using case
studies.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2 3 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 1

1 3 1 - - - 2 2 - - - - 1 - 3
CO 2

1 2 2 - - - 2 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 3

1 2 3 - - - 1 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 4

1 3 2 - - - 2 1 - - - - 2 - 3
CO 5

Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly/Low

173
2 Moderate/Medium

3 Substantial/High

Assessment Rubrics:

Suggested Assignments (Any two)

1. Effects of air pollution on human health


2. The health effects of light pollution on humans
3. Effects of noise pollution on human health
4. Risks associated with exposure to contaminated soils
5. Overview of key pollutants
6. Sources of water pollution

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment


1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Industrial/Field Visit Reports
4. Submission of Activity Reports
5. Tests
6. Quiz/Debate
7. Poster preparation & presentation

End Semester Evaluation


1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester


Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ - - ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 5 ✓ - -

174
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4VACZOO201
Course Title Communication and Popularisation of Life Sciences
Type of Course VAC
Semester IV
Academic 200 - 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
3 2 hours - 2 hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course This course equips the students with essential knowledge and skills for
Summary effectively communicating life sciences topics to diverse audiences.
Through exploration of various scientific information sources and
communication platforms, participants learn to utilize written, oral, visual,
and digital modes for public engagement and outreach. Emphasis is placed
on structured scientific writing, hypothesis preparation, and presentation
strategies to ensure effective communication to both expert and non-
expert audiences, with practical skills honed through workshops and
practice sessions.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 30
hrs
Introduction to Life Sciences 5
1.1 Definition, Branches, Scope and Significance of Life Sciences 2
I 1.2 Organizations promoting Life Science - Employment opportunities – 3
CSIR, ICAR, ICMR, DST, DBT, MoES, MoEF, IISER, ISRO (Brief
Description)

175
Sources of Scientific (Life Sciences) Information 5
2.1 Offline platforms– Peer reviewed Journal articles (Mention Predatory 3
Journals), reviews, conference proceedings, edited books, Policy
II
documents, official reports (official govt. or public agency and NGO
sources), Recorded speeches (TED Talks), Encyclopaedia, Magazines,
Press releases and Seminars.
2.2 Online Platforms- Google Scholar, Research gate, Pubmed and Scopus. 2
Tools and techniques of Life Science Communication & Public Sensitisation 12
3.1 Different modes of life science communication: written, oral, visual, 3
and digital.
3.2 Science outreach for biodiversity conservation: Flash mobs, dramas, 3
street play, documentaries, public awareness talks, exhibitions, science
III journalism and advertisements.
3.3 Online Science Communication- social media, websites, blogs, podcasts 3
and You tube.
3.4 Science Communication during disasters: Public engagement with 3
science and technologies-Weather alert- INCOIS, NDMA, Kerala State
Disaster Management Authority and GDACS (Brief explanation).
Writing for Life Sciences 4
4.1 Structure and components of scientific papers: introduction, materials 1
and methods, results, discussion, conclusion and Reference; Hypothesis
- preparation for a research problem.
IV
4.2 Writing clear and concise scientific prose 1

4.3 Literature review and citation practices 1


4.4 Tips for effective scientific writing: avoiding plagiarism, ensuring 1
clarity, and precision
Presenting Scientific Research 4
5.1 Principles of effective oral presentations: organization, delivery, using 1
posters and visual aids
V
5.2 Communicating complex scientific concepts to non-expert 1
audiences/public

5.3 Handling questions and engaging the audience during presentations. 1

5.4 Presentation skills; workshops and practice sessions 1

176
References:

1. Borchardt, J. K. (2019). Communicating Science: A Primer for Working with the


Media. Island Press.
2. Cambridge University Press.
3. Engineering Communication. MIT Press, UK.
4. Gigante, E. Marie (2018). Introducing Science Through Images: Cases of Visual
Popularization (Studies in Rhetoric/Communication), University of South Carolina P
5. Gregory, J., & Miller, S. (2015). Science in Public: Communication, Culture, and
Credibility. Basic Books
6. Holliman, R., Whitelegg, E., Scanlon, E., Smidt, S., & Thomas, J. (Eds.). (2009).
Investigating Science Communication in the Information Age: Implications for Public
Engagement and Popular Media. Oxford University Press.
7. James G, Paradis and Muriel L. Zimmerman (2002). The MIT Guide to Science and
Engineering Communication, Second Edition, The MIT press Publishers, 336pp.
8. Kothari. C.R (2023) Research Methodology. Methods and Techniques. New Age
International (P) Limited, Publishers, New Delhi.
9. National Academy of Sciences, National Academy of Engineering, & Institute of
Medicine. (2006). Communicating Science Effectively: A Research Agenda. National
Academies Press.
10. Nicholas Russel (2009). Communicating Science: Professional, Popular, Literary.
Cambridge University Press, 1st edition.
11. Ramesh, A. (2019). Science Communication: A Practical Guide for Scientists. Indian
Academy of Sciences.
Web Resources:

1. https://www.aaas.org/programs/public-engagement/communicating-science-online
2. https://www.scidev.net/global/communication/
3. https://www.science.org/
4. https://www.ted.com/topics/science+communication
5. https://theconversation.com/us/science
Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl. No. Contents

1 Prepare a documentary / You tube video links on various disasters/ Pollution


2 Conduct a flash mob/ Drama to address any environmental issue.
Prepare scientific talks for the public on relevant topics on Life Science.
3 OR
Write Scientific papers on any topic related to life Science.
Plagiarism checking of the given scientific report and documenting using a suitable
software.
4 OR
Preparation of posters / sign boards for giving awareness to public on any relevant topic
related to life science

177
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO1 Understand the definition and scope of life sciences U PSO1


and identify key organizations promoting life science
research and development.

CO2 Analyse the different sources of life science An PSO2


information, both online and offline platforms.

CO3 Identify and evaluate different communication U, E PSO2


channels utilized in life sciences.

CO4 Understand the importance of public sensitization on U, Ap


life science issues and demonstrate proficiency in PSO7
selecting and implementing appropriate
communication channels based on target audience
characteristics, message content, and communication
objectives.

CO5 Utilize digital and social media platforms to Ap, C


disseminate scientific information and engage with PSO7
the public.

CO6 Write scientific papers, reports, and proposals suitable Ap, C PSO2
for both scientific and lay audiences.

CO7 Deliver informative presentations of scientific Ap


research to diverse audiences on any relevant topic on PSO3
life science.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Communication and Popularisation of Life Sciences
Credits: 2:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/P Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical
No. SO Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

1. Understand the definition PO1, U F, C L


and scope of life sciences PSO1
and identify key
organizations promoting

178
life science research and
development.

2. Analyse the different PO1, An F, C L P


sources of life science PSO2
information, both online
and offline platforms.

3. Identify and evaluate PO1, U, E C L P


different communication PSO2
channels utilized in life
sciences.

4. Understand the importance PO1, U, Ap F L P


of public sensitization on PO2
Life science issues and PSO7
demonstrate proficiency in
selecting and
implementing appropriate
communication channels
based on target audience
characteristics, message
content, and
communication objectives.

5. Utilise digital and social PO6, Ap, C P P


media platforms to PO7
disseminate scientific PSO7
information and engage
with the public.

6. Write scientific papers, PO4, Ap, C P P


reports, and proposals PSO2
suitable for both scientific
and lay audiences.

7. Deliver informative PO4, Ap P P


presentations of scientific PO 5
research to diverse PSO3
audiences on any relevant
topic on life science.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

179
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO
1 2 3 5 6 7 2 8

CO 2 - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
1

CO - 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
2

CO - 2 - - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
3

CO - - - - - - 2 1 2 - - - - - -
4

CO - - - - - - 1 - - - - - 2 3 -
5

CO - 1 - - - - - - - - 2 - - - -
6

CO - - 3 - - - - - - - 3 2 - - -
7

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil

1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment /Seminar topics

1. Compilation of TED talks.


2. Organizations promoting Life Sciences.
180
3. Finding Research Gaps using library resources.
4. Modes of Life Science Communication.

5. Role of social media for Life science Communication


6. Effective scientific writing
7. Scientific poster / chart preparation/ oral presentation.
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz/ Debates
2. Assignment
3. Submission of report
4. Group discussion
5. Test
6. Open Book
End Semester assessment
1. Multiple choice question
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Practical Exam

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

CO 6 ✓

CO7 ✓ ✓

181
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4VACZOO202
Course Title Bioeconomics and Ecotourism
Type of Course VAC
Semester IV
Academic 200 - 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
3 3 hours - 0 3
Pre-requisites Pass of Class XII
Course The course provides an interdisciplinary exploration of the intersections
Summary between biology, economics, and tourism and understanding their
significance in promoting sustainable use of natural resources and
conservation of biodiversity. Students learn about the economic principles
underlying the management of biological resources, including concepts
such as supply and demand, externalities, market failures, and resource
allocation. Students explore the practices of ecotourism as a conservation
tool, and analyze case studies and examples from the Indian and Kerala
context. Course discusses the current challenges and issues in
bioeconomics and ecotourism, such as climate change, invasive species,
over tourism, and socio-economic inequalities, and explores potential
solutions and future directions for research and practice.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Basics of Bioeconomics 10

1.1 Bioeconomics-Definition, Concept and scope, Economic theories applied 3


to biodiversity conservation; Key principles of Bioeconomics- Optimal
resource management, Ecosystem goods (Tangible), Services (Intangible)
and Externalities.

1.2 Bioresource economics- Types- Natural resource economics (Tragedy of 2


the commons and resource depletion, Property rights and common-pool
resources), Fisheries Economics (Fisheries management and overfishing,
Sustainable fisheries and marine conservation) and Forestry Economics
(Timber harvesting and forest management). Economic valuation of forest

182
ecosystem services, Sustainable forestry practices and certification- Brief
description.
1.3 Ecosystem Services- Provisioning Services (Food, water, fuel and wood), 3
Supporting services (Nutrient cycling, Soil formation, Primary production
and habitat provision), Regulating Services (Climate regulation, Flood
regulation and disease) and Cultural services (Aesthetic, recreational and
recreational values).
1.4 Externalities-Types (Positive, negative, Environment and Technological) 2
and Implications (Market failure, Efficiency loss and Regulatory
Interventions).
II Trends in Bioeconomics and Policies 8

2.1 Green Economy- Biotechnology based economics, Environmental 2


economics and Ecological economics.

2.2 Methods for assessing the economic value of biodiversity and ecosystem 2
services- Standard market prizes, Benefit cost ratio, Net present value,
Present value ratio.

2.3 Green production and sustainable consumption, Ecological Footprint. 2

2.4 Policy implications of economic valuation for biodiversity conservation 2


in India. Resource use incentives and property rights, private, common
and public property rights and limitations, defendable right to resources.
III Ecotourism and Sustainable Development 14
3.1 Definition, Scope and Principles of Ecotourism, Role of Ecotourism in 4
conservation and sustainable development.

3.2 Ecotourism planning and management strategies; Community-based 4


ecotourism initiatives in India with special reference to Kerala.

3.3 Major Ecotourism centres of Kerala - Kuruva, Thenmala, Gavi, Adavi 6


and Ponmudi.
Related activity –Visit to Ecotourism centers and submit a short report
with photos.
IV Impacts of Ecotourism on Biodiversity and Communities 6
4.1 Impacts of ecotourism: Ecological (habitat disturbance, wildlife 4
disturbance, pollution), Socio-cultural (Indigenous tourism, Cultural
preservation, impacts of ecotourism on local communities); Economic
(benefits and opportunities) and Environmental.
Related activity-Recording of Invasive species in the Ecotourist regions
at the time of study visit.
4.2 Issues and Challenges- Invasive species, CO2 emissions, water pollution, 2
Biodiversity loss.

V Policies and Management for Sustainable Ecotourism 7

183
5.1 National and international policies and regulations governing ecotourism. 2

5.2 Role of government agencies, NGOs and local communities in 2


ecotourism management. Strategies for mitigating negative impacts and
enhancing the benefits of ecotourism in India.

5.3 Marketing Ecotourism- Definition, concepts and features: Brief account. 3


Related activity-Marketing of beneficial products from forest.

References:

1. Ghate, R., and Ghate, P. (Eds.). (2017) Ecotourism in India: Experiences, Approaches,
and Challenges. Springer.
2. John M Gowdy and Sabine O’Haro (1999) The Science of Managing Resources.
3. Karanth, K. K., and Madhusudan, M. D. (Eds.). (2002) Living with Wildlife: Wildlife
Resource and Livelihoods in South Asia. Permanent Black.
4. Lars Ravensbeck, Niels Vestergaard and Jens Wustemann (2019) “Bioeconomic
modelling and Valuation of Exploited Marine Ecosystem”.
5. Nautiyal, S., Kaechele, H., & Rao, K. S. (Eds.). (2016) Transdisciplinary perspectives
on Transitions to Sustainability. Springer.
6. Nyaupane, G. P., and Poudel, S. (Eds.). (2011) Community-Based Ecotourism:
Perspectives and Case Studies. CABI.
7. World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) (2015) Global Report on Adventure Tourism.
UNWTO.

Web Resources:

1. https://cedindia.org/
2. https://rtsoi.org/
3. https://indiabiodiversity.org/
4. https://www.moef.gov.in/
5. https://www.tourism.gov.in/

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Develop a foundational understanding of U, An PSO-1,2


bioeconomics as an interdisciplinary field that
integrates principles from biology and economics and
able to analyze bioresource markets, including those
for renewable resources.

CO-2 Understanding of the concept of ecosystem services, U, E PSO-1,3


including provisioning, regulating, supporting, and
cultural services and acquiring skills in economic
valuation methods.

184
CO-3 Understanding of the latest trends and developments in U, An PSO-1,2
bioeconomics and related policies and analyzing the
impact of globalization, trade liberalization, and
international agreements on bioeconomic sectors and
policies.

CO-4 Understand the principles and concepts of ecotourism. U PSO-1

CO-5 Engage in critical thinking exercises and problem- C, An PSO-.2


solving activities to analyse real-world ecotourism
challenges, such as balancing conservation and
economic development objectives, addressing social
inequalities.

CO-6 Identify positive impacts of ecotourism on biodiversity R, U, E PSO-1,2,3


and communities and evaluate existing ecotourism
policies, regulations, and management practices in
addressing biodiversity and community impacts.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Bioeconomics and Ecotourism
Credits: 3:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PS Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practic
No. O Level Category (L)/Tutori al (P)
al (T)

Develop a foundational PO 1/ U, An F, C L -
1. understanding of PSO-
bioeconomics as an 1,2
interdisciplinary field that
integrates principles from
biology and economics and
able to analyze bioresource
markets, including those for
renewable resources.

2. Understanding of the concept PO 2/ U, E P L -


of ecosystem services, PSO-1,
including provisioning, PSO 3
regulating, supporting, and
cultural services and
acquiring skills in economic
valuation methods.

3 Understanding of the latest PO 1/ U, An F, C L -


trends and developments in PSO-1,
bioeconomics and related PSO 2

185
policies and analysing the
impact of globalization, trade
liberalization, and
international agreements on
bioeconomic sectors and
policies.

4. Understand the principles PO1/ U P L -


and concepts of ecotourism. PSO-1

5 Engage in critical thinking PO1/PS C, An F, C L --


exercises and problem- O-2
solving activities to analyse
real-world ecotourism
challenges, such as balancing
conservation and economic
development objectives,
addressing social
inequalities.

6 Identify positive impacts of PO2/ R, U, E P L -


ecotourism on biodiversity PSO-1,
and communities and PSO 2,
evaluate existing ecotourism PSO 3
policies, regulations, and
management practices in
addressing biodiversity and
community impacts.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO 1 2 - - - - 2 - - - - - - --
1

CO 2 - 3 - - - - 2 - - - - - -
2

CO 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
3

186
CO 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
4

CO 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
5

CO 2 1 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -- -
6

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil

1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignments / Seminar topics/Field study reports

1. Principles of bioeconomics
2. Economic impact assessment of a major ecotourism event
3. Make sustainable tourism marketing plan for a destination area or ecotourism enterprise
4. Prepare a report on the study of a selected resource, including its ecological characteristics,
biodiversity, productivity, and socio-economic importance.
5. Environmental management measures to minimize the ecological footprint of ecotourism
activities.
6. Major Ecotourism centres of Kerala.

7. Prepare a study report after visiting a nearby ecotourism centre.

Continuous and Comprehensive Assessment

1. Quiz / Debate
2. Assignment
3. Group Discussion
4. Seminar
5. Submission of report
6. Test

End Semester Assessment

1. Multiple Choice questions

187
2. Short answer questions
3. Essay questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

CO 6 ✓

188
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK4SECZOO201
Course Title Livestock Management
Type of SEC
Course
Semester IV
Academic 200 - 299
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week
per week
per week per week
3 2 hours - 2 hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides a comprehensive understanding of livestock
Summary management, covering aspects from breeding and nutrition to disease
control, funding opportunities, and business ventures in the livestock
industry. It emphasizes breeds of cattle, poultry, sheep, and goats, along
with major diseases and preventive measures. Students are guided on
training centres, national research institutes, registration, insurance, and
commercialization opportunities. Emerging trends such as farm tourism
and start-ups in livestock management are also highlighted, providing a
comprehensive overview for aspiring livestock managers. It equips
learners with practical knowledge and skills necessary for successful
livestock farming and management.

Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 30


hrs

I Introduction to Livestock 2

189
1.1 Scope of Livestock Industry; Livestock- Dairy and Poultry; Value added 2
products of Live stock

II Nutritional requirements 5

2.1 Dietary needs for Dairy and Poultry: Carbohydrates, Fats, Protein,
Minerals, Vitamins and Water.
5
Permitted feed additives and Advanced Ration Formulations for dairy and
poultry (Brief description ).

III Maintenance of Livestock 8

3.1 Selection of Livestock (High quality milk and meat breeds of Cattle and 1
Broilers and Layers of Poultry).

3.2 Breeds of Fowl (Brief description): Indigenous (Aseel, and Kadaknath) 2


and Exotic breeds -Asiatic (Brahma), English (Orpington), Mediterranean
(White Leghorn) and American class (Rhode Island Red)
Breeds of Duck: Nageswari, Kuttanad breed and Indian runner
Breeds of Turkey: Broad breasted Bronze
Breeds of quails: Japanese breed

3.3 Breeds of cattle: (Brief description): Indigenous (Vechur cow, 2


Kasaragod dwarf and Red Sindhi: Exotic (Jersey and Brown Swiss)
Breeds of Sheep: Barbari and Deccani.
Breeds of Goat: Malabari and Jamunapari.

3.4 Breeding, Rearing and Housing of Cattle and Poultry. 3

IV Livestock Diseases and Management 5

4.1 Major Diseases of Poultry: (Coccidiosis, Pullorum, Fowl pox) and Cattle 5
(Anthrax, Tuberculosis, Foot and Mouth Disease): Symptoms and
Preventive measures (Mention-Vaccination and deworming programmes);
Biosecurity.

V Beginner’s guide 10

5.1 Funding agencies: Kerala State Start-up Mission, Government Agencies, 2


Banks, Co-operative Societies, NGOs, NRLM, Ksheerasagaram and
“Adu-gramam” and ‘A-Help’ Programme (Brief description ).

5.2 Training Centres: Kerala Livestock Development Board, Indo-Swiss 2


Farm -Mattupetti, Live -stock Research Station- Palakkad, KVASU -
Wayanad, College of Veterinary and Animal Sciences (CVAS) -
Mannuthy, Department of Animal Husbandry and College of Agriculture

190
- Vellayani Central Poultry Development Organization and Training
Institute-Bangalore (Brief description).

5.3 National Research Institutes: NDRI, CIRC, CIRG, NIVEDI and CARI 1
(Brief description).

5.4 Registration and Insurance: (Purpose and Benefits): Department of 2


Animal Husbandry and Dairying Development- Govt. of Kerala, National
Livestock Mission, National Gokul Mission (Brief description).

5.5 Commercialization of Livestock Products: KEPCO and MPI (Brief 1


description)

5.6 Emerging Trends in Livestock Management: Start-ups- Farm Tourism. 2

References
1. Aruna T. Kumar (2008). Handbook of Animal Husbandry, published by ICAR.
2. Banerji, G.C. A textbook of Animal husbandry, 1998. Oxford & IBH.
3. ICAR. Handbook of Animal Husbandry, 2013. Indian Council of Agriculture Research
Krishi Bhavan.
4. Malti, S.K, Gendley. M.K, Shahaji Phand (2021). Approaches for improving Livestock
Productivity through Nutrition and Animal Health Management. Jointly published by
SAU-DSVCKV, Durg C.G and MANAGE, Hyderabad.
5. Peter D. Constable, Kenneth W. Hinchcliff, and Stanley H. Done (2016).
6. Veterinary Medicine: A Textbook of the Diseases of Cattle, Sheep, Pigs, Goats and
Horses
7. Richard.O.Kellims and David. C. Church (2009). Livestock Feeds and Feeding (6th
Edition).
8. Sasthry N.S.R and C.K. Thomas (2019). Live Stock Production Management, Kalyani
Publishers, New Delhi.
9. Taylor, R. E and Field, T.G. (2004). Scientific Farm Animal Production: An
introduction to Animal Science. Prentice-Hall.

Web Resources:
1. https://www.agriinfo.in/
2. https://icar.org.in/
3. https://www.iva.org.in/
4. https://www.ivri.nic.in/
5. https://krishikosh.egranth.ac.in/
6. https://www.manage.gov.in/
7. https://www.nddb.coop/
8. https://www.ndri.res.in/
9. https://www.nianp.res.in/
10. http://www.veterinaryindia.net/

191
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl. No. Contents
1. Identification of Indigenous and Exotics breeds of Live stocks.
2. Visit to Poultry farm /Dairy Centres and Submit a report with Photos
OR
Visit to Institutes / Labs (Any one)
OR
Visit to a nearby Milk Co-operative Society, prepare a Quality register by using
lactometer

3. Analysis of quality of Milk- Casein/ Methylene Blue Reductase test.

4. Survey on the Challenges faced by poultry and dairy farmers.


OR
Visit a Farm Tourism Centre and submit a detailed report.

Course Outcomes

Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO


No.
able to Level addressed

Comprehend the scope and significance of the


livestock industry and gain knowledge about value-
CO1 U PSO1
added products derived from livestock and their
economic importance.

1. Understand the essential nutrients required for optimal


growth and health in dairy and poultry animals
including carbohydrates, fats, proteins, minerals and
CO 2 U, An PSO2
vitamins and analyse the importance of feed additives
and advanced ration formulations in different livestock
species and stages.

Understand and evaluate the selection criteria for


high-quality milch and meat breeds of livestock, along PSO2
CO3 U, E
with proper facilities, equipment, and housing
requirements.

Gain insights into funding opportunities, training


programs, registration, insurance options, and
CO4 U, Ap PSO7
commercialization avenues related to livestock
farming and start-ups like farm tourism.

Serve as an animal husbandry compendium for young


CO5 Ap, C PSO6
entrepreneurs.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

192
Name of the Course: Live Stock Management
Credits: 2:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
Lecture
CO PO/PS Cognitive Knowledge Practical
CO (L)/Tuto
No. O Level Category (P)
rial (T)

Comprehend the scope and significance


of the livestock industry and gain
PO1/
1 knowledge about value-added products U F L -
PSO1
derived from livestock and their
economic importance.

Identify the essential nutrients required


for optimal growth and health in dairy
and poultry animals including
PO2,
carbohydrates, fats, proteins, minerals
2 PO6/ U, An F, C L -
and vitamins and analyse the
PSO2
importance of feed additives and
advanced ration formulations in
different livestock species and stages.

Understand and evaluate the selection PO2,


criteria for high-quality milch and meat PO6/
3 breeds of livestock, along with proper PSO2, U, E C, P L -P
facilities, equipment, and housing PSO5
requirements.

Gain insights into funding


opportunities, training programs,
PO5,
registration, insurance options, and
4 PO6, / U, Ap P - P
commercialization avenues related to
PSO7
livestock farming and start-ups like
farm tourism.

PO5,
Serve as an animal husbandry
5 PO6/ U, C P - P
compendium for young entrepreneurs.
PSO6

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

193
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PSO PO PO2 PO3 PO PO PO PO PO


O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 8 1 4 5 6 7 8

CO 1 1 - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO 2 - 1 - - - - - - - 1 - - - 2 - -

CO 3 - 1 - - - - - - - 2 - - - 3 - -

CO 4 - - - - 2 1 - - - - - 3 3 - -

CO 5 - - - - 2 1 - - - - - 2 3 - -

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment/ Seminar topics


1. Prepare a chart showing dietary requirements of poultry.
2. Genetic breeds of Dairy.
3. Photography charts of Poultry.
4. Diseases of Dairy/ Poultry.
5. Incidence and effects of Bird flu in Kuttanadu.
6. Make a Short documentary on Farm Tourism.
7. Submission of any two-value added by -products.
8. Funding agencies and training centres for Livestock management.

194
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz/ Debate
2. Assignment
3. Group discussion
4. Submission of Report
5. Test
End Semester assessment
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Practical Exam.

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓

195
SEMESTER V

University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK5DSCZOO301

Course Title Developmental Biology

Type of Course DSC

Semester V

Academic Level 300 – 399

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week

4 3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII


Course Summary Developmental biology explores the intricate processes governing organisms'
growth, differentiation, and morphogenesis from conception to maturity. Key
topics in this course include historical perspectives, gametogenesis, fertilization,
fate mapping, potency, and regeneration. Advanced concepts such as prenatal
diagnostics, in vitro fertilization, and cryopreservation are also covered. Through
lectures, labs, and activities, students gain a deep understanding of developmental
principles and their relevance to human health. Emphasis is placed on critical
thinking and interdisciplinary approaches, preparing students for diverse career
paths in research, medicine, biotechnology, and education.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45 hrs

I Introduction to developmental biology 6

1.1 Historical perspectives: Theories - Preformation, Epigenesis, 1


Recapitulation and Germplasm (Brief account only).

1.2 Gametogenesis: Spermatogenesis and Oogenesis, Structure of sperm and 4


egg.

1.3 Egg: Definition. Egg envelopes. Classification of eggs (Based on the 1


presence or absence of shell, amount of yolk, distribution of yolk, and
pattern of development).

196
II Early Embryonic Development 11

2.1 Process of Fertilization: Agglutination, Acrosome reaction, Activation of 5


egg, Amphimixis.
Polyspermy: Primary and secondary block to polyspermy.

2.2 Cleavage: Patterns and types of cleavage (Holoblastic and meroblastic). 3

2.3 Blastulation (Brief account only), Types of Blastula. 1

2.4 Fate Map and its significance, Construction of Fatemap - Mention different 2
techniques (Vital staining, Radioactive labelling, Genetic marking), Fate
map of the frog.

III Late Embryonic Development 13

3.1 Concept of gastrulation. 2


A brief account of morphogenetic movements: Epiboly and Emboly
(Invagination, Involution, Infiltration, Ingression, Delamination,
Convergence, Divergence).

3.2 Gastrulation in frogs. 3


3.3 Gastrulation in Chick, Salient features of 24 hr Chick embryo. 3

3.4 Concept of germ layers, Derivatives of germ layers (Ectoderm, Endoderm 1


and Mesoderm).
3.5 Extra-embryonic membranes in chick. 1

3.6 Development of Man - Implantation, Pregnancy (Brief account only). 1

3.7 Placentation in mammals: Functions of the placenta, Classification (based 2


on the type of foetal membranes, mode of implantation, nature of the
contact, distribution of chorionic villi and histological intimacy).

IV Implications of Developmental Biology 6

4.1 Concept of Potency in embryonic cells: Totipotency, Pluripotency, and 1


Unipotency.
Mention the role of stem cells in post-embryonic development.

4.2 Determination and differentiation in embryonic development. Genes 1


involved in development (Brief account only).

4.2 Significance of organizer and embryonic induction (Brief account only). 1


Mention the Spemann-Mangold experiment.

4.3 Regeneration: Modes of regeneration (Epimorphosis, Morphollaxis and 1


Compensatory regeneration with one example from each).

4.4 Teratology: Teratogenic agents (Drugs and chemicals, Infectious agents 1


like viruses and bacteria, Ionizing radiations, Metabolic imbalance,
Malnutrition) and their effect on embryonic development (Brief account
only).

197
4.5 Parthenogenesis: Definition. Natural (Arrhenotoky and Thelytoky, 1
(Obligatory and Facultative) and Artificial parthenogenesis. Significance
of parthenogenesis (Brief account only).

V Advancements in Developmental Biology 9

5.1 Prenatal diagnostic techniques: Amniocentesis, Alpha-Foetal Protein 4


(AFP) estimation, Chorionic villus sampling, and Ultrasound scanning.

5.2 In vitro fertilization and embryo transfer in humans and test tube babies. 2

5.3 Assisted Reproductive Techniques: GIFT, ZIFT, TET, ICSI (Brief 2


account only).

5.4 Cryopreservation of gametes and embryos: Explain techniques. 1


Implications and legal implications (Brief account only).

References
1. Michael J.F. Barresi and Scott F. Gilbert (2020). Developmental Biology, OUP USA;
12th edition.
2. Jonathan M.W. Slack and Leslie Dale (2021). Essential Developmental Biology.
Wiley-Blackwell, 4th edition.
3. Gilbert, S.F. (2010). Developmental Biology, IX Edition, Sinauer Associates, Inc.,
Publishers, Sunderland, Massachusetts, USA.
4. Balinsky B.I. and Fabian B.C. (2006). An Introduction to Embryology. VIII Edition,
International Thompson Computer Press.
5. Carlson, B.M. (2007) Foundations of Embryology. VI Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishers.
Suggestive Reading
1. Kay Elder and Brian Dale (2020). In-Vitro Fertilization. Cambridge University Press;
4th edition.
2. Subramanian M.A. Developmental Biology, M J P Publisher; First Edition (1
November 2021).
3. Kalthoff, K. (2001) Analysis of Biological Development. II Edition, McGraw Hill
Publishers.
4. Arora, R. and Grover, A. (2018). Developmental Biology: Principles and Concepts. I
Edition, R Chand & Company.
5. Berry, A. K. (2008). An Introduction to Embryology. Emkay Publications.
6. Goel, S.C. (1984). Principles of animal developmental biology. Himalaya Publ. House,
Bombay.
7. Verma, P.S. & Agarwal V.K. (2010). Chordate Embryology. S. Chand & Company
Ltd.
8. Varsha Baweja and Monica Misra (2021). Practical Manual of Developmental Biology,
ebook.
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl. No Contents
1 Sketch and label the Vertical Section (VS) of the egg of a hen - Use
Slide/Model/Picture (Spotter).

2 Sketch and label frog blastula - Use Slide/Model/Picture (Spotter).

198
3 Sketch and label frog gastrula - Use Slide/Model/Picture (Spotter).

4 Sketch and label human egg cell - Use Slide/Model/Picture (Spotter).

5 Sketch and label the fate map of the frog - Use Slide/Model/Picture (Spotter)

6 Mounting, sketch and label of 24hrs chick blastoderm (Demonstration & Spotter).

7 in vivo study of chick embryo development by windowing and candling methods


(Demonstration).

8 Study of indirect development and metamorphosis by rearing Drosophila


(Demonstration).

9 Sketch and label a Human placenta, mention its type, and its functions - Use
Slide/Model/Picture /specimen (Spotter).

10 Sketch and label a Sheep placenta, mention its type, and its functions - Use
Slide/Model/Picture/specimen (Spotter).

11 Sketch and label a Pig placenta, Mention its type, and its functions - Use
Slide/Model/Picture/specimen (Spotter).
12 Sperm motility in Zebra fish or any fish (Demonstration only).

13 Prepare a poster on the developmental stages of drosophila (Group activity).


14 Prepare a poster on the developmental stages of frogs (Group activity).

15 Prepare a poster on the developmental stages of a chick (18 hr, 24 hr, 36 hr and 48 hr)
(Group activity).
16 Prepare a poster on different types of placenta: Epitheliochorial, Syndesmochorial,
Endotheliochorial, and Haemochorial (Group activity).

17 Renowned embryologists around the world (Hans Spemann, Sir John Gurdon, Ian
Wilmut) (Spotters).

18 Visit an IVF Centre and make a report on assisted reproductive techniques.

19 Make a poster presentation on different types of eggs (Group activity).

20 Conduct an awareness programme on Assisted Reproductive Techniques.

21 Conduct a debate on ethical issues related to human embryo research. Make a poster
presentation on different types of eggs (Group activity).
22 Conduct an awareness programme on Assisted Reproductive Techniques.

23 Conduct a debate on ethical issues related to human embryo research.

References
1. Michael J.F. Barresi and Scott F. Gilbert (2020). Developmental Biology, OUP USA;
12th edition.
2. Verma, P. S. & Agarwal V.K. (2010). Chordate Embryology. S. Chand & Company
Ltd.
3. Varsha Baweja and Monica Misra (2021). Practical Manual of Developmental Biology,
ebook.

199
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will Cognitive PSO
be able to Level addressed

CO-1 Gain insights into the historical journey of U 1, 2,6


developmental biology and enhance comprehension of
intricate developmental processes.

CO-2 Enhance comprehension of the typical pattern and U 1, 2


process of fertilization, as well as the sequential
developmental stages throughout embryogenesis.

CO-3 Develop expertise in observing vital staining U, An, Ap 1, 5, 6


techniques for tracing cell lineage in chick blastoderms
and analyse and synthesize information from studies on
frog, chick, and human embryology to establish
connections between developmental processes and
evolutionary biology.

CO-4 Comprehensive understanding of fundamental U, Ap 1, 2,4


concepts in developmental biology, encompassing
potency, organizers, regeneration, teratology, and
parthenogenesis.

CO-5 Gain a fundamental understanding and recognize the U, Ap 1, 2


significance of stem cells, in vitro fertilization (IVF),
and other assisted reproductive technologies.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Developmental Biology
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture (L)/ Practical


CO PO/PSO
No. Level Category Tutorial (T) (P)

Gain insights into the historical


PO- 1, 6/
journey of developmental biology
CO-1 PSO- 1, R, U F, C L P
and enhance comprehension of
2, 6
intricate developmental processes.

Enhance comprehension of the


typical pattern and process of
PO-1/
CO-2 fertilization, as well as the sequential U P L 1
PSO-1, 2
developmental stages throughout
embryogenesis.

Develop expertise in observing vital PO-1, 6/


CO-3 U, An, Ap C, P L P
staining techniques for tracing cell PSO-1, 5,

200
lineage in chick blastoderms and 6
analyse and synthesize information
from studies on frog, chick, and
human embryology to establish
connections between developmental
processes and evolutionary biology.

Comprehensive understanding of
fundamental concepts in
PO-8/
developmental biology,
CO-4 PSO-1, 2, U, Ap F, C L
encompassing potency, organizers,
4
regeneration, teratology, and
parthenogenesis.

Gain a fundamental understanding


and recognize the significance of PO-1, 6,
CO-5 stem cells, in vitro fertilization (IVF), 8/ PSO-1, U, Ap C L
and other assisted reproductive 2
technologies.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO 1 2 2 - - - 1 - 1 - - - - 2 - -
CO 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO 3 2 - - - 2 1 - 1 - - - - 2 - -
CO 4 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2
CO 5 3 2 - - - - - 1 - - - - 2 - 1

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignments (Any two)
1. Explore the mechanisms of organogenesis in vertebrate development.

201
2. Discuss the role of environmental factors in influencing developmental
processes.
3. Investigate the role of stem cells in tissue regeneration and embryonic
development.
4. Explore the impact of teratogens on foetal development and congenital
abnormalities.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate

End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester


Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ - - ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ - ✓

202
University of Kerala

Discipline Zoology
Course Code UK5DSCZOO302
Course Title Animal Physiology
Type of Course DSC
Semester V
Academic 300-399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week
per week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course
Summary This course provides a comprehensive overview of essential topics in
animal physiology, covering areas such as nutrition, obesity, respiratory
physiology, blood composition, cardiovascular function, renal
physiology, muscle physiology, nerve and sensory physiology, special
senses, endocrinology, and reproductive physiology. Students will
explore the mechanisms and functions of various physiological processes
in animals, including the impacts of nutrition on health, respiratory
adaptations in different environments, blood clotting disorders, cardiac
muscle features, muscle contraction mechanisms, nerve impulse
generation, sensory physiology, hormonal functions and disorders, and
reproductive cycles.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs

Physiology of Nutrition and Respiration 8

1.1 Balanced diet, nutritional disorders: - Protein-energy malnutrition, Vitamin 2


deficiency, Deficiency of iron, Iodine and Calcium.
I
1.2 Obesity: - Causes and consequences, BMR and its significance, BMR 1
measurement.

203
1.3 Respiratory pigments, Transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide in blood. 2

1.4 Dissociation curves and factors influencing the curve, Bohr effect and Haldane 1
effect.

1.5 Respiratory adaptations in high altitude and deep-sea diving (Brief accounts 1
only).
1.6 Respiratory disturbances: e.g. Apnoea, Dyspnoea, Hypoxia, Hypocapnia, 1
Hypercapnia, Asphyxia, and Carbon monoxide poisoning (Brief account only).

Circulatory Physiology 7

2.1 Blood composition and function. 1

2.2 Haemostasis: - Extrinsic and intrinsic pathways, Anticoagulant - Endogenous and 2


Exogenous.
Disorders of blood clotting, e.g., Deep Vein Thrombosis, Pulmonary Embolism,
and Arterial Thrombosis (Mention only), and Anticoagulants, e.g., Coumarins and
II Heparin (Mention only).
2.3 Features of cardiac muscle fibre include intercalated disc and gap junction, Cardiac 2
cycle, Origin and conduction of cardiac impulses, and heart sounds.

2.4 Blood pressure, Electrocardiogram, Angiogram, Angioplasty. 2


Cardiovascular abnormalities: e.g. Coronary Artery Disease, Cardiomyopathy,
and congenital heart disease (Brief account only).
Renal and Muscle Physiology 10

3.1 Mechanism of urine formation and osmoregulation, Concentration of the urine- 2


counter current system.
3.2 Osmoregulation in freshwater, marine, estuarine and terrestrial animals. 2

3.3 Dialysis types, Kidney transplantation, Renal disorders, e.g., Nephritis, 2


Haematuria, Renal calculi, Acidosis, and Alkalosis (Brief account only).
III
3.4 Ultrastructure of skeletal muscle, Muscle proteins and molecular and chemical 2
basis of muscle contraction, Sliding filament theory.

3.5 Motor Unit, Simple muscle twitch, Summation, Tetanus, Tonus, all-or-nothing 1
law, Fatigue, Oxygen debt, Rigor mortis.

3.6 Muscle Dysfunction and Pathologies: e.g. Muscular Dystrophy, Myasthenia 1


Gravis, Muscle Cramps, Muscle Strain, Muscle Spasms, and Muscle Atrophy
(Brief account only).

Nerve and Sensory Physiology 11

4.1 Generation and propagation of nerve impulse 2


IV 4.2 Synaptic transmission: Electrical, Chemical and mixed. 2
Neurotransmitters: Types, Function, Transport. Ionotropic and Metabotropic
receptors, EEG.

204
4.3 Neurodegenerative disorders: e.g. Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, 1
Huntington's Disease, Multiple sclerosis, and Dementia (Brief account only).

4.4 Physiology of vision, Visual elements and pigments, Photochemistry of vision. 3


Eye defects: e.g. Myopia, Hyperopia, Presbyopia, Astigmatism, and Cataract
(Brief account only).

4.5 Physiology of hearing, Hearing impairments: e.g. Types of deafness, Labyrinthine 1


disease, Tinnitus, and motion sickness (Brief account only).

4.6 Physiology of olfaction and gustation. Mention receptors for touch, 2


thermoreceptors and pain receptors (Brief account only).
Endocrinology and Reproductive Physiology 9

5.1 Physiological functions of pituitary, Hypothalamic, Adrenocortical and pancreatic 2


hormones.
5.2 Hormonal disorders: e.g. Cretinism, Exophthalmic goitre, Graves’ disease, 2
Myxoedema, Addison’s Disease, Cushing’s Syndrome, Diabetes mellitus,
V Diabetes insipidus, Dwarfism, Gigantism and Acromegaly (Brief account only).
5.3 Mode of action of hormone: Second messenger, Cell membrane receptors, and 2
nuclear receptors.

5.4 Reproductive cycles, physiology of puberty, Adolescence, Pregnancy, Parturition, 2


and lactation.

5.5 Birth control methods. 1

References

1. Barrett, Kim, Susan Barman, Jason Yuan, and Heddwen Brooks. (2019). Ganong's
Review of Medical Physiology, 26th ed., McGraw Hill.

2. Hall, John E., and Michael E. Hall. (2020). Guyton and Hall Textbook of Medical
Physiology, 14th ed., Elsevier.
3. Khurana, Indu. (2022). Medical Physiology for Undergraduate Students, Third Edition,
Elsevier.
4. Prosser, C.L. (1978). Comparative Animal Physiology, W.B. Saunders Co.
5. Randall, David, and Kathleen French. (2001). Eckert Animal Physiology, Fifth ed.,
W.H. Freeman & Co Ltd.

6. Schmidt-Nielsen. (2002). Animal Physiology: Adaptation and Environment, Fifth ed.,


Cambridge University Press.
7. Sembulingam, K., and Prema Sembulingam. (2019). Essentials of Medical Physiology,
Eighth ed., Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers.
Suggested Reading:
1. Kenneth S Saladin. (2020). Anatomy and Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function,
McGraw Hill; 8th edition.

205
2. Pat Willmer and Graham Stone. (2000). Environmental Physiology of Animals, Wiley–
Blackwell.
Web Resources:
1. Physiology Web (https://www.physiologyweb.com/search/search_result_882.html)
2. Human Physiology Wikibooks (https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Human_Physiology)
3. Armando Hasudungan videos (https://www.youtube.com/@armandohasudungan)
4. https://www.health.harvard.edu/heart-health/want-to-check-your-heart-rate-heres-how
5. https://www.britannica.com/video/143182/organ-hearing-sound-perception
6. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in

Practicum (30 hrs)


(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)
Sl. No. Contents (Any two major, Any two minor and spotters)

1 Enumeration of human red blood cells and white blood cells using a haemocytometer
(Demonstration & Spotter).

2 Preparation and staining of human blood smear and identification of WBC (Major
practical).

3 Estimation of haemoglobin using Sahli’s haemoglobinometer (Major Practical & Spotter).

4 Preparation of haemin crystals (Minor practical).


5 Recording of human blood pressure using a Manual/Electronic sphygmomanometer (Minor
Practical & Spotter).

6 Counting and recording of human heartbeat (Minor practical).


7 Determine the tonicity of the solution using human RBC (Major practical).

8 Determination of clotting time using a capillary tube (Minor practical).


9 Demonstration of insect respiration using a respirometer (Demonstration & Spotter).

10 Measurement of the rate of respiration in human beings using a volumetric respirometer


(Minor practical).

11 Measurement of Oxygen Saturation (SpO2) using an electronic pulse oximeter (Minor


Practical & Spotter).

12 Demonstration of pregnancy test kit (Demonstration & Spotter).


13
Poster exhibition on vitamins.

14 Survey on BMR and BMI.

15 Awareness programmes on obesity and overweight.

206
References

1. Khurana, Indu. (2022). Medical Physiology for Undergraduate Students, Third Edition,
Elsevier.
2. Sembulingam, K., and Prema Sembulingam. (2019). Essentials of Medical Physiology,
Eighth ed., Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers.
Web Resources:
1. Physiology Web (https://www.physiologyweb.com/search/search_result_882.html)
2. Human Physiology Wikibooks (https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Human_Physiology)
3. Armando Hasudungan videos (https://www.youtube.com/@armandohasudungan)
4. https://www.health.harvard.edu/heart-health/want-to-check-your-heart-rate-heres-how
5. https://www.britannica.com/video/143182/organ-hearing-sound-perception
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Understand the importance of a balanced diet, identify U, R, Ap, C 2, 4


various nutritional disorders, such as protein-energy
malnutrition and vitamin deficiencies, and analyse the
transport of respiratory gases in the blood, dissociation
curves, and respiratory adaptations in different
environments.

CO-2 Explore blood composition, cardiovascular function, R, U, An, C 2, 4


cardiac muscle features, and cardiovascular
abnormalities.

CO-3 Study the mechanisms of urine formation, U, Ap, An, C 2, 4


osmoregulation, muscle ultrastructure, nerve impulse
propagation, synaptic transmission, special senses,
endocrine functions, and reproductive physiology.

CO-4 Gain knowledge about hormonal disorders, E, U, C 2, 4


reproductive cycles, and birth control methods in
animals.

CO-5 Develop essential skills in performing laboratory U, Ap 5, 6


experiments in Physiology.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

207
Name of the Course: Animal Physiology
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO No. CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowled Lecture Practical


Level ge (L)/Tutori (P)
Category al (T)

CO-1 Understand the PO1, 3, U, R, Ap, C F, C L P


importance of a balanced 5, 6, 7/
diet, identify various PSO 2, 4
nutritional disorders, such
as protein-energy
malnutrition and vitamin
deficiencies, and analyse
the transport of respiratory
gases in the blood,
dissociation curves, and
respiratory adaptations in
different environments.

CO-2 Explore blood PO1, 3, R, U, An, C F, C L P


composition, 5, 6,
cardiovascular function, 7/PSO-2,
cardiac muscle features, 4
and cardiovascular
abnormalities.

CO-3 Study the mechanisms of PO1, 3, U, Ap, An, F, C L P


urine formation, 5, 6, C
osmoregulation, muscle 7/PSO-2,
ultrastructure, nerve 4
impulse propagation,
synaptic transmission,
special senses, endocrine
functions, and
reproductive physiology.

CO-4 Gain knowledge about PO1, 3, E, U, C F, C L P


hormonal disorders, 5, 6,
reproductive cycles, and 7/PSO-2,
birth control methods in 4
animals.

CO-5 Develop essential skills in PO 5, 6, U, Ap P L P


performing laboratory 8/PSO-5,
experiments in 6

208
Physiology.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO 1 - 1 - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 1 -
CO 2 - 1 - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 1 -
CO 3 - 1 - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 1 -
CO 4 - 1 - 2 - - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 1 -
CO 5 - 1 - - 1 2 - - - - - 1 2 - 1

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly/Low

2 Moderate/Medium

3 Substantial/High

Assessment Rubrics:
Assignments (Any 2)

1. The impact of gut bacteria on digestion, immunity, and overall health.


2. The Glycemic Index and blood sugar control.
3. The role of artificial intelligence in cardiovascular diagnosis.
4. Mechanisms behind muscle memory and its application to rehabilitation and fitness.
5. The physiology of sleep.
6. Pain management

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of a field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate

209
End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester


Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ - - ✓

CO 2 ✓ - - ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 5 ✓ - ✓ ✓

210
University of Kerala

Discipline Zoology

Course Code UK5DSCZOO303

Course Title Microbiology and Immunology

Type of Course DSC

Semester V

Academic Level 300 – 399

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week


per week
per week per week

4 3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course Summary Microbiology and Immunology is a comprehensive course that delves into the intricate
realm of microorganisms and the body's defence mechanisms against pathogens. In
Microbiology, students explore historical aspects, virus and bacteria classification,
microalgae, fungi characteristics, diseases, economic importance, microbial interactions,
and the human microbiome. Through hands-on experiences, students gain practical insights
into microbiological concepts. In Immunology, students study the immune system
overview, immune responses, viral and bacterial diseases in humans, zoonotic diseases, and
immunological techniques for infectious disease diagnosis. Overall, the course equips
students with a profound understanding of the microbial world, host-pathogen interactions,
and immune responses, preparing them for careers in research, healthcare, and
biotechnology.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45

hrs

I History of the Development of Microbiology 3

1 Contributions of Anton Van Leeuwenhoek, Louis Pasteur, Robert Koch, Joseph Lister, 1
Alexander Fleming, Paul Ehrlich and Edward Jenner for the development of Microbiology
as a discipline.

2 Three Domain Classification by Carl Woese: Eucarya, Eubacteria and Archeae. Mention 1
extremophiles.

3 Difference between prokaryotic and eukaryotic microorganisms. 1

II Microbial Diversity and Applications 15

211
1 Classification of viruses: Baltimore system (Brief account only). Bacteriophages: Structure 3
and reproduction (Lytic and Lysogenic cycles). Mention viroids, prions and virusoids.

2 Classification of bacteria: Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology (Brief account 5


only). Ultrastructure of a typical bacterium. Differentiate gram-positive and gram-negative
bacteria according to cell wall.

Classification of bacteria based on nutrition (Autotrophs and Heterotrophs. Photosynthetic


and Chemosynthetic bacteria. Saprophytes and Parasites).

Culture media: Types, Bacterial growth curve.

Application of bacteria in medicine, industry, agriculture and environment.

3 Microalgae (mention Diatoms and Dinoflagellates) - Brief account. 1

Harmful Algal Blooms: Mention red tide and ciguatera toxicity.

4 General characteristics of fungi. Fungal diseases (Mention Aspergillosis and Candidiasis). 2


Economic importance of fungi.

5 Microbial Interactions: Beneficial interactions and harmful interactions. Microbial 2


associations: Brief accounts on Symbiosis, Mutualism, Commensalism, and Parasitism with
examples.

6 Normal human microbiome: Examples and its importance in well-being. Mention prebiotics 2
(Yogurt, Kefir, Sauerkraut, Kimchi and Kombucha) and probiotics (Bifidobacterium
bifidum and Lactobacillus acidophilus, L. rhamnosus).

Types of microbial toxins: Cholera toxin, Botulinum neurotoxin

Overview of Immune System 10

1 Types of immunity: Innate and Acquired immunity, Active immunity and Passive immunity, 2
Cell-mediated immunity and Humoral immunity.

2 Cells involved in Immunity (B cell and T cells): Types and functions. 2

3 Interferons and MHCs: Organisation of MHC locus in mice and humans. 1


III
4 Lymphoid Organs: Primary and Secondary. 1

5 Immunoglobulins: Structure, Types and functions. 1

6 Complement system: Classical, Alternate and Lectin pathways. 1

7 Active and Passive Immunisation: Types of vaccines (Inactivated vaccines, Attenuated 2


vaccines, DNA vaccines, mRNA vaccines, and Conjugate vaccines).

Immune responses 8

1 Types of Hypersensitivity: Gell and Coombs classification. 2


IV 2 Autoimmunity: Rheumatoid arthritis and Lupus erythematosus (Brief account). 2

212
3 Immunodeficiency diseases: Types of immunodeficiency diseases (DiGeorge syndrome, 2
Selective IgA deficiency and AIDS).

4 Transplantation Immunity: Types of grafts, Immunological basis of transplantation 2


reactions, and Immunosuppression.

Microbial Diseases & Diagnosis 9

1 Microbial diseases in man: Viral diseases (e.g. Chicken pox, Measles, Common cold, 3
Herpes, Hepatitis, Poliomyelitis), Bacterial diseases (Diphtheria, Pneumonia, Leprosy,
Ornithosis.
Multi-drug resistant bacteria (MRSA, Carbapenem-resistant Enterobacterales)

V 2 Concept of Zoonotic diseases: Bacterial zoonoses (Brief description of Anthrax, and 3


Leptospirosis), Viral zoonoses (Brief description of Rabies, Ebola virus disease, and Nipah
virus).

3 Immunological techniques for infectious disease diagnosis: Widal test, ELISA, FISH and 3
GISH.

References
1. Ananthanarayan R. and C.K. Jayaram Paniker (2022).Textbook of Microbiology.
Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Chakraborty, P. (2013). A Textbook of Microbiology. New Central Book Agency,
Kolkotta.
3. Helen Chapel, Mansel Haeney, Siraj Misbah and Neil Snowden (2006). Essentials of
Clinical Immunology. 5th ed., Ane Books, India.
4. Gandhi. Microbiology and Immunology notes and cases – Blackwell Publishing.
5. Heritage, J. et al. Introductory Microbiology. Cambridge University Press.
6. Prescott L. M., Harley, J. P., and Klein D. A.: Microbiology (7th Ed)- Mc Graw Hill,
New York.
7. Pelczar, M. J., Reid, R. D. and Chan, E. C. S.: Microbiology. TMH.
8. Kumar, D.D. and S Kumar: Modern concept of Microbiology. Vikas Pub House Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi
9. Heritage J, E.G.V Evans, R.A. Killington. Introduction to Microbiology. Cambridge
University Press.
10. Tewari J.P, T.N. Lakhanpal, I Singh, R Gupta and B.P. Chanola. Advances in
Microbiology. APH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
11. Jacquelyn G. Black. Microbiology: Principles and Explorations. Prentice Hall, New
Jersey.
12. Patel A.H. Industrial Microbiology. Panama Publishing House New Delhi.
13. Krieg, N.R. & Holt, J.G. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology. Vols 1 – 4.
(1984-89).
14. Rao, A.S. Introduction to Microbiology. Prentice Hall of India.
15. Johnson, T.R. & Case, C.L. Lab (2003). Experiments in Microbiology.Addison
Wesley.
16. Goldsby et al. (2003). Immunology. 5 ed., W.H. Freeman.
17. Joshi, K.R. Immunology. Agro Bios.
18. Kuby, J. Immunology. W. H. Freeman.
19. Lydyard, P.M. et al. Instant Notes in Immunology. Viva Books.

213
20. Playfair, J.H.L. et al. Medical Immunology for Students. Churchill Livingstone, UK.
21. Rajeshwar Reddy, K. (2007). Text Book of Immunology. AITBS Publishers, India.
22. Rao C.V. An Introduction to Immunology. Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
23. Roitt, I.M. Essential Immunology. Blackwell Scientific.
24. Talwar, G.P.A Handbook of Practical Immunology. Vikas, New Delhi.
25. Todd. Lecture notes on Immunology. Lowa State Uty. Press. Ane Books India.

Web resources:
1. Zoonotic diseases https://ncdc.mohfw.gov.in/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Zoonotic-
Diseases-of-Public-Health-Importance.pdf
2. Zoonotic disease and diagnosis https://www.cdc.gov/
3. Beneficial microbes: The pharmacy in the gut – Link :
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4878258/
4. Prebiotics- https://www.healthline.com/nutrition/8-fermented-foods
5. Carbapenem-resistant Enterobacterales
https://www.cdc.gov/hai/organisms/cre/index.html
6. Immunology
https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/Home/ViewSubject?catid=2rAs1Puvga4LW93zMe83aA=
=
7. Environmental Microbiology, Fermentation Technology and Bioremediation
https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in/Home/ViewSubject?catid=0Xvq9yUM2ILDrJ07FvlArQ==

Practicum (30 hrs)


(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)

Sl. No. Contents (Any two major, Any two minor and spotters)

Immunology (Any three)

1 Study of primary and secondary lymphoid organs (Spotter. Photographs/Models).

2 Blood smear preparation and identification of white blood cells (monocytes,


lymphocytes, neutrophils and eosinophils) . [Major]

3 Blood group determination- ABO and Rh.

4 Blood collection and study of the effect of anticoagulant.

5 Usage of a haemoglobinometer to measure haemoglobin content in the blood


sample. (major)

6 Agglutination tests and immunological precipitation.

7 Demonstration of ELISA test.

8 Collection of serum from blood.

214
9 Isolation of lymphocytes from whole blood.

Microbiology (Any Three)

1 Microscopic observation of stained preparations of Lactobacillus from curd


(Major practical).

2 Study of symptoms of the diseases (Polio, Chickenpox, Herpes-shingles) with the


help of photographs (Spotters, Using Photographs).

3 Microscopic tests for bacterial motility: Hanging drop method.

4 Sterilization and aseptic techniques: Preparation and sterilisation of glassware


and solutions.

5 Antibiotic susceptibility tests: Use charts and pictures for identification.

6 Microbial spoilage of food. e.g. bread/milk/vegetables (Demonstration only).

7 Preparation of prebiotics. e.g. yogurt/sauerkraut/kimchi/kombucha


(Demonstration only).

8 Study of symbiotic microorganisms with microbes, plants and animals using


charts/ photographs/micro-slides.

References
Web sources:
1. https://www.britannica.com/science/ABO-blood-group-system
2. Microbiology Virtual Lab I: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=73
3. Microbiology Virtual Lab II: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=76
4. Immunology Virtual Lab I: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=69
5. Immunology Virtual Lab II: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=70

215
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Recognize how important microbiological discoveries have R, U 2, 5


shaped our knowledge of microorganisms and investigate
the richness of the microbiological world and their
application in diverse disciplines.

CO-2 Exploring beneficial and harmful microbial interactions: R, U, An 5


Implications for human health and ecosystems. Understand
zoonotic diseases and learn immunological disease
diagnosis methods.

CO-3 Understanding the immune system: Components, functions, U, Ap 5, 6


and types of immunity.

CO-4 Examine transplantation immunology, comprehend U, An 5


autoimmunity and immunodeficiency, and categorize
hypersensitive reactions to gain an understanding of
various immune responses and associated diseases.

CO-5 Develop essential skills in immunology and microbiology U, Ap 5, 6


laboratory techniques.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Microbiology and Immunology


Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture:Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PS Cognitiv Knowledge Lecture Practical
No. O e Level Category (L)/Tutori (P)
al (T)

CO-1 Recognize how important PO-6/ R, U F, C L -


microbiological discoveries have PSO-2,
shaped our knowledge of PSO-5
microorganisms and investigate the
richness of the microbiological world
and their application in diverse
disciplines.

CO-2 Exploring beneficial and harmful PO- R, U, An F, C L -


microbial interactions: Implications 1,2,6/
for human health and ecosystems. PSO-5
Understand zoonotic diseases and

216
learn immunological disease
diagnosis methods.

CO-3 Understanding the immune system: PO-6/ U, Ap C, P L P


Components, functions, and types of PSO-5,
immunity. PSO-6

CO-4 Examine transplantation PO-1, 2, U, An C L 0


immunology, comprehend 6/
autoimmunity and PSO-5
immunodeficiency, and categorize
hypersensitive reactions to gain an
understanding of various immune
responses and associated diseases.

CO-5 Develop essential skills in PO-1, 2, U, Ap P L P


immunology and microbiology 5, 6/
laboratory techniques. PSO-5,
PSO-6
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

- 1 - - 2 - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO 1

- - - - 3 - - 1 2 - - - 2 - -
CO 2

- - - - 3 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 - -
CO 3

- - - - 2 - - 1 2 - - 1 2 - -
CO 4

- - - - 2 3 - 1 - - - 2 3 - -
CO 5

Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

217
Assessment Rubrics:

Suggested Assignments (Any two)

1. The role of microorganisms in human health and disease.


2. The impact of microorganisms on food spoilage and preservation.
3. Autoimmune diseases: Causes, mechanisms, and treatment strategies.
4. Immunological mechanisms of vaccines: How vaccines work and their importance.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of reports
4. Submission of a field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate

End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics


Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester
Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ - - ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 5 ✓ - - ✓

218
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK5DSCZOO304
Course Title Agrochemicals and Agricultural Pest Management
Type of Course DSC
Semester V
Academic 300-399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides a comprehensive understanding of pest management
Summary principles, classification of pests, common agricultural pests of Kerala and
different agrochemicals and their use. Integrated pest management is an
essential component of sustainable agriculture. Part of the course
emphasizes the principles and practices of IPM in agriculture. The course
concludes with discussions on emerging trends in agrochemical research
and development, Bt technology and Robotics in pest management and
their potential impacts. Additionally, the course delves into innovative
methods such as biopesticides, precision agriculture, genetic pest control,
and the integration of robotics for efficient pest monitoring and
management.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Pests -An Introduction 10
1.1 Definition of Insect Pest- Types - Domestic pests, Structural pests, Animal 3
husbandry pests, public health pests; Pests out-break (Brief account).
Common Agricultural pests of Kerala - Paddy (Leptocorisa acuta), Coconut
(Oryctes rhinoceros), Sugar cane (Chilo infuscatellus), Coffee (Xylotrechus
quadripes), Tea (Helopeltis antonii), Ginger (Dichocrosis punctiferalis),
1.2 Mango (Idioscopus niveosparus), Cashew (Placaederus ferrugineus), 7
Rubber (Aspidiotus destructor), Banana (Odoiporus longicollis) Pulses
(Helicoverpa armigera), Vegetables (Dacus cucrubitae, Erias fabia) and
Stored grains (Tribolium castaneum). Common name, features and mode of
infection (Brief description).
II Agrochemicals for Pest management 12
2.1 Agrochemicals- Types- Conventional insecticides, Fungicides, 5
Rodenticides, Nematicides, Molluscicides, Fumigants, Repellents and
Attractants.

219
2.2 Based on chemical nature: Organophosphates; Organochlorines Carbamates 5
and synthetic pyrethroids; Structure, chemical name, physical and chemical
properties; Degradation metabolism, Mode of action, uses and toxicity (Brief
description).
2.3 Application of Pesticides, appliances used; dose estimation for field 2
applications.
III Integrated Pest Management (IPM) 5
3.1 Integrated Pest Management-Concept, Definition. Pest Control Methods - 5
Natural, Biological, Mechanical, Physical, Cultural and legal aspects (Brief
description).
IV Bio-pesticides 10
Definition and Source of Bio-pesticides. Microbial Biopesticides
(Beauveria bassiana and Bacillus thuringiensis) Biochemical Biopesticides
4.1 (Neem oil, Pyrethrins), Plant-Incorporated Protectants (Bt crops, RNAi- 6
based crops) Azadirachtin and its role in pest control. Other biopesticides -
Rotenone, Nicotine and Nicotinoids.
Growth inhibitors or physiological antagonists, chemo-sterilant; pheromones
4.2 and attractants; Insect growth regulators, juvenile hormones, moulting 4
hormones; Chitin synthesis inhibitors. Moulting Inhibitors. (Brief account
only).
V Innovative Methods in Pest management 8
5.1 Innovative biological control (Augmentative Biological Control, 5
Conservation Biological Control, Microbial Biopesticides), Semiochemicals
and Pheromones (Pheromone Traps and Lures, Mating Disruption) Precision
Agriculture (Remote Sensing and GIS, Variable Rate Application (VRA),
Sensor Technologies). Genetic Pest Control (Sterile Insect Technique, Gene
Drive Technology). Integrated Pest Management (IPM) Decision Support
Systems (Predictive Models, Smartphone Apps and Web-Based Platforms).
5.2 Bt technology, transgenic plants -Advantages and disadvantages (Brief 1
account only).
5.3 Robotics in Pest management (Electronic Traps, Smart Pest Control 2
System, Drones, RobHortic, UGVs, Agrobot).

References

1. Atwal, A. S. (2008) Agricultural pests of India and south East Asia, Kalyani
Publishers, Ludhiana.
2. Dent, D. (2000) Insect pest management (2nd edition) CAB International.
3. Hill, D.S. (1983) Agricultural insect pests of the tropics and their control- Cambridge
Univ. Press.
4. Horowitz, A. R., & Ishaaya, I. (Eds.). (2014). Insect pest management and control.
Springer Science & Business Media.
5. Koul, O. and Dhaliwal, G.S. (2003) Phytochemical Biopesticides, Harwood Academic
Publishers, Amsterdam.
6. Koul, O., Walia, S., & Dhaliwal, G. S. (2008). Essential oils as green pesticides:
potential and constraints. Biopesticides International, 4(1), 63-84.
7. Pedigo, L.P. (1996) Entomology and pest management, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.

220
8. Sathe T V (2003), Agrochemicals and Pest management, Daya publishing House, New
Delhi, ISBN: Indian ISBN: 9788170353096.
9. Sparks, T. C., & Nauen, R. (2015). IRAC: Mode of action classification and insecticide
resistance management. Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology, 121, 122-128.
10. Van Lenteren, J. C., Bolckmans, K., Köhl, J., Ravensberg, W. J., & Urbaneja, A.
(2018). Biological control using invertebrates and microorganisms: plenty of new
opportunities. Bio Control, 63(1), 39-59.

Web resources

1. https://croplife.org/
2. https://www.fao.org/pest-and-pesticide-management/en/
3. https://sitem.herts.ac.uk/aeru/iupac/
4. https://www.epa.gov/pesticides
5. https://www.icar.org/
6. https://www.kau.in/

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl. Contents
No
1 Collection and preservation of Insect Pests (Any five)
2 Field Visit- Agricultural farm/ bio-control labs and submission of field records
3 Insect traps- Models/Pictures
4 Monitoring the mode of infestation and damage by pest (Any three)
5 Preparation of any one Bio pesticides.
6 Identification of common natural enemies of crop pests (Parasitoids, predators and
Microbes).
References
1. Atwal A S, Agricultural pests of South Asia and their Management (2018) 7th Edition,
Kalyani Publishers.
2. Emden H M (2013) Handbook of Agricultural Entomology, 1st Edition, Wiley-
Blackwell Publishers.
3. Horne P (2008) Integrated Pest Management for Crops and Pastures, CSIRO
Publishing.

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Gain a comprehensive understanding of entomology. U, An PSO-1,2


Understand pests, their classification, significance, and
the factors influencing pest outbreaks. Students will
analyze case studies and examples of pest outbreaks to
understand the impact of pests on agriculture, public

221
health, and the environment.

CO-2 Differentiate between various types of agrochemicals R, U, Ap PSO 5,6


and apply knowledge and skills acquired throughout
the course to develop and implement agrochemical-
based pest management plans.

CO3 Analyse the ecological and economic benefits of An PSO 1,2


implementing IPM practices.

CO4 Evaluate the effectiveness and practical considerations E PSO 3


of biopesticides compared to conventional chemical
pesticides.

CO5 Understand and aware about the innovative methods in U, E PSO 1, 5


pest management and develop practical skills in
implementing and evaluating innovative pest
management solutions.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Agrochemicals and Agricultural Pest Management
Credits: 3:0:1(Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practic


No. Level Category (L)/Tutori al (P)
al (T)

1. Gain a comprehensive PO 1,PO U, An F, C L P


understanding of 2/ PSO-
entomology. Understand 1,PSO 2
pests, their classification,
significance, and the factors
influencing pest outbreaks.
Students will analyze case
studies and examples of
pest outbreaks to
understand the impact of
pests on agriculture, public
health, and the
environment.

2. Differentiate between PO 6,PO R, U, Ap P L P


various types of 8/ PSO

222
agrochemicals and apply 5,PSO 6
knowledge and skills
acquired throughout the
course to develop and
implement agrochemical-
based pest management
plans.

3 Analyse the ecological and PO 1, PO An F, C L P


economic benefits of 2 /PSO 1,
implementing IPM PSO 2
practices.

4 Evaluate the effectiveness PO E P L P


and practical considerations 3/PSO 3
of biopesticides compared
to conventional chemical
pesticides.

5 Understand and develop PO U, E P L P


awareness about the 1/PSO 1,
innovative methods in pest PSO 5
management and develop
practical skills in
implementing and
evaluating innovative pest
management solutions.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PSO PS PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO PO4 PO PO6 PO7 PO


O1 2 O3 4 5 6 3 5 8

CO 1 3 2 - - - - 2 3 - - - - - -

CO 2 - - 3 2 - 2 - 2

CO 3 3 3 - - - - 3 3

CO 4 - - 3 - - 3

CO 5 3 - - 3 - 2

223
Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment topics/Seminar discussions
1. Integrated Pest Management
2. Pest control methods
3. Bio-pesticides
4. Challenges and Opportunities in Organic Pest Management Practices
5. Role of Genetic Engineering in Developing Pest-Resistant Crops
6. Sustainable Pest Management Practices in Urban Environments
7. Common Agricultural pests of Kerala.
8. Different types of Agrochemicals
9. Various appliances used for application of Pesticides
Continuous and Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz / Debate
2. Assignment
3. Group Discussion
4. Seminar
5. Submission of report
6. Test
End Semester Assessment
1. Multiple Choice questions
2. Short answer questions
3. Essay questions
4. Practical Exam

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

224
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK5DSEZOO301
Course Title Ecology and Disaster Management
Type of Course DSE
Semester V
Academic Level 300-399
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutori Practi Total
per al per cal per Hours/We
week week week ek

4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course The course provides a basic understanding of biotic and abiotic components
of ecosystems, characteristics of population, community, ecosystem
summary
development and energetics. Anthropogenic impacts on ecosystems are
detailed under environmental pollution and man-made disasters.
Assessment and management strategies to mitigate the impact of pollution
and disasters are described. Experiments included in the practicum improve
understanding of the theoretical aspects.
Detailed Syllabus
Mod Unit Content 45
ule hrs
Introduction to Ecology 5
1.1 Concept of an ecosystem. Interrelationships between the living world 1
and the environment.
I 1.2 Structure of an ecosystem: Brief account on abiotic and biotic factors. 1
1,3 Primary production and energy flow in an ecosystem. 1
1.4 Pond as a typical ecosystem (Trophic relationships, producers, 2
consumers and decomposers).
Population Ecology 10
2.1 Characteristics of a population. Ecotypes. A brief account of 5
II metapopulation.
2.2 Exponential and logistic growth, equation and patterns, r and K 3
strategies
2.3 Population regulation– density-dependent and independent factors. 2

225
Community Ecology 7
3.1 Community characteristics: stratification, species diversity, species 5
abundance, species dominance community periodicity. Brief accounts
III on a niche, trophic level and guild.
3.2 Ecological succession: Types and different stages. Eg. Succession in an 2
aquatic ecosystem.

Environmental Pollution 8
4.1 Types of pollution (Air, water, and soil). Sources of pollution, 5
eutrophication, effects of pollution on the ecosystem, pollution
indicators. Control and management (bioremediation, sewage treatment,
IV green chemistry). Air pollution mapping software (eg. AirNow, IQAir,
AirVisual).

4.2 Sustainable development, ecosystem approach. Environment Impact 3


Assessment, pollution sensors, green audit.

Disaster management 15
5.1 Disaster: Definition. Classification of disasters- human-induced and
natural. Natural Hazards (Cyclone, Tsunami, Heat Wave, Landslide,
4
UrbanFloods, Floods and Earthquakes). Man-made hazards (Chemical,
nuclear and biological).

V 5.2 Cause and impact of disasters 2


5.3 Disaster management: Prevention, mitigation strategies, preparedness. A 3
brief account of Psychological first aid.

5.4
Policies and agencies: National Disaster Management Plan, 2019, Kerala
State Disaster Management Plan, 2016. Kerala State Disaster 4
Management Authority (KSDMA) and National Disaster Management
Authority (NDMA).
5.5 Need of Disaster management strategies: A case study on Kerala flood 2
2018 and Uttarakhand Cloudburst. Role of Information Technology in
Disasters

References:

1. Abbott Leon (2008). Natural Disaster, McGraw-Hill. ISBN-13: 978 0072 428650.
2. Agarwal, A. & Sen, S (1999). The Citizen & Fifth Report, Centre for Science and
Environment. New Delhi.
3. Beck, W.S., Liem, K.F. & Simpson, G.G (1991). Life: An Introduction to Biology (3rd
Ed.) Harper Collins Publishers, New York, pp 1361. ISBN: 006500009 9.
4. Bharucha, E. (2005). Textbook of Environmental Studies. Universities Press (P) Ltd.
India, pp 276. ISBN 817371 540 8.
5. Chandna, R.C. (1998). Environmental Awareness, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

226
6. Charry, S.N. (2008). Environmental Studies. MacMillan India Ltd. ISBN: 10:0230
635318, 13: 987 0230 6351 9.
7. Chapman, J.L., & Reiss, M.J. (1999). Ecology: Principles and Applications (2nd Ed.).
Cambridge University Press, UK. ISBN: 0521 005752
8. Cunningham, W.P. & Cunningham, M.A. (2003). Principles of Environmental Science
Inquiry and Applications. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. New Delhi.
ISBN 0 07 058112.
9. Colinvaux, P.A (1993). Ecology. II Edition. Wiley, John and Sons, Inc.
10. Donald Van De Veer and Christine Pierce (2003). The Environmental Ethics & Policy
Book (3rd Ed.). Wadsworth.
11. Emmel, T.C. (1976). Population Biology. Harper & Row Publishers, New York. ISBN
06 041904 0 Coppola.
12. Damon (2011). Introduction to International Disaster Management, Elsevier ISBN:
978-0- 12-3821744.
13. Krebs, C.J. (2001). Ecology: The experimental analysis of distribution and abundance.
V Edition. Benjamin Cummings. San Francisco.
14. Odum E.P. (2017). Fundamentals of ecology. Indian edition. Brooks/Cole
15. Rajalekshmi, V. (2004). Environmental and sustainable development.APH Publishing
Corporation, New Delhi. ISBN 81 7648 552 7.
16. Ricklefs, R.E and Miller, G.L (2000). Ecology. IV Edition. W.H Freeman, New York.
17. Robert Leo Smith (1966). Ecology and field biology Harper and Row publisher. New
York and London.
18. Sharma, H.S. (2000). Ranthambore Sanctuary - Dilemma of Eco-development, Concept
Publishing Company
19. Shrivastava, A.K (2023). Textbook of Disaster Management. Scientific Publishers,
India.
Web Resource:
▪ Disaster Management www.ifrc.org/en/what-we-do/disaster-management/

Practicum (30 hrs)

(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)

Sl. Contents (Any two major practicals, two minor practicals, demonstration and
No spotters)
1 Estimation of dissolved oxygen of water sample (Major Practical).
2 Estimation of CO2 in water (Major Practical).
3 Measurement of pH of different water samples using pH meter, pH paper and indicator
solution (Minor Practical).
4 Study of ecological adaptations (Spotter)
5 Primary productivity using dark and light bottles (Demonstration, Spotter)
6 Extraction of soil organisms – Berlese funnel (Demonstration, Spotter)
7 Construction of food web (Minor Practical)

227
8 Study of marine planktons / Freshwater planktons (Minor Practical)
9 Turbidity using Secchi disc in polluted and unpolluted waters (Demonstration, Spotter)
10 Estimation of hardness of water samples (Demonstration)
11 Ecological indicators – Identification & submission of a report with photographs
12 Field study and Report submission of any one ecologically important area –
mangroves/rocky shore/pond/sacred groove/forest etc.
13 Field visit to sites of national importance having environmental issues related to
pollution, natural disasters, ecosystem restoration etc. and report submission.
(Sl.No 12 & 13 can be clubbed together for a maximum of 4 days study tour
programme).
References:
1. Bharucha, E. (2005). Textbook of Environmental Studies. Universities Press (P)
Ltd. India, pp 276. ISBN 817371 540 8.
2. Chandna, R.C. (1998). Environmental Awareness, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Charry, S.N. (2008). Environmental Studies. MacMillan India Ltd. ISBN: 10:0230
63531
4. 8, 13: 987 0230 6351 9.
5. Chapman, J.L., & Reiss, M.J. (1999). Ecology: Principles and Applications (2nd Ed.)
Cambridge University Press, UK. ISBN: 0521 005752
6. Cunningham, W.P. & Cunningham, M.A. (2003). Principles of Environmental Science
Inquiry and Applications. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. New Delhi.
ISBN 0 07 058112.
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitiv PSO
able to e Level
addresse
d

CO1 To understand basic ecological concepts, processes, and U 1


interrelation between the living and nonliving.

CO2 To comprehend various attributes of populations and R, U 2


communities with the help of theoretical concepts and
field examples

CO3 To understand the causes and effects of environmental U, Ap, 7


pollution and the need for impact studies and sustainable An
development

CO4 To provide awareness on various disasters, their U, Ap, 1


vulnerability, mitigation and resilience and gain An

228
knowledge on the impacts of disasters on the
environment and society

Students will be equipped with a better understanding of R, Ap,


ecology, and its importance and be able to describe the An,
CO5
most common methods used in environmental analysis.
E

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Ecology and Disaster Management
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
No. (T)

1 To understand basic PO- U F, C L


ecological concepts, 1/PSO-1
processes, and
interrelation between
the living and
nonliving.

2 To comprehend various PO-2 R, U F, C L


attributes of
populations and
communities with the
help of theoretical
concepts and field
examples

3 To understand the PSO-7 U, Ap, C L P


causes and effects of An
environmental
pollution and the need
for impact studies and
sustainable
development

4 To provide awareness PO- U, Ap,An C L


on various disasters, 2,4,6/PSO-
their vulnerability, 2
mitigation and
resilience and gain
knowledge on the
impacts of disasters on

229
the environment and
society

5 Students will be PO- U, An P P


equipped with a better 4/PSO-5,6
understanding of
ecology, and its
importance and be able
to describe the most
common methods used
in environmental
analysis.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs
P PS PS PS PS P PO PO PO PO PO PO
S O O O4 O5 S 1 2 3 4 5 6
O 2 3 O
1 6
CO 1 - - - - - 3 2 - - 1 -
1

CO 2 3 - - - - - - - - - -
2

CO - - 1 - - - - - - - - 2
3

CO - - 2 3 - - - - - - - -
4

CO - - - - - 3 - - - - - 3
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Suggestive Assignments (Any two):
1. Solid and e-waste management
2. Biogeochemical cycles
3. Species interactions
4. Impact of climate change on ecosystems
5. Ramsar sites of Kerala

230
6. Application of microbes in pollution abatement

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment


▪ Assignments
▪ Seminar
▪ Field Report submission
▪ Test

End Semester Evaluation


▪ Multiple choice questions
▪ Very short answer questions
▪ Short answer questions
▪ Essay type questions
▪ Practical examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignme Project End Semester


Exam nt Evaluation Examinations

CO 1
✓ ✓

CO 2


CO 3


CO 4

✓ ✓
CO 5

231
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK5DSEZOO302

Course Title Fisheries Science III- Culture of Finfishes and Shellfishes

Type of Course DSE

Semester V

Academic 300 -399


Level

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week

4 3 hours - 2 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

The students will be introduced to topics such as development of aquaculture,


procedures for construction and management of aquaculture systems,
traditional aquaculture practices, culture of shell fishes and fin fishes, waste
Course water aquaculture, seed production, induced breeding, seed production of
Summary freshwater prawns and culture of catfishes and air breathing fishes, effluent
management system and role of organisations in aquaculture practices. The
course also emphasizes the modern concepts in integrated farming and its
techno-economic feasibility, collection, and transportation of feed,
hypophysation, broodstock maintenance, and agencies promoting aquaculture.
Students will learn about aquaculture practices by collection and identification
of commercially important shellfish marine food fishes and visit to fish farms.

Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 45


hrs

Freshwater Aquaculture 16
1.1 Major species cultured, production trends and prospect in different parts
of the world. Freshwater aquaculture resources - ponds, tanks, lakes, 4
reservoirs etc. Wintering ponds, quarantine ponds and isolation ponds

232
I

1.2 Traits of important cultivable finfishes and shellfishes and their culture 4
methods-Indian major carps, exotic carps, air breathing fishes, Tilapia
cold water fishes, freshwater prawns, mussels

Sewage-fed fish culture. Principles of organic cycling and detritus food 3


1.3 chain. Composite fish culture of Indian and exotic carps-competition and
compatibility .
1.4 Integration of aquaculture with livestock, cultivation of aquatic 3
macrophytes with aquaculture (makahana), Paddy cum fish/ shrimp
culture
1.5 Integrated farming systems: Design, farming practices of IFS with 2
vegetables, fodder, paddy, cattle, pig, poultry, duck, rabbit and quail
Coastal Aquaculture and Mariculture 12
Overview of sea farming and shore-based aquaculture in different parts of 3
2.1 the world - Resources for shore-based aquaculture and sea farming in
India.
Traits of important cultivable fish and shellfish (Eg. seabass, milkfish, 4
2.2 cobia, pearl spot, black tiger shrimp, American white shrimp, mud crab,
mussel, oysters (edible and pearl oyster), lobster, seaweeds - Seed
resources.
II 2.3 Traditional aquaculture systems - pokkali, bheries, semi- intensive, 2
intensive aquaculture systems
2.4 Culture systems - ponds, rafts, racks, cages, poles and ropes. 2
2.5 Sea ranching 1
Culture practices of brackish and marine species 9
3.1 Hatchery production and culture technique of P. monodon 2
3.2 Seed production and culture of finfishes – Lates calcarifer,Etroplus 3
III suratensis.
3.3 Seed production and culture of edible mussel and pearl oyster. Pearl culture 3
technique
3.4 Crab fattening 1
Recent trends in Aquaculture 5
4.1 Biofloc Fish Culture 1
IV 4.2 Recirculatory aquaculture system (RAS) -Components of RAS, Species 2
suitable for RAS
4.3 Aquaponics & Integrated Multi Trophic Aquaculture (IMTA) 2
Agencies promoting aquaculture 3

233
All India Coordinated Research Project on Aquaculture of ICAR., 2
5.1 ADAK, Matsyafed, FFDAs and BFFDAs, FIRMA, KSCADC Ltd.
V (Kerala State Coastal Development Corporation).
5.2 Central Institutes involved in aquaculture research and development - 1
CIFA, NBFGR, CIBA, CMFRI, RGCA
References
1.Agrarwal, S.C. 2007. A Handbook of Fish Farming. Narendra Publishing House., New Delhi
2.Bardach JE. 1997. Sustainable Aquaculture. John Willey & Sons.
3. Billard, R. 1990. Carp Biology and Culture. Springer, NY.
4. Chakravarthy, N.A. 1998. Biology, Culture and Production of Indian Major Carps. A
Review. Narendra Publ. Hse., New Delhi.
5. Chakravarthy, N.M. 2006. Murrels and Murrel Culture. Narendra Publ. Hse., New
Delhi.
6. Coche, A. G. and J. F. Muir. 1996. Pond Construction and Fresh Water Fish Culture – Pond
Farm Structures and Layouts – Simple Methods for Aquaculture. FAO. Daya
Publishing House, New Delhi.
7. Das, A.K., K.K. Vass, N.P. Shrivastava, P.K. Katiha. 2009. Cage Culture in Reservoirs
in India. (A Handbook) WorldFish Center Technical Manual No. 1948. The WorldFish
Center, Penang, Malaysia.
8. De Silva, S.S. & T.A. Anderson 1995. Fish Nutrition in Aquaculture. Chapman & Hall,
London.
9. Dube, S.K. 2010. Fish Farming. Wisdom Press, New Delhi.
10. Felix, S. 2007. Aquaculture Management Techniques. Narendra Publ. Hse., New Delhi.
11. Ghosh, P.K. 2006. Agro’sDicrionary of Aquaculture. Agrobios, India.
12. Halver, J.E. 1972. Fish Nutrition, Acad. Press, NY.
13. Halver, J.E. & R.W. Hardy 2002. Fish Nutrition. 3rd ed. Acad. Press, London.
14. Huet, M. 1986. Textbook of Fish culture. Breeding and Cuoltivation of Fish. 2nd ed.
Fishing News Books, Oxford.
15. Hussain, S.M. 2002. Encyclopedia of Fish Culture. Vol. 1. APH Publ. Co., New Delhi.
16. ICAR 2011. Handbook of Fisheries and Aquaculture. ICAR, New Delhi.
17. Imai, T. 1977. Aquaculture in Shallow Seas. Progress in Shallow Sea Culture. Amerind
Publ. Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
18. Inito, M. & S. Sarig 1989. Fish Culture in Warm Water Systems: Problems and Trends.

234
CRC Press Inc., Florida.
19. Jhingran, V.G. 1991. Fish and Fisheries of India. 3rd ed. Hindustan Publ. Corpn. (India),
Delhi.
20. Jhingran, V.G. & R.S.V. Pullin 1985. A Hatchery Manual for the Common, Chinese
and Indian Major Carps. Asian Development Bank, Manila and ICLARM, Manila.
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl.No. Contents

1 Identification of candidate species of shellfishes and finfishes

2 Identification of predatory and weed fishes in a farm and their methods of


eradication

3 Determination of salinity by refractometer and titrimetry

4 Determination of Dissolved oxygen in pond water.

5 Determination of soil and water pH in a brackishwater and freshwater farm.

6 Determination of transparency in a pond using Secchi Disc.

7 Identification and working of various equipments in farm and hatchery

8 Identification of live feed organisms (any five)

9 Decapsulation and hatching of brine shrimp cyst.

10 Demonstration of induced breeding in carp and tiger shrimp.

11 Visit to any Aquaculture farm and submit the study report

References
1. Joseph, M.M. 1990. Aquaculture in Asia. Asian Fish. Soc., Mangalore.
2. Khanna, D.R., R. Rajani, G. Matta. 2011. Ecology of Fish Pond. Daya Publishing
House, New Delhi.
3. Meehan, W.E. 2002. Fish Culture in Ponds and Other Inland Waters. H.R. Publ. Hse.,
Piliani.
4. Midlen and TA Redding. 1998. Environmental Management for Aquaculture. Kluwer
Publ.
5. New M.B. & W.C. Valenti 2000. Freshwater Prawn Culture: The Farming of
Macrobrachium rosenbergii. Blackwell Sci. Ltd. Oxford, UK.
6 Pandey, B.N., S. Deshpandey & P.N. Pandey. 2007. Aquaculture. APH Publ. Corpn.,
New Delhi.
7. Pillay, T.V.R. & Kutty, M.N. 2005. Aquaculture-Principles and Practices. 2nd ed.
Blackwell Publ. Ltd., UK.
8. Stickney, R.R. 2000. Encyclopedia of Aquaculture. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Canada.
9 Welcomme RL. 2001. Inland Fisheries: Ecology and Management. Fishing News Books
10. Wheaton, F.W. 1977. Aquaculture Engineering. Wiley Interscience, New York.

235
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Understand the principles and techniques of freshwater U, R, An 4,5


aquaculture systems, species suitable for aquaculture

CO-2 Understand practices of coastal aquaculture, traits of U, R, An 4,5


important cultivable fish and shellfish, methods of culture
systems and development of sustainable farming protocols

CO-3 Acquire knowledge on breeding and culture of R, U, An 4,5


economically important brackish water species.

CO-4 To get familiarised with recent trends in aquaculture AP, An, E 4,5

CO-5 To get an awareness on agencies promoting aquaculture U, An 4,5


R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Fisheries Science III- Culture of Finfishes and Shellfishes
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledg Lecture Pract


No. Level e (L)/ ical
Category Tutorial (P)
(T)

1 Understand the principles PO2,3,7/ U, R, An C, P, M L P


and techniques of fresh PSO4,5
wateraquaculture systems
,species suitable for
aquaculture and
integrated farming
system.

2 Understand practices of PO2,3,7/ U, R, An C, P, M L


major coastal aquaculture PSO4,5
practices, traits of
important cultivable fish
and shellfish, methods of
culture systems and
development of
sustainable farming
protocols.

3 Acquire knowledge in PO2,3,7/ R, U, An C, P, M L P

236
important cultivable PSO4,5
species, breeding and
culture of economically
important species in
brackish water culture.

4 To get familiarise with PO2,3,7/ AP, An, E C, P, M L


recent trends in PSO4,5
aquaculure

5 To get an awareness on PO1,2,3, U, An F, C, P L P


agencies promoting 7/PSO4,5
aquaculture
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
1

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
2

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
3

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
4

CO - - - 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 -
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

237
2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:
▪ Quiz / Assignment/ Quiz/ Discussion / Seminar
▪ Midterm Exam
▪ Programming Assignments
▪ Final Exam
Suggested Assignments/ Seminar topics
1. Prepare an account on cultivable fresh water, marine and brackish water species in
Kerala with photographs .
2. Constraints and advantages of biofloc fish farm.
3. Explore the hatchery techniques of marine shrimp.
4. Advantage of composite fish culture
5. Artificial Pearl production
6. Prepare a model of any culture system
Continuous comprehensive assessment
1. Assignment
2. Seminars
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of field report
5. Test
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very short Answer Questions
3. Short answer Questions
4. Essay type Questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

238
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK5DSEZOO303
Course Title Entomology III - Medical and Veterinary Entomology
Type of Course DSE
Semester V
Academic 300 - 399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course aims to provide undergraduate students in zoology with a
Summary comprehensive understanding of medical and veterinary entomology,
focusing on the biology, ecology, and control of medically and veterinary
important insects. The practical sessions are designed to enhance students'
observational and analytical skills through hands-on activities and field
visits.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to medical and veterinary entomology 6
1.1 Insects- General characteristics- Entomology-Brief history of medical-
2
veterinary entomology.
1.2 Definition of terms- carriers, vectors- mechanical and biological vector;
Insect reservoirs, Host- vector relationship, Vectorial capacity, Host 2
specificity
1.3 Modes of disease transmission- vertical and horizontal transmission. 2
II Insects as vectors 9
2.1 Features of Orders with insects as vectors- Diptera, Siphonaptera,
3
Siphunculata, Hemiptera

239
2.2 Anatomical, physiological, cellular and molecular adaptations towards
3
their role as vectors.
2.3 Management strategies to control insect vectors- quarantine, cultural,
3
mechanical, chemical, biological and behavioural.
III Diptera as vectors 10
3.1 Important insect vectors in Diptera-Mosquitoes, Sand flies, Houseflies. 3
3.2 Mosquito borne diseases- Malaria, Dengue, chikungunya, Viral
3
encephalitis, Filariasis. Veterinary importance of mosquitoes.
3.3 Sand fly borne diseases- Leishmaniasis, Phlebotomous fever. Veterinary
2
importance of Sand flies.
3.4 House fly as important mechanical vector- Myiasis- Veterinary
2
importance.
Siphonaptera, Siphunculata, Hemiptera as vectors 12
4.1 Fleas as insect vectors; Host specificity, Flea borne diseases- Plague,
3
Typhus fever. Veterinary importance of fleas.
4.2 Lice as disease vector, Study of Lice borne diseases-Typhus fever,
relapsing fever, trench fever, Vagabond’s disease, 2
IV Phthiriasis- Veterinary importance of lice.
4.3 Bugs as insect vectors- Blood sucking bugs, Chagas disease. Blood
3
bugs as mechanical vectors- Veterinary importance of Bugs.
4.4 Other major groups of insect vectors- Beetles, Horse flies, Deer flies, Tse
Tse flies and Tabanid flies- Public health importance and Veterinary 4
importance.
Emerging trends and Challenges in Medical and Veterinary Entomology 8
5.1 Emerging vector-borne diseases and pest infestation. 2
V 5.2 Climate change, urbanisation and other factors driving diseases 2
5.3 Insect population suppression 2
5.4 IPM approach for vector management 1
5.5 Research trend and future directions 1
References
1. Apple J.L. and R.R. Smith (1976) Integrated Pest Management. Plenum Press New
York.
2. Burgess, N.R.H and Cowan, G.O. (1993) A Colour Atlas of Medical Entomology.
Springer Science and Business Media, B. V.
3. Howard R.F. and James.M.T. (1979) entomology in Human and Animal
Health.Mcmillan Publishing London.

240
4. Kettle D.S. (1995) Medical and Veterinary Entomology, CAB International.
5. Larry P.Pedigo(1996) Entomology and Pest management.Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Metcalf, G.L. and W.P. Flint. 1962. Destructive and Useful Insects, their habits and
control. Tata McGraw Hill Publ. Co Ltd. New York.
7. Mullen G.R. and Durden L.A. (2019) Medical and Veterinary Entomology. Academic
Press.
8. Nayar, K.K., Ananthakrishnan, T.N. and B.V. David. 1976. General and Applied
Entomology. Tata McGraw Hill Publ. Co. Ltd New Delhi
9. Ricard P. L. and Crosskey R. W. (1993) Medical insects and Arachnids. Springer
Science and Business Media, B. V.
10. Service, M.W. (1980) A Guide to Medical Entomology. Macmillan Press.
11. Wall, R. and Sheares, D. 1998. Veterinary Entomology. Chapman and Hall.
12. Walter G. 2003. Insect Pest Management and Ecological Research. Cambridge
University Press, UK.

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl.No. Contents
1. Study of insect vectors through permanent slides or photographs: Aedes, Culex, Anopheles,
lice bed bug, Phlebotomus (sand fly), Musca domestica (house fly)

2. Study of different diseases transmitted by above insect vectors.


3. Project report on any one disease transmitted by insect vector.

4. Study of life history stages of medically important Diptera, Siphonoptera.

5. Sorting and identification of immature stages of Culex, Aedes and Anopheles mosquitoes

6. Report preparation on morphological adaptations of insect vectors-mouthparts,


wings, legs, antennae, body shape.
7. Field visit to an insect vector laboratory and submission of report.

References
1. Apple, J.L. and R.R. Smith.1976. Integrated Pest Management. Plenum Press, New York.
2. Awasthi, V.B. 2002. Introduction to General and Applied Entomology (2nd edn).
Scientific Publishers (India), Jodhpur.
3. Mullen, G. and Durden, L. (Eds).2002. Medical and Veterinary Entomology. Academic
Press.
4. Patton, W.S. and Crag, F.N. 1973. A Textbook of Medical Entomology. International
Books and Periodicals, New Delhi
5. Service, M.W.1996. Medical Entomology for Students. Chapman and Hall, UK
6. Metcalf, G.L. and W.P. Flint. 1962. Destructive and Useful Insects, their habits and
control. Tata McGraw Hill Publ. Co Ltd. New York.

241
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Understand and remember the importance of medical R,U PSO-1,2


and veterinary entomology in present day scenario.

CO-2 To develop an insight in fundaments of vector biology R, U PSO-1


and disease transmission by vectors.

CO-3 To analyze and evaluate the adaptations of insect for An, E PSO-1,2
their role as successful vectors and the methods to
control them.

CO-4 To compare the different orders of insects which R,U,An PSO-1,3


contain vectors of medical and veterinary importance.

CO5 To critically evaluate the challenges in combating An, E PSO- 4


medical and veterinary pests.

CO6 To develop the skill to identify common insect R,U, Ap PSO-6


vectors.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Entomology III - Medical and Veterinary Entomology
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

1 Understand and PO- F R,U


remember the 1/PSO-
importance of 1,2
medical and
veterinary
entomology in
the present day
scenario.

242
2 To develop an PO- F,C R, U
insight in 1,6PSO- L
fundamentals of 1
vector biology
and disease
transmission by
vectors.

3 To analyze and PO- C An, E L


evaluate the 2/PSO-
adaptations of 1,2
insect for their
role as
successful
vectors and the
methods to
control them.

4 To compare the PO- R,U,An L


different orders 1,6/PSO-
of insects which 1,3
contain vectors
of medical and
veterinary
importance.

5 To critically PO- F,C An, E L


evaluate the 2/PSO- 4
challenges in
combating
medical and
veterinary pests.

6 To develop the PO- P R,U, Ap P


skill to identify 6/PSO-6
common insect
vectors.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
1 2 3 O5 6

243
CO 1 2 - - - - 2 - - - - -
1

CO 2 3 - - - 1 3 - - - - -
2

CO 1 3 - - - - - 1 - - - -
3

CO 3 - 2 - - - 2 - - - - 1
4

CO - - - 3 - - - 2 - - - -
5

CO 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2
6

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics
1.Significance of medical and veterinary entomology.
2. Emerging vector- borne diseases.
3. Different adaptations of insect vectors.
4. Salient features of orders containing medically important pests.
5. Integrated pest management to control insect vectors.
6. Mosquito- borne diseases.
7. New trends in medical and veterinary entomology.
8. Climate change and emergence of vector- borne diseases.
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz
2. Assignment/Seminar
3. Internal exam
4. Report submission
5. Poster presentation

244
6. Viva Voce
End Semester assessment
1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay questions
5. Practical examination
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project End Semester Examinations


Exam Evaluation

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓

CO 6 ✓ ✓

245
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK5DSEZOO304

Course Title Environmental Science III- Environmental Monitoring and


Ecosystem Restoration

Type of Course DSE

Semester V

Academic Level 300 - 399

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course The Environmental Monitoring and Ecosystem Restoration course


Summary provides students with a comprehensive understanding of the
principles, methods, and applications of environmental monitoring
and restoration practices. Through theoretical learning, practical
exercises, and fieldwork, students gain the knowledge and skills to
assess environmental conditions, monitor changes over time, and
implement restoration strategies to enhance ecosystem health and
resilience.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Environment Monitoring Techniques 11

1.1 Introduction to Environment Monitoring: Concept of environment 1


monitoring, General applications.

1.3 Air Quality Monitoring: Brief account on Air Quality Index, Particulate 2
Matter (PM) PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, Nitrogen Oxide(NOx), and Ozone.

1.4 Water Quality Monitoring: Brief account of monitoring of pH, Hardness, 2


Dissolved Oxygen, Carbon dioxide, BOD, COD and Heavy metal content.

1.5 Soil Quality Monitoring: Brief account of monitoring of Alkalinity, salinity, 1


organic carbon and soil health

246
1.6 Applications of Biodiversity Assessment Techniques: Brief account of Field 3
surveys, Taxonomic identification, Species inventories, Biotic indices
(Shannon-Wiener Index, Simpson's Diversity Index, and the Index of
Biological Integrity), Remote Sensing and GIS, Environmental DNA (eDNA)
Sampling, Camera trapping, and Citizen science initiatives.

1.7 Bioindicators: Relevance and uses to assess ecosystem health and identify 2
trends in environmental quality—microbial indicators, Plant and fungal
indicators, and Animal indicators.

Environment Data Collection 8


2.1 Field Sampling: Brief methods of field Sampling of air, water, soil and biota. 2

2.2 Laboratory Analysis: Chemical analysis (Chromatography, spectrometry, 2


and titration to quantify concentrations of pollutants and other substances).
Biological analysis (DNA sequencing, microbial assays, and bioassays to
II assess the health of ecosystems) (Brief account only).

2.3 GIS Data Processing: Basics of Remote Sensing and Processing. Data 2
analysis using Geographic Information Systems (GIS) software to map land
cover, vegetation, and other environmental parameters (Brief account only).

2.4 Data Logging and Use of Sensors: Concept of data loggers and sensors. Use 2
of data loggers and sensors for recording environmental parameters such as
temperature, humidity, pH, dissolved oxygen, and pollutant concentrations.

Environment Data Analysis 8

3.1 Statistical Analysis: Application of statistical methods to analyse 2


environmental data (Mention mean, median, and standard deviation, test
hypotheses).

3.2 Spatial Analysis: Application of GIS software in spatial analysis. Mention 2


spatial analysis techniques.
III
3.3 Time Series Analysis: Uses of time series analysis for identifying seasonal 2
trends, long-term trends, and periodic fluctuations. Mention Time series
analysis techniques (trend analysis, seasonal decomposition, and
autoregressive modelling).

3.3 Environmental Data Interpretation and Reporting: Uses of data 2


interpretation. Interpretation (Data comparison against regulatory standards,
historical trends, and scientific benchmarks to draw conclusions and make
recommendations for environmental management). Brief account on reporting
of environmental data.

Ecosystem Restoration 12

4.1 4
Restoration Ecology: The concept of ecosystem restoration. The UN Decade
IV on Ecosystem Restoration. The role of sustainable development goals in
Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation in
Developing Countries (REDD+). Uses of ecosystem restoration services. Brief

247
accounts on Habitat restoration, Reforestation, Wetland rehabilitation, and
Invasive species management.

4.2 Techniques and Tools for Restoration Ecology: Ecological site assessment 2
and inventory, Restoration planning and design.

4.3 Techniques for Soil and Water Conservation in Restoration Ecology: Seed 2
collection, propagation, and planting techniques for restoration. Wildlife
management in restoration ecology. Biomimicry and ecological engineering
in restoration ecology.

4.4 Restoration of Aquatic Ecosystems: Techniques and challenges. 2

4.5 Case Studies and Best Practices: Eg. Karanji Lake (Mysuru, India), Asola- 2
Bhatti Wildlife Sanctuary (India), Mumbai Mangrove Restoration (India), and
Chesapeake Bay (US).

Monitoring Restoration Outcomes, Policies & Regulations and Stakeholder 6


Engagement

5.1 Monitoring Restoration Outcomes: Evaluation of restoration projects to 2


assess success criteria, Measure progress, and Identify lessons learned for
future efforts.
V
5.2 Policy and Regulations: Overview of environmental policies. Regulations 2
and guidelines. Governing, monitoring and restoration activities at local,
national, and international levels.

5.3 Stakeholder Engagement and Communication: Strategies for engaging 2


stakeholders, communicating monitoring and restoration efforts, and fostering
community involvement in environmental management.

References

1. Andre F. Clewell and James Aronson (2007). Ecological Restoration: Principles,


Values, and Structure of an Emerging Profession. Island Press.
2. Clewell A.F. and Aronson J. (2013). Ecological Restoration: Principles, Values, and
Structure of an Emerging Profession (2nd ed.). Island Press.
3. Erickson A.L., Ryan, C.M. and Jones T.A. (2021). The Science of Ecological
Restoration: Creating Resilience in a Changing World. Island Press.
4. Frank R. Spellman (2012). Environmental Monitoring Handbook. CRC Press.
5. Hobbs R.J. and Suding K.N. (2018). New Models for Ecosystem Dynamics and
Restoration. CRC Press.
6. James Aronson, Suzanne J. Milton, and James N. Blignaut (2007). Restoring Natural
Capital: Science, Business, and Practice. Island Press.
7. Maria Csuros and Robert W. Crawford (2017). Environmental Monitoring and
Analysis. CRC Press.
8. Ned Horning, Julie A. Robinson, and Eleanor J. Sterling (2007). Remote Sensing for
Ecology and Conservation: A Handbook of Techniques. Oxford University Press.
9. Palmer M.A. (2016). Restoration: The Science of Restoring Ecosystems and the Human
Spirit. Island Press.

248
10. Stuart K. Allison (2009). Ecosystem Restoration and Environmental Change:
Renewing Damaged Ecosystems. CRC Press.
11. Temperton V.M., Hobbs R.J. Nuttle T., Halle S. and Tonev C. (2020). Novel
Ecosystems: Intervening in the New Ecological World Order. John Wiley & Sons.
12. Yaffee S.L. and Wondolleck J.M. (2019). Ecosystem Management in the United States:
An Assessment of Current Experience. Routledge.

Suggestive Readings:

1. Allison S.D. and Murphy S.D. (2019). Ecosystem Collapse and Restoration. Oxford
University Press.
2. Andre F. Clewell and James Aronson (2013). Ecological Restoration, Second Edition:
Principles, Values, and Structure of an Emerging Profession. Island Press.
3. Benedetti-Cecchi L. (2021). Marine restoration ecology. Oxford University Press.
4. Benson M.H. and Phillips A. (2016). Ecosystem Services and Conservation in
Urbanizing Asia. Springer.
5. Clara Simon (2022). Environmental Monitoring. Murphy & Moore Publishing.

6. Felix Muller, Brian W. Baillie, and Stuart E. Weiner (2010). Handbook of Ecosystem
Theories and Management. CRC Press.
7. Higgs E.S., Falk D.A., Guerrini A., Hall M.P. and Harris J.G. (2021). The Routledge
Handbook of Ecological and Environmental Restoration. Routledge.
8. Janick Artiola, Ian L. Pepper, and Mark L. Brusseau (2004). Environmental Monitoring
and Characterization. Academic Press.
9. Moreno-Mateos D. and Perring M.P. (2019). Ecological Restoration and
Environmental Change: Renewing Damaged Ecosystems in a Changing World.
Routledge.
10. Palmer M.A. Zedler J.B. and Falk D.A. (2021). Foundations of Restoration Ecology
(2nd ed.). Island Press.204
11. Suding K.N. and Hobbs R.J. (2019). Handbook of Restoration Ecology (2nd ed.).
Oxford University Press.
Web resources:
1. https://www.unep.org/explore-topics/water/what-we-do/monitoring-water-quality
2. https://www.unep.org/
3. https://www.downtoearth.org.in/
4. https://www.natureserve.org/
5. https://www.conservationgateway.org/Pages/default.aspx
6. https://www.epa.gov

249
Practicum: (30 hrs)

(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)

Sl. Contents (Any two)


No.

1 Water Quality Assessment: Conduct field trips to nearby water bodies such as
rivers/lakes/ponds to collect water samples. Perform tests to analyse parameters like
pH, dissolved oxygen, turbidity, and nutrient levels using field kits or laboratory
equipment. Interpret the results to assess water quality and identify potential sources
of pollution. (Report submission).

2 Soil Health Assessment: Collect soil samples from different locations, including
agricultural fields, forests, and urban areas. Conduct tests to analyze soil pH, organic
matter content, nutrient levels, and microbial activity. Evaluate soil health indicators
and discuss the implications for ecosystem functioning and land management
practices. (Report submission).

3 Biodiversity Surveys: Organise biodiversity surveys in local ecosystems such as


forests, grasslands, or wetlands. Use sampling techniques like transects or quadrats
to document plant and animal species diversity. Analyse the data to assess the health
of ecosystems, identify rare or endangered species, and monitor changes over time.
(Report submission).

4 Air Quality Monitoring: Set up air quality monitoring stations in urban or industrial
areas/Record already installed devices to measure pollutants such as particulate
matter, nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide, and volatile organic compounds. Use portable
monitoring devices or stationary instruments to collect data on air pollutant
concentrations. Analyze the data to evaluate air quality trends and assess the potential
health risks to human and ecological communities. (Report submission).

5 Erosion Control Measures: Design and implement erosion control measures in


areas prone to soil erosion, such as hillsides, riverbanks, or construction sites.
Techniques may include installing erosion control blankets, planting cover crops,
building terraces, or constructing sediment traps. Monitor soil erosion rates before
and after implementing erosion control measures to assess their effectiveness in
preventing soil loss and protecting ecosystems. (Report submission).

6 Wetland Restoration Projects: Identify degraded wetland areas in need of


restoration and develop restoration plans to enhance their ecological function and
biodiversity. Activities may involve restoring natural hydrology, removing invasive
species, and creating habitat features for wetland wildlife. Monitor water quality
parameters, plant diversity, and wildlife populations to evaluate the success of
wetland restoration efforts. (Report submission).

250
7 Community Engagement and Outreach: Organise community engagement
activities such as workshops/field days/citizen science projects to raise awareness
about environmental issues and involve local/residents in monitoring and restoration
efforts. Encourage community participation in data collection, restoration activities,
and decision-making processes to foster a sense of stewardship and ownership of
natural resources. (Report submission).
References
1. Bartram, J. and Ballance R. (2017). Water Quality Monitoring: A Practical Guide to
the Design and Implementation of Freshwater Quality Studies and Monitoring
Programs. CRC Press.
2. David M. Nielsen (2005). Practical Handbook of Environmental Site Characterization
and Ground-Water Monitoring. CRC Press.
3. Eaton E. and M.A.H. Franson (2005). Standard Methods for the Examination of Water
& Wastewater. American Public Health Association 37.
4. Kareiva P. and Marvier M. (2020). Conservation Science: Balancing the Needs of
People and Nture. Roberts & Company.
5. Maria Csuros and Robert W. Crawford (2017). Environmental Monitoring and
Analysis. CRC Press.
6. Miguel F. Acevedo (2015). Real-Time Environmental Monitoring: Sensors and
Systems. CRC Press.
7. Peterson G. D. Cumming G. S. and Carpenter S. R. (Eds.). (2021). Scenario Planning
for Conservation and Management. Springer.
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

1 Develop a comprehensive understanding of various R, U, An 1, 2


environmental monitoring techniques used for assessing
air quality, water quality, soil contamination, and
biodiversity.

2 Acquire proficiency in various methods and techniques U, Ap, An 1, 2, 6


used for collecting environmental data, including field
observations, sampling, and instrumentation.

3 Develop proficiency in analyzing environmental data R, U, Ap, An 2, 6


using various statistical methods, and data analysis
techniques.

4 Understand the principles and concepts of ecosystem R, U, Ap, An 1, 2


restoration, including the importance of restoring
degraded ecosystems for biodiversity conservation and
ecosystem services provision.

5 Understand the importance of monitoring restoration R, U, Ap, An 1, 2


outcomes to assess the effectiveness of restoration

251
projects and to develop communication and negotiation
skills.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Environmental Science III- Environmental Monitoring and


Ecosystem Restoration
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/ (P)
Tutorial
(T)

1 Develop a comprehensive understanding PO-1, 6/ R, U, An F, C L -


of various environmental monitoring PSO-1, 2
techniques used for assessing air quality,
water quality, soil contamination, and
biodiversity.

2 Acquire proficiency in various methods PO-1, U, Ap, An C, P L P


and techniques used for collecting 2,6/
environmental data, including field PSO-1, 2,
observations, sampling, and 6
instrumentation.

3 Develop proficiency in analyzing PO-1, 2, R, U, Ap, C, P L P


environmental data using various 3, 6, 7/ An
statistical methods, and data analysis PSO-1, 2,
techniques. 6

4 Understand the principles and concepts of PO-1, R, U, Ap, C, P L P


ecosystem restoration, including the 6/PSO-1, An
importance of restoring degraded 2
ecosystems for biodiversity conservation
and ecosystem services provision.

5 Understand the importance of monitoring PO-1, 2, R, U, Ap, C, P, M L P


restoration outcomes to assess the 4, 6/ An
effectiveness of restoration projects and PSO-1, 2
to develop communication and
negotiation skills.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

252
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

P P P
PS PS PS PS S S S
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8
O1 O2 O3 O4 O O O
5 6 7

CO 1 2 1 - - - - - 1 - - - - 2 - -

CO 2 2 3 - - - 2 - 2 1 - - - 2 - -

CO 3 1 3 - - - 2 - 1 2 1 - - 1 2 -

CO 4 2 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - 2 - -

CO 5 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 - 2 - 2 - -

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:
Suggestive Assignment topics (Any two):
1. Evaluate the role of citizen science in environmental monitoring and restoration efforts.
2. Community-based approaches to ecosystem restoration: Lessons from local initiatives.
3. The role of indigenous knowledge in environmental monitoring and ecosystem
restoration.
4. Restoring degraded coral reefs: Challenges and innovations in marine ecosystem
restoration.
5. Restoring wetland ecosystems: Strategies and success stories

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of a field report

253
5. Tests
6. PowerPoint presentation
7. Poster presentation
8. Quiz/Debate/Discussion

End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Project End Semester


Assignment
Exam Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ - ✓

254
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK5SECZOO301
Course Title Vermiculture and Vermicomposting
Type of Course SEC
Semester V
Academic 300 - 399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week
per week
per week per week
3 2 hours - 2 hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass of Class XII
Course The course on vermiculture provides an understanding of essential skills
Summary required for proficient vermicomposting and efficient vermiculture
management. It covers the scope of vermiculture and species of worms
suitable for vermiculture, including indigenous and exotic species. This
course provides students with essential skills such as identifying suitable
worm species, understanding earthworm morphology and life cycles,
mastering vermicompost production techniques, byproducts of
vermiculture, managing pests and pathogens effectively, and overcoming
challenges in vermiculture management. These skills empower students to
contribute to sustainable waste management, soil enrichment, and
agricultural productivity enhancement through advanced vermiculture
technologies.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 30
hrs
I Introduction to Vermiculture 5
1.1 Definition, Scope of Vermiculture 1
1.2 Ecological distribution of earthworms: Epigeic, endogeic and anecic, 4
Indigenous and exotic species suitable for vermicomposting (Eudrilus
eugeniae/Eisenia fetida/Perionyx excavatus/ Lampito mauritii).
II Morphology of Earthworms 5

255
2.1 Morphological features-Segmentation, Clitellum, Genital aperture and 2
Setae.
2.2 Brief description of life cycle of Earthworm 1
2.3 Identification of Vermi-composting species. 2
III Economic Importance of Vermiculture 6
3.1 Advantages of Vermicomposting, Vermicompost profile and applied 3
aspects: Physical, Chemical and Biological properties of
Vermicompost.
3.2 Vermiwash, Vermicompost teas, Vermin, Vermi-remediation and 3
Waste disposal.
IV Vermicompost Technology 10
4.1 Methodology of vermicomposting systems: Small scale earthworm 6
farming for home gardens; Large scale farming (Pit, brick and heap
systems, Kadapa slab method). Containers for culturing, raw materials,
environmental pre-requisites.
4.2 Feeding, harvesting, and storage of vermicompost. 4
V Management of Vermiculture 4
5.1 Natural enemies of earthworms (Predators and Pathogens). 2
5.2 Management, Maintenance and Challenges in Vermiculture 1
5.3 Training institutes (Kerala Agricultural University, Institute for 1
Industrial Development) and Funding agencies (NABARD, State
Horticulture Mission Kerala).
References

1. Chaudhuri, P.S. (2005). Vermiculture and vermicomposting.as biotechnology for


conversion of organic wastes into animal protein and organic fertilizer. Asian Jr. of
Microbiol. Biotech. Env. Sc., 7(3):359-370.
2. Chaudhuri, P.S. (2006). Kenchor Jeevan Baichitra: Kencho Projukti.
JyanBichitraPrakashani, Tripura, ISBN: 81-8266-088-2, 128pp.
3. Christy, M. V. (2008) Vermitechnology, 1st edition, MJP Publishers.
4. Dash, M. C. (2012) Charles Darwin’s Plough Tool for Vermitechnology, I. K.
International Publishing House Pvt Ltd. New Delhi, India.
5. Ismail, S.A. (1997). Vermicology - The Biology of Earthworms. OrientLongman,92pp.
6. Ismail S A (2005) The Earthworm book. 2 nd Edition. Other India Press. ISBN-13.978-
8185569666-10: 8185569665.
7. Kale, R.D. (1998). Earthworms: Cinderella of organic farming. Prism Books Pvt. Ltd.,
Bangalore
8. Lekshmy, M. S., Santhi R. (2012) Vermitechnology, Sara Publications, New Delhi,
India.

256
9. Mary Appelhof (1982) Worms eat my Garbage, First edition, Flower press, pp100.
ISBN 9780942256031.
10. Sathe,T.V (2022) Vermiculture and Organic farming, Daya Publishing House,
9788170353287.

Web resources
1. https://www.in.gov/idem/health/greening-our-backyards/composting/worm-
composting/
2. https://www.ijcmas.com/abstractview.php?ID=23101&vol=11-9-2022&SNo=22
3. https://kau.in/ml/node/12561
4. https://businesswales.gov.wales/farmingconnect/vermicomposting
5. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/earth-and-planetary-sciences/vermicomposting

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl. No Contents

Identification and handling of different species of earthworms used in vermiculture. (Any


1
four)

2 Field trip- Visit to Vermicompost unit and submit a report.

3 Setting up of Vermicompost unit (Campus/Residence/ Public).

4 Study the effects of vermicompost and vermiwash on any two short duration crop plants.

Identification of the byproducts of vermiculture and write down their economic


5
importance
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Understand the scope of vermiculture and species of R,U PSO-1,3


worms suitable for vermiculture, including indigenous
and exotic species.

CO-2 Create an insight into the earthworm morphology and U PSO-3


life cycles.

CO-3 Understand the essential skills in identifying suitable U, Ap PSO-5


worm species required for vermicomposting.

CO-4 Apply the skills for proficient vermicomposting and Ap PSO-6


efficient vermiculture management.

CO-5 Create an awareness about sustainable waste U, A, E PSO-6,7


management, soil enrichment, and agricultural

257
productivity enhancement through advanced
vermiculture technologies.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Vermiculture and Vermicomposting
Credits: 2:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cogn Knowledg Lecture Practical
No. itive e (L)/Tutorial (P)
Level Category (T)

1 Understand the scope of PO1/ R, U F, C T


vermiculture and species of PSO1,3
worms suitable for
vermiculture, including
indigenous and exotic
species.

2 Create an insight into the PO 3/ U F T


earthworm morphology PSO 3
and life cycles.

3 Understand the essential PO 6/ U, Ap P T P


skills in identifying suitable PSO 5
worm species required for
vermicomposting.

4 Apply the skills for PO 3, PO Ap P, T P


proficient 6/ PSO 6
vermicomposting and
efficient vermiculture
management.

5 Create an awareness about PO 1, PO U, A, C, P T P


sustainable waste 3, PO 7/ E
management, soil PSO 6,
enrichment, and PSO 7
agricultural productivity
enhancement through
advanced vermiculture
technologies
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

258
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO PO4 PO5 PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 6 7 8

CO 1 1 - 2- - - - - 1` - - - - - - -

CO 2 - - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - - - -

CO 3 - - - - 1 - - - - - - - 1 - -

CO 4 - - - - - 1 - - - 1 - - 2 - -

CO 5 - - - - - 1 2 1 - 2 - - - 3 -

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment /Seminar topics


1. Emerging trends and technologies in Vermiculture
2. Products of Economic Importance
3. Applications of Vermicompost in Non-agricultural sectors
4. Case Study and examples of successful vermicompost applications
5. Economic and environmental benefits of Integrating Vermiculture into agricultural
practices.
6. Indigenous and exotic species used in vermiculture.
7. Training Institutes and funding agencies of Vermiculture.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment


1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of Report
4. Field Report

259
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very short answer Questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay type Questions
5. Practical examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

260
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK6DSCZOO301

Course Title Cell and Molecular Biology

Type of Course DSC

Semester VI

Academic Level 300 - 399

Course Details Credit


Lecture per Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week
week
per week per week

4
3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

This course offers a detailed exploration of cellular and molecular biology, covering
cell structure, function, and regulation. Students learn about prokaryotic and
Course Summary eukaryotic cells, organelles, and cell communication pathways. Molecular biology
topics include nucleic acids, DNA replication, gene expression, and regulation
mechanisms. Through lectures and labs, students gain skills for careers in biology
and biotechnology, preparing them for various opportunities in healthcare and
pharmaceuticals.

Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 45 hrs

I Cell Structure and Organization 8

1.1 Cell: Characteristics of a prokaryotic cell and a eukaryotic cell 1


(Brief account only). Fluid mosaic model of the plasma membrane.

1.2 Cytoskeleton: Microtubules, Microfilaments and intermediate 1


filaments (Brief account only).

261
1.3 Endomembrane Systems: Brief account of structure and 2
functions of endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi apparatus, Lysosome,
and Vacuoles.

1.4 Ribosomes: Basic structure and function. Mention types 2


(Prokaryotic ribosomes, Archaeal ribosomes, Eukaryotic
ribosomes). Ribosome locations (Free ribosomes and Membrane-
bound ribosomes).
Mitochondria: Structure (Outer and inner membranes),
Functions. Mention mitochondrial diseases.

1.6 Nucleus: Structure of interphase nucleus, Chromatin 2


(Euchromatin and Heterochromatin), Nucleolus, Structure of a
metaphase chromosome. Brief accounts of giant chromosomes
(Polytene chromosomes, Lamp brush chromosomes).

Cellular Processes 5

2.1 Cellular Processes (Cell Growth and Division): Cell cycle - 3


Stages (G1, S, G2 and M phases), Mitosis and meiosis (Brief
account only). Amitosis (Mention only). Cell cycle regulation
II (Brief account only).

2.2 Cellular Transport Mechanisms: Passive and active transport, 1


Endocytosis, Exocytosis, and Vesicle trafficking.

2.3 Cellular Energetics and Metabolism: Brief account on cellular 1


metabolism- Mention Glycolysis, Citric acid cycle, Oxidative
phosphorylation and Photosynthesis.

Cellular Communication and Signalling 12

3.1 Cell Signalling: Concept of cell communication. Brief accounts 2


on cell signalling pathways and receptor-ligand interactions.
Mention Extracellular (Glucagon), Intracellular (Cyclic AMP),
and Intercellular (Calcium) messengers.

3.2 Types of Signalling Molecules: Hormones, Neurotransmitters, 2


Growth factors, Cytokines, and Extracellular matrix components
III
(Brief account only). Modes of Cellular Signalling: Mention
Endocrine signalling, Paracrine signalling, Autocrine signalling
and Synaptic signalling.

3.3 Signal Transduction Pathways: Signalling molecules (ligands), 3


cell surface receptors, intracellular signalling molecules (e.g.,
kinases, second messengers), and target proteins (e.g.,
transcription factors). (Brief account only). Mention examples of
common signalling pathways - MAPK (mitogen-activated protein
kinase) pathway, the PI3K/Akt pathway, and the cAMP (cyclic
adenosine monophosphate) pathway.

3.4 Cancer Biology: Characteristics of cancer cells, Types of cancers


(Benign and Malignant), Causes of cancer, Oncogenes and tumour

262
suppressor genes, Cell signalling in cancer, Cancer treatments, and 3
Targeted drug delivery.

3.5 Ageing Process: Characteristics of senescent cells, causes of 2


ageing, Mention free radicals and SOD. Cellular changes during
old age-related issues (Senile dementia, Osteoporosis, Senile
cataract, Urinary incontinence, and Constipation.

Molecular Biology

Nucleic Acids 9

4.2 Nucleic Acids: Molecular composition, Nucleic acid sequences, 1


Types (DNA, RNA, Mention Artificial nucleic acids).

4.3 DNA: Typical structure; Alternative forms of DNA (A DNA, B 2


DNA, Z DNA); Brief account of biological functions. Mention
histones.

4.4 RNA: Structure of tRNA (Cloverleaf model), Types of RNA 2


(Messenger RNA, Ribosomal RNA, Signal recognition particle
RNA, Transfer RNA, Transfer-Messenger RNA). Biological
IV functions of RNA.

4.5 Central Dogma of Molecular Biology: Definition, Central 1


dogma reverse (Teminism), One gene-one enzyme hypothesis,
One gene-one polypeptide hypothesis.

4.6 DNA Replication: DNA replication in Prokaryotes and 3


Eukaryotes (Proof for Semi-conservative model, Messelson and
Stahl experiment).

Gene Expression & Gene Regulations 11

5.1 Transcription: Brief account of transcription in Prokaryotes and 3


Eukaryotes. Mention reverse transcription and post-transcriptional
modifications.

5.2 Genetic Code: Concept of genetic code. Mention codons. 2


Characteristics of genetic code (Reading frame and start and stop
codons). A brief account of the Wobble hypothesis.
V
5.3 Translation: Steps and basic mechanism of translation in 3
prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Mention the clinical significance of
translation.

5.4 Gene Regulation: Operon, Inducible and repressible Operon 3


system, lac operon, trp operon.

References
1. Cooper, G.M. and Hausman, R.E. (2016). The Cell: A Molecular Approach. 6th edition.
ISBN: 978-0-87893-964-0.

263
2. De Robertis, E.D.P. and De Robertis, E.M.F. (2006). Cell and Molecular Biology. VIII
- Edition. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia. ISBN: 0781734932,
9780781734936.
3. Geoffrey M. Cooper. (2000). The Cell 2nd edition. ASM Press & Sunderland,
Washington, D.C. Sinauer Associates, MA. ISBN: 10:0-87893-106-6
4. Gerald Karp (2010). Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments. 6th
edition. John Wiley & Sons. Inc. ISBN: 1118206738, 9781118206737.
5. Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk, Paul Matsudaira, Chris A. Kaiser, Monty Krieger,
Matthew P. Scott, Lawrence Zipursky, and James Darnell (2016). Molecular Cell
Biology. Publisher: W. H. Freeman, ISBN: 0716743663, 9780716743668.
6. Renu Gupta, Seema Makhija, and Ravi Toteja (2018). Cell Biology Practical Manual.
Prestige Publishers.ISBN : 8193651219, 978-8193651216.
7. Watson, J. D., Baker, T. A., Bell, S. P., Gann, A., Levine, M., & Losick, R. (2014).
Molecular Biology of the Gene (7th ed.). Pearson. ISBN : 13: 978-0-321-76243-6, 10:
0-321-76243-6.
Suggestive Reading:
1. Alberts, B., Bray, D., Hopkin, K., Johnson, A. D., Lewis, J., Raff, M., Roberts, K., and
Walter, P. (2013). Essential Cell Biology (4th ed.). Garland Science.
2. Alberts, B., Johnson, A., Lewis, J., Morgan, D., Raff, M., Roberts, K., & Walter, P.
(2002). Molecular Biology of the Cell (4th ed.). Garland Science.
3. Bruce Albert, Bray Dennis. Levis Julian, Raff Martin, Roberts Keith and Watson James
(2008). Molecular Biology of the Cell, V Edition, Garland Publishing Inc., New York
and London.
4. Geoffrey M. Cooper, and Robert E. Hausman.(2013). The Cell: A Molecular Approach.
Publisher: Sinauer Associates, ISBN: 0878932194, 9780878932191.
5. Gohse K. C. and B. Manna. Practical Zoology. New Central Book Agency. ISBN:
788173819506, 9788173819506.
6. Gupta, P. K. (2009). Cell and Molecular Biology, Rastogi Publications, Meerut.ISBN:
144166906X, 9781441669063.
7. Hartwell, L., Goldberg, M. L., Fischer, J. A., and Hood, L. (2018). Genetics: From
Genes to Genomes (6th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.
8. Jayanta Sinha, Arun Kumar, Chatterjee and Piyali Chattopadhyay. Advanced Practical
Zoology. Books and Applied (P)Ltd. ISBN: 978-81-87134-42-8.
9. Jocelyn E. Krebs, Stephen T. Kilpatrick, and Elliott S. Goldstein (2013). Lewins Genes
XI. Jones & Bartlett Learning.
10. Lewin B. (2008). Gene XI. Jones and Bartlett.
11. Pollard, T. D., Earnshaw, W. C. and Lippincott-Schwartz, J. (2017). Cell Biology.
Elsevier.
12. Rastogi. S. C. (2006). Cell and Molecular Biology. New Age International, ISBN.
8122412882, 9788122412888.
Web Resources:
1. Computer-Aided Drug Design Virtual Lab: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=277
2. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in

264
Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl. Contents
No.

Cell Biology

1 Cell organelles: Sketch and label Nucleus, Ribosome, Endoplasmic reticulum,


Mitochondria, Lysosome (Spotters).

2 Renowned cell biologists: Jan Evangelista Purkyne, Theodor Schwann, and


Yoshinori Ohsumi (Use photographs, Spotters).

3 Stages of mitosis: Sketch and label different mitotic stages (Spotters).

4 Staining of buccal epithelial cells and Barr body (Minor practical).

5 Microscopic observation of stained preparations of Lactobacillus from curd.

6 Preparation of a temporary slide of onion root tip to study various stages of mitosis
(Major practical).

7 Operation of a dissection microscope (Demonstration only).

8 Setting and focussing of a compound microscope (Demonstration only).

9 Meiosis: Stages in the testis of grasshopper (Demonstration only).

10 Isolation and mounting of polytene chromosomes from salivary gland cells of


Drosophila (Demonstration only).

11 Localisation of mitochondria from grasshopper muscle using Janus green


(Demonstration only).

12 Make PowerPoint presentations on different cell organelles (Group activity


maximum 5 students in a group).

13 PowerPoint presentation on mitotic stages of grasshopper and their functions


(Group activity maximum 5 students in a group).

14 Poster presentation on cell signalling pathway (Group activity maximum 5 students


in a group).

Molecular Biology

1 Watson & Crick model of DNA (Use Picture/Model, Spotters).

2 Cloverleaf model of tRNA (Use Photograph, Spotters).

3 DNA replication, transcription, translation (Use Pictures/Drawings, Spotters).

265
4 Lac operon and Trp operon (Use Pictures, Spotters).

5 Renowned molecular biologists: Rosalind Franklin, Barbara McClintock, Sydney


Brenner, and Frederick Sanger - (Use Photographs, Spotter).

6 Animated video presentation on DNA replication (group activity).


References
1. Gohse K.C. and B. Manna. Practical Zoology. New Central Book Agency. ISBN:
788173819506, 9788173819506.
2. Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk, Paul Matsudaira, Chris A. Kaiser, Monty Krieger,
Matthew P. Scott, Lawrence Zipursky, and James Darnell (2016). Molecular Cell
Biology. Publisher: W. H. Freeman, ISBN: 0716743663, 9780716743668.
3. Jayanta Sinha, Arun Kumar, Chatterjee and Piyali Chattopadhyay. Advanced Practical
Zoology. Books and Applied (P)Ltd. ISBN: 978-81-87134-42-8.
4. Renu Gupta, Seema Makhija, and Ravi Toteja (2018). Cell Biology Practical Manual.
Prestige Publishers. ISBN : 8193651219, 978-8193651216.
Suggestive Reading:
1. Rastogi. S.C. (2006). Cell and Molecular Biology. New Age International, ISBN.
8122412882, 9788122412888.
Online Resources:
1. Cell Biology Virtual Lab I: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=187
2. Cell Biology Virtual Lab II: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=188
3. Molecular Biology Virtual Lab I: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=77
4. Molecular Biology Virtual Lab II: https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=186

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will Cognitive PSO
be able to Level addressed

CO1 Gain an understanding and analysis of the structure U, An, Ap PSO-1, 2, 3,4
and function of cellular components.

CO2 Understand the cellular processes like reproduction, R, U, Ap PSO-2,4


transport, energetics, and metabolism.

CO3 Understand the mechanism of cell signalling and the U, An PSO-1, 2, 3,4
basics of cancer biology and ageing processes.

CO4 Gain an understanding of the molecular composition U, Ap, An PSO-1, 3,4


of nucleic acids and mechanisms underlying gene
expression and gene regulation

CO5 Attain basic laboratory skills in the usage of dissection U, Ap, An PSO -5,6
and compound microscopes and identification of cells
during cell division.

266
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Cell and Molecular Biology


Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture:Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cogniti Knowledge Lecture Practic


No. ve Category (L)/Tutorial al (P)
Level (T)

1 Gain an PO 1, 4, 6/ R, U, U L P
understanding and PSO-1, 2, 3,4 Ap
analysis of the
structure and function
of cellular
components.

2 Understand the PO-1, 4, 5, 6/ R, U C L -


cellular processes like PSO-2, 4
reproduction,
transport, energetics,
and metabolism.

3 Understand the PO 1, 2, 5, U, An P, M L -
mechanism of cell 6/ PSO-1, 2,
signalling and the 3, 4
basics of cancer
biology and ageing
processes.

4 Gain an PO 1, 5, 6 U, Ap, C L P
understanding of the /PSO-1, 3, 4 An
molecular
composition of
nucleic acids and
mechanisms
underlying gene
expression and gene
regulation

5 Attain basic PO 5, 6/ U, Ap, P L P


laboratory skills in the PSO -5, 6 An
usage of dissection
and compound
microscopes and
identification of cells
during cell division.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

267
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 1 1 2 - - - 1 - - 1 - 2 - -
CO 1

- 1 - 2 - - - 1 - - 1 1 2 - -
CO 2

1 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 - - 1 2 - -
CO 3

1 - 1 1 - - - 1 - - - 1 2 - -
CO 4

- - - - 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO 5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Suggestive Assignments (Any two):


1. Comparative analysis of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell structures.
2. Investigate the role of cellular organelles in cell function and metabolism.
3. Investigate the role of molecular chaperones in protein folding and stability.
4. Analysis of cellular responses to environmental stresses and stimuli.
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination

268
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Exam Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

269
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK6DSCZOO302

Course Title Genetics and Biotechnology

Type of Course DSC

Semester VI

Academic Level 300 – 399

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week

4 3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course Summary The Genetics and Biotechnology course covers a wide range of topics,
including Mendel's experiments, gene interactions, chromosome
mapping, and genetic engineering. It explores applications in various
fields such as industry, medicine, and agriculture. Through lectures, labs,
and activities, students develop a deep understanding of genetic principles
and biotechnological applications. Emphasis is placed on critical thinking
and ethical decision-making skills necessary for navigating the complex
field of genetic science and biotechnology.

Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 45


hrs
Classical Genetics 6

1.1 Mendel’s experiments: Law of inheritance, Law of segregation and Law of 2


independent assortment.
I
1.2 Gene concept, Different types of genes, One gene - one enzyme concept. 1

1.3 Interaction of genes, Allelic-incomplete dominance, Lethal genes and Co- 3


dominance, Epistasis - dominant and recessive, Lethal alleles, Polygenic
inheritance (Skin colour in humans), Pleiotropism and Multiple alleles, ABO
Blood group system.
Cytogenetics 12
2.1 Linkage (Complete and Incomplete linkage), Significance of linkage. 3
Crossing over - Mechanism and its importance.

270
Chromosome mapping, Pedigree Analysis (Brief account only).
2.2 Sex-linked, Sex-limited, and Sex-influenced inheritance in animals. 1

2.3 Mutation: Spontaneous and induced mutation 1


II
2.4 Structural chromosomal aberrations (Duplications, Deletions, Inversions and 2
Translocations) and Numerical chromosomal aberrations (Aneuploidy,
Euploidy and Polyploidy).
2.5 Chromosomal anomalies in man: Autosomal (e.g. Down syndrome, Edwards 2
syndrome) and autosomal (e.g. Klinefelters syndrome, Turner’s syndrome).

2.6 Sex determining mechanism - Sex chromosomal mechanism (XX-XY, XX-XO, 3


ZZ-ZW). Genic balance theory, Environmental factors on sex determination,
Hormonal control of sex differentiation.
Mention Barr bodies, Dosage compensation and Lyon hypothesis, Sex
mosaicism, Gynandromorph and Intersex.
Recombinant DNA technology 8
3.1 Genetic engineering and recombinant DNA technology (Brief description): 1
Steps involved in rDNA technology.
3.2 Essential tools in recombinant DNA technique: DNA modifying enzymes, 2
Restriction endonucleases, Ligases, Polymerases, and Alkaline phosphatase.
3.3 Vectors used for cloning and their applications: Plasmidvector, Cosmid vector, 1
III Phage vector, BACs, YACs, Expression vectors (Brief account only).
3.4 Gene transfer techniques: Electroporation, Lipofection, Ultrasonication and 2
Microinjection (Brief account only). Mention gene gun.
3.5 Screening of Transformants: Antibiotic Selection and Blue/White Screening 2
Methods.
cDNA library and genomic library (Brief account only).
Techniques in Biotechnology 10
4.1 Polymerase Chain Reaction: Basic steps and applications of PCR. 2
Mention RT-PCR and its diagnostic value.
4.2 Hybridoma technology and monoclonal antibodies. 2

IV 4.3 Blotting Techniques: Southern, Northern and Western blotting. 2


Mention DNA fingerprinting.
4.4 Molecular hybridisation techniques for genome analysis: RFLP, AFLP, RAPD 2
(Brief account only).
4.5 Human Genome Project. DNA sequencing (Sanger method and Automated 1
sequencing).
4.6 Recent trends in Gene technology: Gene Targeting (Knock-ins and Knock-
outs). Targeted Genome Editing (CRISPRs-Cas9) (Brief account only). 1
Applications of Biotechnology 9
5.1 Industry, Environment and Medicine: Application of biotechnology in the 3
industry (Eg. Bioprocess and Fermentation Technology), Environment (Eg,
V Bioremediation) and Medical sectors (Eg. Recombinant insulin production).
5.2 Food and Agriculture: Application of biotechnology in food (Eg. Single-cell 3
protein) and agriculture sectors (Eg. Genetically modified crops and transgenic
animals).

271
5.3 Advanced methods in sex determination: Usage of amelogenin gene in 3
forensics, PCR-based Sex determination in birds (Brief account only).

References:
Genetics:
1. Benjamin Lewin (2004). Genes VIII. Oxford University Press, N.Y.
2. Brown, T. A. (1995). Gene cloning. Chapman and Hall, London.
3. Daniel J. Fairbanks and W. Ralph Brooks. (1999) Genetics – principles and analysis.
Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Massachusetts.
4. Snustad D.P. (2019). Principles of Genetics, John Wiley, USA. 7th edition.
Biotechnology:
1. Kingsman, S.M. and A.J. Kingsman. (1988). Genetic Engineering. Blackwell Scientific
Publications, London.
2. Nair A.J (2007). Introduction to Genetic Engineering & Biotechnology. Jones &
Bartlett Publishers, Boston, USA.
3. Peter Sudbery (2002). Human Molecular Genetics. Prentice-Hall.
4. Singh, B. D. (2002). Biotechnology, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
Suggestive Reading
Genetics:
1. Benjamin A. Pierce (2017). Genetics: A Conceptual Approach. WH Freeman; 6th ed.
2. William S. Klug, Michael R. Cummings, Charlotte A. Spencer, Michael A. Palladino,
and Darrell Killian (2019). Concepts of Genetics. Pearson Education; Eleventh edition.
3. Robert J. Brooker (1999). Genetics- Analysis and principles. Addison-Wesley, Menlo
Park, California.
4. Shukla R.S and P.S. Chandel (2007). Cytogenetics, Evolution and Biostatistics. S.
Chand & Company Limited.
5. Vijayakumaran Nair, K. & Jayaprakash, M. Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology.
Academica, TVM.
6. Verma, P. S. and Agarwal V.K. (2004). Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology:
Evolution and Ecology. India: S. Chand Limited.
7. Strachan, I. and Read (1999). Human molecular genetics. John Wiley and Sons, New
York.
8. Bernard R. Glick and Jack J. Pasternak (2003). Molecular biology. ASM Press.
9. George M. Malasinski and David Freifelder (1988). Essentials of Molecular Biology.
Jones and Bartlett Publishers, London.
Biotechnology:
1. Joseph Sambrook and Michael R. Green (2012). Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory
Manual. CSHL Press, New York. (2001).
2. Primrose S.B. (2001). Molecular Biotechnology. Panima Publishing Corporation.
3. Chatterjee, A.K. (2007). Environmental Biotechnology (2nd Ed.) Prentice Hall.
4. Nair A.J. (2004). Basics of Biotechnology. Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.
5. Kumar H.D. Modern concept of Biotechnology. Vikas Publishing House, Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
6. Magnus Lundgren, Emmanuelle Charpentier, and Peter C. Fineran (2016.) CRISPR:
Methods and Protocols.
Web resources:
1. Bird sexing PCR protocols https://bento.bio/protocol/bird-sexing/bird-sexing-pcr/

272
2. CRISPR/Cas9 for targeted genome editing-
https://www.yourgenome.org/theme/what-is-crispr-cas9/
3. Sex determination by amplification of amelogenin gene PMID: 30127199, DOI:
10.4103/ijdr.IJDR_274_17
4. https://epgp.inflibnet.ac.in
Practicum: (30 hrs)
(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)
Sl. No. Contents
Genetics (Minimum three)

1 Study of normal chromosome complement and karyotype of man.

2 Study of genetic syndromes and abnormal karyotypes of man.

3 Study of barr body and its significance (in stained buccal epithelial cells).

4 Construction of pedigree chart.

5 Study of phenotypic characters of male and female Drosophila.

Biotechnology (Minimum three)

1 Preparation of biochemical reagents (Normal and molar solutions).

2 Fermentation optimization: Vary parameters such as temperature, pH, and


nutrient/substrate concentration to optimise the conditions for microbial
fermentation (e.g. ethanol production by yeast).

3 Bioremediation experiment: Set up a bioremediation experiment to evaluate the


ability of microorganisms present in natural waters to degrade pollutants.

4 Isolation of plasmid DNA/ DNA from bacteria/plant/animal samples (video


demonstration).

5 Single Cell Protein (SCP) production (e.g. Chlorella, Spirulina) (Demonstration).

6 Research/Institutional visit to observe the working of equipment in biotechnology


laboratories.

7 Poster presentation on Single-cell protein production (Group activity).

8 Make a PowerPoint presentation on the application of transgenic fishes in


aquaculture (Group activity).

9 Make a PowerPoint presentation on different types of Biofuels and their advantages


(Group activity).

10 Essay competition on Human Genome Project.

273
11 Make a poster on steps in RT-PCR for COVID-19 diagnosis (Group activity).

12 Make a poster on various COVID-19 diagnosis strategies (Group activity).


References
▪ Demonstration of DNA extraction - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gMl5Q1jnIpg
▪ Recombinant DNA technology https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fzB7tOwv4xk
▪ https://microbenotes.com/single-cell-protein/
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Understand the relationship between genes and inheritance R, U 5


and study genetic mechanisms and chromosomal
aberrations.

CO-2 Analyze chromosomal anomalies and sex determination Ap, An 4, 6


processes.

CO-3 Comprehend basic tools and techniques used in rDNA U 5


technology and their specialized screening methods.

CO-4 Understand robust techniques in biotechnology, and explore U 5


recent advancements in gene Technology.

CO-5 Analyze the application of biotechnological principles in U, An 5


various sectors, as well as learn the advances in sex
determination methods.

CO-6 Develop a solid understanding of genetic principles and U, Ap 5, 6


biotechnological techniques, demonstrated through
practical activities, virtual demonstrations, group activities,
and institution/research laboratory visits.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Genetics and Biotechnology
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/ CL KC Lecture (L)/ Practicum
No. PSO Tutorial (T) (P)

CO-1 Understand the relationship of genes PO6, 8/ R, U F, C L -


and inheritance and study Genetic PSO5
Mechanisms and Chromosomal
Aberrations.

CO-2 Analyse chromosomal anomalies and PO6, 8/ Ap, An C, P L -


sex determination processes. PSO1
PSO5
PSO6

274
CO-3 Comprehend basic tools and PO6/ U C L -
techniques used in rDNA technology PSO5
and their specialized screening
methods.

CO-4 Understand robust techniques in PO6, 7, 8/ U F, C L -


biotechnology, and explore recent PSO5
advancements in Gene Technology.

CO-5 Analyze the application of PO6, 7, 8/ U, An C L -


biotechnological principles in various PSO5
sectors, as well as learn the advances in
sex determination methods.

CO-6 Develop a solid understanding of PO1, 5, 6, U, Ap C, P L P


genetic principles and 7, 8/
biotechnological techniques, PSO5, 6
demonstrated through practical
activities, virtual demonstrations, and
institution visits.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

- - - - 3 - - - - - - - 2 - 1
CO 1

2 - - - 2 1 - - - - - - 2 - 1
CO 2

- - - - 3 - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO 3

- - - - 2 - - - - - - - 2 1 1
CO 4

- - - - 3 - - - - - - - 2 1 1
CO 5

- - - - 1 3 - - 1 - - 2 3 1 1
CO 6

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

275
Level Correlation

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:
Suggestive Assignments (Any two)
1. The role of Mendel's experiments in shaping modern genetics
2. Applications of genetic engineering in medicine: Current advances and
prospects
3. CRISPR-Cas9: Revolutionizing genome editing
4. Gene therapy: Promises and challenges
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Industrial/Field Visit Reports
4. Submission of Activity Reports
5. Tests
6. Quiz/Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examinations
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics
Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester
Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ - - ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ - -

CO 6 ✓ - - ✓

276
University of Kerala

Discipline Zoology

Course Code UK6DSCZOO303

Course Title Biochemistry

Type of Course DSC

Semester Vl

Academic Level 300 –399

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week


per week
per week per week

4 3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course Summary This undergraduate course provides an in-depth examination of the molecular
mechanisms underlying biological processes, focusing on the structure, function, and
regulation of biomolecules such as proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids, Graduates will
be able to integrate biochemistry concepts with zoological principles to elucidate
physiological processes, evolutionary adaptations, and ecological interactions in
animal systems. to equip graduates with the knowledge, skills, and attributes needed to
pursue diverse career paths in biochemistry, research, healthcare, biotechnology,
pharmaceuticals, academia, and beyond, while also preparing them for further study at
the postgraduate level.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs

I Introduction to Biochemistry 3

Definition, Basic concepts, scope of biochemistry, Historical milestones in 1


biochemistry, Interdisciplinary nature of biochemistry

Water, buffer systems, pH changes in living systems, Micro molecules and 2


Macromolecules
II Structure and Function of Biomolecules 16

Carbohydrates: Structure, classification monosaccharides (trioses, tetroses, 5


pentoses, hexoses, aldoses, ketoses), Disaccharides, polysaccharides, (homo and
heteropolysaccharides) and biological importance of carbohydrates.

277
Proteins: Structure, classification of amino acids and protein, structure levels of 6
proteins, Primary, Secondary (α-helix, sheet, random coil, Ramachandran plot),
Tertiary and Quaternary structures of proteins., haemoglobin as atypical protein,
Denaturation, Renaturation and biological functions of proteins

Lipids: classification- simple lipids, (neutral fats and waxes), conjugated lipids 5
(phospholipids, sphingolipids, glycolipids, lecithin, cephalins, cerebrosides,
gangliosides), derived lipids (fatty acids, steroids, prostaglandins), biological
functions of lipids

III Bioenergetics and Carbohydrate Metabolism: 10

Overview of metabolism: Anabolism and catabolism, energy-rich compounds 2


(brief account).

Carbohydrate metabolism: Carbohydrate metabolism – glycogenesis, 8


glycogenolysis, gluconeogenesis, hexose monophosphate shunt, metabolic
pathway of glucose- glycolysis, Krebs cycle, Electron transport series,
chemiosmotic theory, energetics: hormonal control of carbohydrate metabolism.
IV Protein and lipid metabolism 10

Protein metabolism: Catabolism of amino acids: Transamination, Deamination, 3


Decarboxylation, Urea cycle (ornithine cycle) and hormonal control of protein
metabolism.

Lipid metabolism: Lipid metabolism – hydrolysis of lipid, beta-oxidation, 7


mention alpha and omega oxidation of fatty acids, hormonal control of lipid
metabolism

V Enzyme Action and Regulation 6

Nomenclature and classification of enzymes; Cofactors; Specificity of enzyme 2


action. Iso enzymes, Clinical uses of Isoenzymes, co-enzyme, enzyme
activation and inhibition.

Enzyme kinetics; Chemical nature, mechanism of enzyme action Equation of 4


Michaelis-Menten (Brief account only), Factors affecting rate of enzyme-
catalyzed reactions;Concept of Km and V max,

References

1. Berg, Jeremy M, et al., Biochemistry 5thed, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York,
2002.
2. David W. Martin, Jr., Peter A. Mayes, Victor W. Rodwell, Harper's review of
biochemistry, Lange Medical Publications,1983.
3. Eric E Conn; Paul K Stumpf; George Bruening, Outlines of Biochemistry, John Wiley
& Sons, 1987.
4. Hames, B .D.; Higgins, Instant notes Biochemistry, N .M., Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2001.
5. Lehninger, Albert L, et al., Principles of biochemistry, W H Freeman & Co., New
York.2000.
6. Ochs, Raymond S., Biochemistry, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, London, 2013.

278
7. Rafelson, Max E, et al., Basic biochemistry, Macmillan College publishing Co., New
York, 1980.
8. Singh, S P, Practical manual of biochemistry/ 5th ed., CBS Publishers & Distributors,
New Delhi.2014.
9. Stryer Lubert, Biochemistry,W H Freeman & Co., New York, 1995.
10. Textbook of biochemistry, Harrow, Benjamin& Mazur, Abraham, W B Saunders Co.,
Philadelphia, 1962.
11. Van Holde, Kensal E, et al., Principles of biochemistry, Pearson Education, New Jersey,
2006.
12. Voet, Donald, et al., Fundamentals of biochemistry, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New
York, 2002.
13. Wilson, Keith and Walker, John, 5th ed., Practical biochemistry: Principles and
techniques, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
14. Zubay, Geoffrey L, et al., Principles of biochemistry, Wm C Brown Publishers, 1995
Web Resources
▪ https//bio.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Biochemistry/Book:_Biochem
▪ https://global.oup.com/uk/orc/biosciences/biochem/
▪ https//Hemy.org/science/biology/biochemistryttps://www.khanacad

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl No. Contents
Measurement of pH of different samples (acidic, basic and neutral) using pH
1. meter pH paper.

Preparation of buffers (bicarbonate/ phosphate) and measurement of pH (at


2. least two pH values).

3. Effect of pH/ temperature on the action of salivary amylase.


Paper chromatographic separation of amino acids and determination of Rf
4. values.

5. Detection of aromatic amino acids (Xanthoproteic Test).

6 Determination of the isoelectric pH of the given amino acid by titration method.

Detection of abnormal constituents (glucose and albumin) in urine [two tests


7.
each].

Detection of excretory products – ammonia (Nessler’s test), urea (Ammonia


8.
generation/ Biuret test) and uric acid (Phosphotungstic acid test).

Estimation of carbohydrate by the Anthrone method (colorimetric


9.
method).
10. Estimation of protein by Lowry’s method (colorimetric method).
11. Isolation of casein from milk (demonstration)

279
References

1. David Plummer. (1988). A Textbook of Practical Biochemistry. McGraw Hill


Education.
2. Jayaraman, J. (1981). Laboratory Manual in Biochemistry 2nd Ed. New Age
International Publishers.
3. Sattanathan, G., Padmapriya, S.S., and Balamuralikrishnan, B. (2020). Practical
Manual of Biochemistry. Skyfox Publishing Group.
https://doi.org/10.22573/spg.020.BK/S/028

Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 1. Remember the basic knowledge about, definition R,U PSO-5


scope of biochemistry.
2. Identify and describe biomolecules such as
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids.

CO-2 1. Describe the chemical structure of carbohydrates R, U,An,E PSO-4,


and the functions in living organisms. PSO-5
2. Explain the structural diversity of carbohydrates in
different biological contexts.
3. Explain the role of carbohydrates in energy storage,
cellular structure, and functions.

CO-3 1. Understand the roles of various enzymes U,AnE PSO-4,


involved in carbohydrate metabolism PSO-5
2. Analyze the biochemical consequences of
carbohydrate metabolism and associated disorders.

CO4 1. Remember the basic processes involved in the U,Ap,An.E PSO-4,


metabolism of proteins and lipids and explain PSO-5
Catabolism of amino acids
2. Evaluate the difference between Transamination,
Deamination, Decarboxylation
3.Assess the impact of protein and lipid metabolism
on overall health and disease states.

280
CO5 1.Understand the various mechanisms of enzyme R,U.E, PSO-4,
regulation, including allosteric regulation, covalent PSO-5
modification, and enzyme inhibition.
2. Evaluate the roles of enzymes in biological
processes such as metabolism, signal transduction,
and gene expression.
CO6 Develop essential laboratory skills in biochemistry An PSO-6
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Biochemistry


Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/ Cogniti Knowled (L)/ Practic
No. ve Level ge (T) al (P)
PSO
Category

CO-1 1. Remember the basic knowledge about, PO-6/ R, U F, C 3 -


definition scope of biochemistry. PSO-5
2. Identify and describe biomolecules such
as carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and
nucleic acids.

CO-2 1. Describe the chemical structure of PO-6/ R, U, C -


carbohydrates and the functions in living PSO-4, An, E
organisms. PSO-5
2. Explain the structural diversity of
carbohydrates in different biological
contexts.
3. Explain the role of carbohydrates in
energy storage, cellular structure, and
functions.

CO-3 Understand the roles of various enzymes PO-6/ U, An C -


involved in carbohydrate metabolism and PSO-4, E
analyse the biochemical consequences of PSO-5
carbohydrate metabolism and associated
disorders.

CO4 1.Remember the basic processes involved PO-6/ U, Ap, F, C -


in the metabolism of proteins and lipids PSO-4, An. E
and explain Catabolism of amino acids PSO-5
2. Evaluate the difference between
Transamination, Deamination,
Decarboxylation

281
3. Assess the impact of protein and lipid
metabolism on overall health and disease
states.

CO5 1. Understand the various mechanisms of PO-6/ R, U. E, C -


enzyme regulation, including allosteric PSO-4,
regulation, covalent modification, and PSO-5
enzyme inhibition.
2. Evaluate the roles of enzymes in
biological processes such as metabolism,
signal transduction, and gene expression.

CO6 Develop essential laboratory skills in PO-1, An P - 30


biochemistry PO-6/
PSO-6

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO 1 - - - - 2 - - - - - - 1 - -

CO 2 - - - 1 3 - - - - - - 2 - -

CO 3 - - - 1 2 - - - - - - 1 - -

CO 4 - - - 1 2 - - - - - - 2 - -

CO 5 - - - 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - -

CO 6 - - - - - 3 1 - - - - 2 - -

282
Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment/ Seminar topics

1. Biochemical Basis of Genetic Diseases in Animals


2. Nutrigenomics: Personalized Nutrition for Animal Health
3. Biochemical Markers of Animal Health and Disease
4. Biochemical Signalling
5. Carbohydrate classification and nomenclature
6. Saponification, rancidity and acid value
7. Lipoproteins
8. Tissue protein diseases
9. Haemoglobin: Structure and functions
10. Tests for abnormal constituents – glucose, albumin
11. Cholesterol and its clinical significance
12. Hyperlipidemia, Hyperlipoproteinemia and Familial Hypercholesterolemia
13. The Common lifestyle diseases (Hypertension, High Cholesterol, Diabetics) through
diet.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate: Debate on Junk Food: Myth or Truth

End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination

283
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics :

Internal Exam Assignment/Semina Project/Field/Institutiona End Semester


r/Quiz l Visit Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 6 ✓ ✓

284
University of Kerala

Discipline Zoology
Course Code UK6DSCZOO304
Course Title Nanobiology
Type of Course DSC
Semester VI
Academic Level 300-399
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course Summary This course provides a comprehensive overview of Nanobiology, covering key
topics such as the definition and significance of nanobiology, nanoscale
phenomena, and the interdisciplinary nature of nanoscience. It also includes
detailed discussions on the types of nanomaterials, their synthesis and
characterization techniques, and their applications in biology. Additionally, the
syllabus delves into biosensors and nanodevices, highlighting their principles,
types, and applications in nanobiology. Nanomedicine and drug delivery systems
are explored, emphasizing the advantages of nanocarriers and their applications
in drug delivery.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs

Introduction to Nanobiology 8

1.1 Definition of nanobiology and its significance in modern biology, Properties of 2


nanoscale dimensions and their relevance.
I
1.2 Nanoscale phenomena: Quantum confinement, surface area to volume ratio, and 2
their impact on material properties.

1.3• Learning from nature's nanostructures like DNA, protein and viruses, 2
interdisciplinary nature of nanoscience.
1.4 Advantages and disadvantages of nanomaterials compared to bulk materials. 2

Nanomaterials-Classification, Synthesis and Characterization 10

2.1 Classification of nanoparticles: - one-, two- and three-dimensional confinement, 4


Quantum dots, carbon nanotubes, and nanocomposites.
II
2.2 Synthesis of nanomaterials: Top-down and bottom-up approaches, chemical 3
methods and physical methods for creating nanostructures with desired properties.

285
2.3• Characterization techniques: Exploring various methods for analyzing and 3
measuring nanomaterials, including X-Ray Diffraction, Scanning Electron
Microscopy (SEM), Transmission electron Microscopy, and Spectroscopy (brief
account).
Biosensors and Nanodevices 7

3.1• Introduction to biosensors: Principles of biosensors, components, and signal 2


transduction mechanisms.
III
3.2• Types of biosensors: enzyme based, cell based, immunosensors, DNA biosensors, 3
magnetic, thermal, Fluorescent biosensors and optical biosensors.
3.3• Applications of biosensors in nanobiology: Detecting biomolecules, pathogens, 2
and environmental contaminants.
Nanomedicine and Drug Delivery 10

4.1• Nanoscale drug delivery systems: Nanocarriers for targeted drug delivery, pros and 3
cons
IV
4.2 Design and development of nanocarriers: Exploring different types of nanocarriers 3
like polymers, liposomes, and hydrogels for drug delivery

4.3 Applications of nanomedicine: Drug delivery, cancer therapy, and gene therapy 4
using nanomaterials
Applications and toxicity of Nanomaterial 10

5.1 Nanodiagnostics, tissue engineering, and personalized medicine, Nanostructured 3


Scaffolds for Cell Growth and Differentiation, Tissue Regeneration,
Nanomaterials for biological imaging

5.2• Miniaturized devices in nanobiotechnology: Introduction to lab-on-a-chip 2


V technology and its potential applications.
5.3 Examples of nanomaterials in commercial products (sunscreen, electronics, 3
clothing, cosmetics, food packaging, solar cells, paints, self-cleaning windows)
5.4 Potential benefits and risks associated with nanomedicine, Biocompatibility, 2
toxicity and safety considerations of nanomedicine

References

1. Chattopadhyay, K.K. (2009). Introduction to Nanoscience and Nanotechnology.


Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited.
2. Varghese, Thomas, and Balakrishna, K.M. (2023). Nanotechnology: An Introduction
to Synthesis, Properties and Applications of Nanomaterials. Atlantic Publishers and
Distributors (P) Ltd.
3. Shah, M.A., and Shah, K.A. (2019). Nanotechnology: The Science of Small, 2nd ed.
Wiley.
4. Poole, Charles P., Jr., and Owens, Frank J. (2020). Introduction to Nanoscience and
Nanotechnology, An Indian Adaptation. Wiley.
5. Singh, Shubra, and Ramachandra Rao, M.S. (2013). Nanoscience and
Nanotechnology: Fundamentals of Frontiers. Wiley.

286
6. Rathi, Rakesh (2010). Nanotechnology (Technology Revolution of 21st Century). S
Chand & Company.
7. Kulkarni, Sulabha K. (2014). Nanotechnology: Principles and Practices, 3rd ed.
Springer Nature.

Suggested Reading:
1. Sonawane, A., & Sarkar, B. (Eds.) (2023). Biological Applications of Nanoparticles.
Springer Nature Singapore.
2. Khan, F.A. (Ed.) (2020). Applications of Nanomaterials in Human Health. Springer
Nature Singapore.

Web Resources:
1. Nanoscience Classroom Resources (https://www.nsf.gov/news/classroom/nano.jsp)
2. Understanding Nano (https://www.understandingnano.com/resources.html)
3. NanoHub (https://nanohub.org/about/simulate)
4. Science, Technology, & Nanotechnology
https://libguides.adelphi.edu/c.php?g=322528&p=2160655)
Practicum: (30 hrs)
(Wherever wet lab experiments are not possible, the principles and concepts can be
demonstrated through any other material or medium, including videos/virtual labs, etc.)
Sl. No. Contents (Any two major, Any two minor and spotters)

1 Synthesis of silver/copper/zinc nanoparticles from bulk materials using environmentally


friendly methods (green synthesis) based on visible colour change (Major practical).

2 Characterization of silver/copper/zinc nanoparticles synthesised by environmentally


friendly methods using Uv-Vis spectrophotometer (Major practical).
3 Rapid synthesis of gold nanoparticle using sodium borohydride as reducing agents and its
characterization using Uv-Vis spectrophotometer (Major Practical).

4 Assessing the toxicity of nanoparticles (silver/copper/zinc) on aquatic organisms, such as


Daphnia magna/Aquarium fishes/insect pest, by exposing them to varying concentrations
of nanoparticles and observing the effects (Demonstration).

5 Assessing the antimicrobial activity of silver/copper/zinc nanoparticles (Major practical)

6 Evaluating the antioxidant properties of silver, copper, and zinc nanoparticles by using
DPPH assay (Minor practical).

7 Exploring the Relationship Between Particle Size and Surface Area of Zinc Hydroxide
(Minor practical).

8 Examination of casein micelle nanomaterial under microscope (Minor practical).

9 Instruments used for nanomaterial characterization (photographs as spotters)

287
References

1. Rajagopal, K., & Venkatachalam, D.P. (2017). A Practical Manual on Synthesis of


Nanoparticles and its Applications in Biology. DigitalAge Publishers.
2. Poinern, G.E.J. (2021). A Laboratory Course in Nanoscience and Nanotechnology.
Taylor and Francis.

Web Resources:
1. Inspirational chemistry: Nanotechnology.
(https://edu.rsc.org/resources/nanotechnology/1933.article)
2. Teach Engineering
(https://www.teachengineering.org/lessons/view/uoh_nano_lesson02)
3. Nanotechnology in schools
(https://www.scienceinschool.org/article/2008/nanotechnology/)
4. Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Information Resources
(https://libguides.lib.msu.edu/c.php?g=411870&p=3183814)

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be able to Cognitive PSO
addressed
Level

CO-1 Definition of nanobiology and its significance in modern R, U PSO-5


biology, Nanoscale phenomena, Learning from nature's
nanostructures, Advantages and disadvantages of
nanomaterials

CO-2 Classification of nanoparticles, synthesis and U PSO-5


Characterization techniques

CO-3 Principle of biosensors, components, and signal U, Ap, An PSO-4,5


transduction mechanisms. Types of biosensors:
Applications of biosensors in nanobiology, Nanoscale drug
delivery systems, Exploring different types of nanocarriers
like polymers, liposomes, and hydrogels for drug delivery

CO-4 Applications of Nanomedicine, Nanodiagnostics, tissue U, Ap, An PSO-5


engineering, and personalized medicine, Miniaturized
devices in nanobiotechnology. Examples of nanomaterials
in commercial products, Potential benefits and risks
associated with nanomedicine, Biocompatibility, toxicity
and safety considerations of nanomedicine

CO-5 Develop essential skills in performing laboratory U, Ap PSO-5, 6

288
experiments in Nanobiology.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Nanobiology


Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/ Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
PSO
(T)

CO-1 Definition of nanobiology and its PO-1,6, R, U F, C L -


significance in modern biology, PSO-5
Nanoscale phenomena, Learning
from nature's nanostructures,
Advantages and disadvantages of
nanomaterials

CO-2 Classification of nanoparticles, PO- U F, C L -


synthesis and Characterization 1,2,6,
techniques PSO-5

CO-3 Principle of biosensors, PO- U, Ap, An F, C L -


components, and signal 1,2,6,
transduction mechanisms. Types of PSO-4,5
biosensors: Applications of
biosensors in nanobiology,
Nanoscale drug delivery systems,
Exploring different types of
nanocarriers like polymers,
liposomes, and hydrogels for drug
delivery

CO-4 Applications of nanomedicine, PO- U, Ap, An F, C L -


Nanodiagnostics, tissue 1,2,6,
engineering, and personalized PSO-5
medicine, Miniaturized devices in
nanobiotechnology. Examples of
nanomaterials in commercial
products, Potential benefits and
risks associated with
nanomedicine, Biocompatibility,
toxicity and safety considerations
of nanomedicine

289
CO-5 Develop essential skills in PO- U, Ap C, P L P
performing laboratory experiments 1,2,3,7,
in Nanobiology. PSO-5,
6

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO 1 - - - - 2 - - 1 - - - - 2 - -

CO 2 - - - - 2 - - 1 1 - - - 2 - -

CO 3 - - - 1 2 - - 1 1 - - - 2 - -

CO 4 - - - - 3 - - 1 2 - - - 2 - -

CO 5 - - - - 3 2 - 1 1 1 - - 2 2 -

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly/Low

2 Moderate/Medium

3 Substantial/High

Assessment Rubrics:
Assignments (Any 2)

1. Principles behind two common nanomaterial characterization techniques.


2. Diagram a simple biosensor and label its key components.
3. Application of biosensors in nanomedicine.
4. Nanocarriers used for drug delivery.
5. Potential risks associated with nanomaterials.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of a field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/Debate

290
End Semester Evaluation

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester


Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ - - ✓

CO 2 ✓ - - ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 5 ✓ - ✓ ✓

291
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK6DSEZOO301
Course Title Animal Behaviour and Chronobiology
Type of Course DSE
Semester VI
Academic 300 - 399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course The course on Animal Behaviour and Chronobiology provides the
Summary students a better understanding on animal behaviour in various
circumstances. In addition, the important biological cycles can also be
referred. Field oriented activities of this course will help the student a
better understanding of animal and its interaction with environment.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Introduction to Animal Behaviour 5
1.1 Definition; Importance of studying animal behaviour 1
1.2 Ethology - Origin and history (Brief description); Ethologists: Karl Von 4
Frisch, Ivan Pavlov, Konrad Lorenz, Nikolaas Tinbergen
II Animal Behaviour Patterns 5
2.1 Types of Behaviour – Stereotyped behaviours (Orientation, Reflexes);
Individual behavioural patterns; Instinct vs learned behaviour,
5
Associative learning – classical, operant conditioning.

292
Habituation and imprinting.

III Social Behaviour 10


3.1 Concept of society – pros and cons of animal society.Social organization 5
of invertebrates (example- Honey bee).
3.2 Social organization of vertebrates (example-Primates) 5
IV Reproductive Behaviour 10
4.1 Types of reproductive Behaviour (Brief account), Mate choice, Intra and 8
inter sexual selection (male rivalry and female choice).
4.2 Sexual conflicts during parental care 2
Chronobiology 15
5.1 Introduction to Chronobiology (brief account); Biological oscillation 3
(concept of average, amplitude, phase and period)
5.2 Biological rhythm – characteristics; types – short- and long-term 5
V
rhythms, circadian rhythms, tidal rhythms and lunar rhythms;
Circannual. Biological clock.
5.3 Concept of synchronisation and masking; Zeitgeber, photic and non- 2
photic zeitgebers
5.4 Photoperiod and regulation of seasonal reproduction of vertebrates; 2
mention role of melatonin
5.5 Relevance of Biological clock in Chrono-pharmacology; Chrono- 3
medicine and Chronotherapy.

References

1. Agarwal. V. K. 2010. Animal Behaviour. S. Chand Publishing. 400p.


2. Arumugham. N and Natarajan. P. 2018. Animal Behaviour- Ethology. Saras
publication. 744p.
3. Goutam Kumar Saha and Subhendu Mazumdar. 2017. Wildlife Biology – An Indian
Perspective. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd 328p.
4. John. D. Palmer. 2002. The Living Clock: The Orchestrator of Biological Rhythms.
176p.
5. Jole Shackelford. 2022. An Introduction to the History of Chronobiology. Vol. 3.
University of Pittsburgh Press. 400p.
6. Peter Simmons and David Young. 2012. Nerve Cells and Animal Behaviour.
Cambridge University Press. (3rd Edition). 329p
7. Russell Foster and Leon Kreitzman. 2017. Circadian Rhythms: A Very Short
Introduction. 168p.
8. Shukla. J. P. 2010. Fundamentals of Animal Behaviour. Atlantic Publishers and
Distributors. 588p.
9. Singh. S. K. 2020. Text Book of Wildlife Management. International Book Distributing
Company. (2nd revised edition). 519p.

293
10. Sukla. A. 2010. Text Book of Chronobiology. Discovery Publishing House. 210p.
11. Willard. L. K and Robert. B. S. 2006. Introducing Biological Rhythms: A Primer on
the Temporal Organization of Life, With Implications for Health, Society,
Reproduction and the Natural Environment. Springer. 656p.

Web resources
1. https://guides.library.yale.edu/animalbehavior
2. https://www.sciencedirect.com/book/9780123725813/animal-behavior
3. https://animalbehaviour.live/
4. https://ccb.ucsd.edu/the-bioclock-studio/education-resources/basics/index.html
5. https://cerebromente.org.br/n04/mente/recritmos_i.htm
6. https://ccb.ucsd.edu/the-bioclock-studio/education-resources/index.html
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl. Contents
No
1 Plotting ethogram of animals – photographs/diagram (Any two animal)
OR
Birds call identification and listing (mobile apps Eg: Kili and others)
2 Observation and documentation of social behaviour of insects (Honey
bee/ants/termites)
OR
Courtship behaviour observation in Siamese fighting fish (Betta splendens)
3 Zoological Garden visit, monitoring animal behaviour (Eg: Primates) and
documenting (submission of brief report with photographs).

4 Geotaxis behaviour in Earthworm/Phototaxis behaviour in Insects

5 Courtship behaviour observation of live bearer fishes and its documentation (short
videos/Observation)
OR
Observation and report submission of ant’s nest building
References
1. Gundevia H S and Govind Singh H (2009) A Textbook of Animal Behaviour, S
Chand and Company.
2. Shukla J P (2010) Fundamentals of Animal Behaviour, Atlantic Publishers.
3. Svorc P (2019) Chronobiology: The Science of biological time structure, IntechOpen
Publishers.
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Illustrate the animal activity in response to environment and U PSO-1,2


to extend an idea to become a nature and its natural

294
resources conservationists

CO-2 Imagine and improve the beneficiaries’ attitude to monitor C, R, U PSO-1,2


the animal responses using suitable activity

CO-3 Understand and identify the importance of biological U, C PSO-1,2


rhythms in animal life

CO-4 Relate the importance of animal behaviour and biological U, A, Ap PSO-1,2


rhythms to analyse the social behaviour responses

CO-5 Summarise the biological clock importance and interpret A, E, Ap PSO-1,2


the measures to conserve the habitat for the sustainability of
animals for achieving these for its existence

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Animal Behaviour and Chronobiology
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical (P)


No. Level Category (L)/Tutoria
l (T)

1 Illustrate the PO1/ U F, C L P


animal activity PSO-1,2
in response to
environment
and to extend an
idea to become a
nature and its
natural
resources
conservationists

2 Analyse and PO2/PO C, R, U. P L P


improve the 3/ PSO- An
beneficiaries’ 1,2
attitude to
monitor the
animal
responses using
suitable activity

295
3 Understand and PO 1/ U, C F L P
identify the PO 2/
importance of PSO-1,2
biological
rhythms in
animal life

4 Relate the PO 1/ U, A, Ap C, F L P
importance of PSO-1,2
animal
behaviour and
biological
rhythms to
analyse the
social behaviour
responses.

5 Summarise the PO 1/ A, E, Ap C, F L P
biological clock PO 2/
importance and PO 3/
interpret the PSO-1,2
measures to
conserve the
habitat for the
sustainability of
animals for
achieving these
for its existence

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

296
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO2 PSO3 PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO PO6 PO7 PO8
1 4 5 6 5

CO 3 2 - - - - 2 - - - - - - -
1

CO 2 3 - - - - - 2 3 - - - - -
2

CO 3 2 - - - - 2 3 - - - - - -
3

CO 1 2 - - - - 1 2 - - - - - -
4

CO 2 1 - - - - 3 2 1 - - - - -
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment /Seminar topics
1. Animal behavioural types
2. Animal behaviour in relation to environmental changes
3. Animal migration
4. Biological clock
5. Biological rhythms
6. Brief account of famous Ethologists
7. Social organisation in Invertebrates and Vertebrates (Any one example each).
8. Parental care in Vertebrates
9. Reproductive behaviour in animals

297
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Submission of report
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz/ Debate
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

298
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK6DSEZOO302

Course Title Fisheries Science IV- Fish Processing Technologies

Type of Course DSE

Semester VI

Academic Level 300 - 399

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Hours/Week


per week
per week per week

4 3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course The course Fish Processing Technology provides a comprehensive understanding of


Summary the fish processing technology. The course develops practical skills for processing fish
into safe and marketable products. The course helps to understand regulations and
compliance requirements for fish processing. The course explores sustainable practices
in fish processing and by-product utilization.
Detailed Syllabus

Module Unit Content 45


hrs

Principles of fish preservation and processing 10

1.1 Objectives of fish processing, Handling and Sanitation, Precautions taken in 3


Onboard handling of fish, landing centre and processing unit.
1.2 Nature of microbial flora in fish, Spoilage of Fish, Rigor Mortis, causes of
spoilage of fish, enzymes and their role in spoilage, pathogen in fish and fishery
3
products.
I
1.3 Principles of fish preservation- Grading of fish, Cleaning, lowering of 4
temperature, raising of temperature, dehydration.
Preservation techniques of fishes and shellfishes 12

299
II Curing ( Drying, Salting, Smoking, chilling, freezing marinating and canning ) -
principle and various methods (Brief account)
2.1
Freeze drying (Mention - Accelerated freeze drying and applications),
Precautions in fish drying. 6

2.2 Use of additives to arrest quality deterioration, Permitted additives in frozen 3


foods.
2.3 Packaging of Fish and Fishery Products : Irradiation Preservation and Modified
Atmospheric Packaging of Fish and Fish products (MAP).
3
Packaging and Packaging materials in fish processing. Cold Storages and Export
of Fishery Products.
Fishery By-products 10

3.1 Fish meal, Fish liver oil and Fish body oil, Fish Protein Concentrate, Fish
hydrolysates, Fish meat, Fish silage, Fish maws, Shark leather, Fish manure
and guano, Fish glue, Fish gelatin, Isinglass, Fish fins, Fish roe, Fish caviar
and Pearl essence. 6

III Importance of biochemical and pharmaceutical products: Insulin, Fish


albumin, Peptones, Fish sutures and Ambergris.
3.2 Production and uses of Chitin and Chitosan ( shrimp wastes ) pearl essences 2
and Bechede-mer..
3.3 Seaweed by-product: Agar-agar, Alginic acid, Alginate, Mannitol, 2
Carrageenan.
Value added products 7
4.1 Status of value addition to fishery products in the Indian seafood sector. 2
Advantages of value addition.
Types of value added products from Fin fish and shellfishes:
IV Fish paste products, and diversified (battered and breaded) products - Fish
and prawn pickles, fish sauce, surimi, fish sausage, fish ham, fish cake,
4.2 kamaboko, fish macaroni, fish biscuits, fish burger, fish mince, fish finger, 5
fish cutlet, fish wafer, fish chowder, fish soup, fish stacks, fillets, fish
curry, fish papad, mussel products, etc ( Brief account only)

Quality Assurance and Quality Control 6

5.1 Quality Assurance – Concepts of Hazard Analysis, Critical Control Point


(HACCP) in sea food safety; Good Manufacturing Practice (GMPs),
Standard Operating Procedure (SOPs).
V Determining the quality assurance of seafood. Role of Export Inspection 4
Council, MPEDA in fishery products.
Sanitation and Quality control: Good Hygienic practices (GHPs). Sanitary
Standard Operating Procedures (SSOP).
5.2 National and International standards – Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), ISO
9000: 2000 Series of Quality Assurance System, Codex Alimentarius.
Certification System of Fishery Products in India.
2

300
References:
1.Bremmer, H.A. 2002. Safety and Quality Issues in Fish Processing. Woodhead Publ.
Ltd., England.
2. Curting, C.L. 1999. Processing and Preservation. Agro Botanical Publ., Bikaner, India.
3. Gopakumar, K. 2002. Textbook of Fish Processing Technology. Indian Council of
Agricultural Research, New Delhi.
4. Hall, G.M.1992 Fish Processing Technology. Chapman & Hall India, Madras, India.
5. ICAR 2006. Handbook of Fisheries and Aquaculture. Directorate of Information and
Publication of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi.
6. Kulikov, P.I. 1978. Preparation of Meal, Oil and Protein-Vitamin Preparations in the
Fishing Industry. Amerind Publ. Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
7. Long, A.C. 2008. Fish Processing Technology. Cybertech Publ., New Delhi.
8. Moorjani, M.N. 1984. Fish Processing in India. Publ. Infor. Div., ICAR, New Delhi.
9. Murano, P.S. 2003. Understanding Food Science and Technology.
Wordsworth/Thomson Learning, Belmont, USA.
10. Ninawe, A.S. & K. Rathnakumar 2008. Fish Processing Technology and Product
Development. Narendra Publ. Hse, New Delhi.
11. Novikov, V.M. 1983. Handbook of Fishery Technology. Vol. 4. Amerind Publ. Co. Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi.
12. Pearson, A.M. & T.R. Dutson 1999. HACCP in Meat, Poultry and Fish Processing. In,
Advances in Meat Research Series, Vol.10. Aspen Publication, Maryland.
13. Sen, D.P. 2005. Advances in Fish Processing Technology. Allied Publ. Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi.
14. Stansby, M.E. 1963. Industrial Fishery Technology. Reinhold Publ. Co., NY.
15. Windsor, M. & S. Barlow 1981. Introduction to Fishery By-products. Fishing News
Books Ltd, Surrey, England.
16. Wheaton, F. W. and Lawson, T. B., 1985. Processing Aquatic Products.

Web Resources:

▪ https://mpeda.gov.in/
▪ https://www.cift.res.in/
▪ https://www.nifphatt.gov.in/
▪ https://www.eicindia.gov.in/
▪ HACCP Principles & Application Guidelines | FDA
▪ e-Krishi Shiksha (iasri.res.in)
▪ https://www.fao.org/flw-in-fish-value-chains/value-chain/processing-storage/en/
▪ https://www.bis.gov.in/
▪ https://krishi.icar.gov.in/
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl .No. Contents
1 Preparation and submission of salted fish/ dried fish / smoked fish by different
methods.

301
2 Visits to fish processing plant /fish landing centre & submission of study report
with photographs
3. Preparation of novel value added products
4 Evaluation of freshness of fish
5. Visits to fish by products preparation places /industry/ firms/ research
institutes etc. & Submission of study report
6. Attend on job training programme on fish processing and preservation

References:
1. Balachandran KK. (2001). Post-harvest Technology of Fish and Fish Products.
Daya Publ. House.
2.Gopakumar K. (2002 ). Text Book of Fish Processing Technology. ICAR.
3. Ninawe, A.S. & K. Rathnakumar (2008). Fish Processing Technology and Product
Development. Narendra Publ. Hse, New Delhi.
4.Nalan Gokoglu and Pinar Yerlikaya.( 2015). Seafood Chilling, Refrigeration and Freezing:
Science and Technology, John Wiley and Sons (Chichester)
5. Sen D.P. (2005). Advances in Fish Processing Technology. Allied Publ.
6. Venugopal V. 2006. Seafood Processing. Taylor and Francis.
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO1 Understand the objectives of fish handling, processing U, R, An 4,5


and principles of preservation

CO2 Gain knowledge in preservation techniques of shell fishes U,R, An 4,5


and fin fishes and modern methods of preservation.

CO3 Understands techniques of preparation and uses of fish AP, An, E 4,5
byproducts for commercial gain.

CO4 Gain knowledge on the principles and significance of AP, An, E 4,5
value addition to fish and fishery products and familiarize
with fish packaging materials and containers.

CO5 Awareness on assessment of quality of processed fish and U, AP, An 4,5


fish by-products by national and international standards.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

302
Name of the Course: Fisheries Science IV- Fish Processing Technologies
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/P Cognitiv Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. SO e Level Category (L)/Tut (P)
orial (T)

1 Understand the PO2,3 U, R, An C, P, M L P


objectives of fish ,7/PS
handling, processing and O 4,5
principles of
preservation

2 Gain knowledge in PO2,3 U,R, An C, P, M L


preservation techniques ,7/PS
of shell fishes and fin O 4,5
fishes and modern
methods of preservation.

3 Understands techniques PO2,3 AP, An,E C, P, M L P


of preparation and uses ,7/PS
of fish byproducts for O 4,5
commercial gain.

4 Gain knowledge on the PO2,3 AP, An, C, P, M L


principles and ,7/PS E
significance of value O 4,5
addition to fish and
fishery products and
familiarize with fish
packaging materials and
containers.

5 Awareness on PO1,2 U, AP, F, C, P L P


assessment of quality of ,3,7/P An
processed fish and fish SO
by-products by national 4,5
and international
standards.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

303
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
1

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
2

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
3

CO - - - 3 3 - - - 2 3 - - - 3 -
4

CO - - - 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 -
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:
I. Assignment /Seminar topics
1. Post mortem changes (rigor mortis and spoilage) in fishes
2. Use of chemical preservatives in preservation
3. Preparation and uses of fish meal
4. Uses and types of seaweeds
5. Preparation and uses of Marinated and fermented fish products
Field activities
1. Visit to harbours/ landing centres to collect and submission of commercially important
finfishes and shellfishes

304
2.Attend on job training programme on fish preservation and processing
Continuous comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignment/ Quiz/ Discussion / Seminar
2. Submission of specimen collection report
3. Submission of Field report
End semester Evaluation
1. Very short answer questions
2. Short answer questions
3. Essay type questions
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics :

Internal Exam Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester


Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

305
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK6DSEZOO303
Course Title Entomology IV: Forensic Entomology
Type of Course DSE
Semester VI
Academic 300 - 399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 4 hours - - 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course provides an introduction to the fascinating field of Forensic
Summary Entomology, covering its historical development and the pivotal role
insects play in forensic investigations. Key topics include: Forensically
Important Insects – highlighting their significance in forensic science, Life
Cycles & Reproduction of forensically important insects, Techniques for
collecting and preserving forensically important insects, Role of aquatic
insects in forensic investigations, Post-Mortem Interval (PMI) Estimation,
Analysis & Case Studies in Forensic Entomology, Ethical & Professional
Considerations and Career & Research Opportunities in Forensic
Entomology.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
I Introduction to Forensic Entomology 5

1.1 Overview of Forensic Entomology 1.5

306
1.2 History and development of Forensic Entomology 1

1.3 Importance of insects in Forensic Investigations 2.5

Related activity: Group discussion on use of Insects for Forensic


Investigations
Forensically Important Insects 20

2.1 Forensically important insects, their identification, hierarchical 5


classification and use in forensic science (Blow flies; Flesh flies; House
flies; Cheese skippers; Beetles; Ants; Mites and Springtails) [Brief
account only]
II 2.2 Life Cycles of selected Forensically Important Insects [Blow Flies, Flesh 7
Flies, Rove Beetles]
2.3 Reproductive strategies of Necrophagous Insects 2

2.4 Role of aquatic insects in Forensic Investigations 1

2.5 Collection and Preservation of Forensically Important Insects 3

2.6 Seasonal and Geographical Variations in Forensically Important Insect 2


Populations
Related activities:
1. Laboratory Rearing of forensically important Insects.
2.Identification and description of any two forensically important insects.
PMI Estimation and Insect Colonization Patterns 10

3.1 Post-mortem interval estimation 3

III 3.2 Succession of Insect species on carrion 4

3.3 Factors influencing insect colonization 3

Related activity: Make a report on PMI by analysing Insect evidence


provided in class
Analysing Insect Evidence and Case Studies in Forensic Entomology 17

4.1 Morphological identification of Insects 4

IV 4.2 Molecular techniques in Forensic Entomology 4

4.3 Data interpretation and analysis 3

307
4.4 Famous Forensic Entomology case–The Ruxton Case 2

4.5 Application of entomological evidence in criminal investigation 4

Related activities:
1. Debate on pros and cons of using forensic entomology in criminal
investigation.
2.Case Studies – Forensic Entomology used in India for Crime
investigation.
Ethical and Professional Issues; Career Prospects of Forensic Entomology 8

5.1 Ethics in Forensic Entomology 1

5.2 Professional standards and codes of conduct 1

5.3 Role of the Forensic Entomologist in the criminal justice system 2

V 5.4 Scope of Forensic Entomology; Research Opportunities in Forensic 2


Entomology
5.5 LNJN National Forensic Sciences University 1

5.6 Role of Forensic Entomologists in Legal Proceedings 1

Related activities:
1. Write a report and have group discussion on – Scope of Forensic
Entomology
2.Organize a one hour career guidance class on – Scope of Forensic
Science and Forensic Entomology.

References:

1. Byrd, J.H., and J.L. Castner. (2010). Forensic Entomology: The Utility of Arthropods
in Legal Investigations. CRC Press
2. Dorothy Gennard (2012). Forensic Entomology: An Introduction (2nd Ed.). Wiley-
Blackwell
3. Rivers, D.B. and Dahlem, G.A. (2014). The Science of Forensic Entomology. Wiley-
Blackwell, UK.
4. Amendt, J., Campobasso, C.P., Goff, M.L., and M. Grassberger. (2010) Current
Concepts in Forensic Entomology. Springer.
5. Goff, M. Lee. (2000). A Fly for the Prosecution:how insect evidence helps solve crimes.
Harvard University Press, London.

308
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Identify and classify common insect species associated U PSO-1,2


with forensic investigations, understanding their life
cycles and ecological roles in decomposition processes

CO-2 Analyze the stages of insect colonization on human R, U, An PSO-1,2


remains to estimate Post-Mortem Interval (PMI) and
evaluate environmental factors influencing insect
activity.

CO 3 Apply principles of entomological evidence collection, R, U, An, PSO-1,2


preservation, and analysis to crime scene Ap
investigations, demonstrating proficiency in forensic
entomological techniques.

CO 4 Evaluate the significance of entomological evidence in R, U, An, PSO 5, 7,8


legal contexts, including presenting findings accurately Ap, E
and effectively in written reports and courtroom
testimony.

CO 5 Critically assess current research and emerging R, U, An, PSO-7,8


technologies in forensic entomology, demonstrating an Ap, E, C
understanding of ethical considerations and potential
applications in criminal investigations.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course –Entomology IV: Forensic Entomology

Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutor (P)
ial (T)

1 Identify and classify PSO 1,2 U F, C L -


common insect
species associated
with forensic
investigations,
understanding their
life cycles and
ecological roles in
decomposition

309
processes

2 Analyse the stages of PSO 1,2 R, U, An F, C, P L -


insect colonization
on human remains to
estimate postmortem
interval (PMI) and
evaluate
environmental factors
influencing insect
activity.

3 Apply principles of PSO 1, 2 R,U, An, F,C,P L -


entomological Ap
evidence collection,
preservation, and
analysis to crime
scene investigations,
demonstrating
proficiency in
forensic
entomological
techniques.

4 Evaluate the PSO R,U, An, F,C, P L -


significance of 5,6,7,8 Ap, E
entomological
evidence in legal
contexts, including
presenting findings
accurately and
effectively in written
reports and
courtroom testimony.

5 Critically assess PSO 7,8 R,U, An, F, C, P L -


current research and Ap, E, C
emerging
technologies in
forensic entomology,
demonstrating an
understanding of
ethical considerations
and potential

310
applications in
criminal
investigations.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs:

PSO PSO PSO PSO PS PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO PO
1 2 3 4 O5 6 7 8 7 8

CO 2 2 - - - - 3 - - 1 - - - --
1

CO 2 3 - - - - 3 -- 2 - - - -
2

CO 2 2 - - - - 3 - 1 - - - 2
3

CO - - - 2 - 3 3 - - - 1 2 2 - -
4

CO - - - - - - 3 3 - - - 2 2 2 2 2
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment/ Seminar Topics

1. Laboratory Rearing of Forensic Insects.


2. Collection of entomological evidence during death investigations.
3. Decomposition of carrion in aquatic environments.
4. Microbiomes of carrion and forensic insects.
5. Temperature tolerance of Necrophagous flies.

311
6. Chemical attraction and Communication in Forensically Important Insects.
7. Entomological Alteration of Blood stain Evidence.
8. Role of Forensic Entomology in Differentiating Antemortem and Postmortem
Injuries.
9. Forensic Entomotoxicology: Role of Drugs and Toxins in Insect Development.
10. Insect Evidence in Forensic Archaeology.
11. Forensic Entomology – in the Indian Forensic Science.
12. Case Studies – Forensic Entomology used in India for Crime investigation.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment (CCA)

1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Collection of any two forensically important insects
4. Identification and description of any two forensically important insects.
5. Test
6. Quiz
7. Debate on pros and cons of using forensic entomology in criminal investigation.

End Semester Evaluation (ESE)

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment/ CCA End Semester


Exam Seminar Examinations

CO 1 - ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 - ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 - - ✓ ✓

CO 4 - - - ✓

CO 5 - ✓ ✓ ✓

312
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK6DSEZOO304

Course Title Environmental Science IV- Green Technologies

Type of Course DSE

Semester VI

Academic Level 300-399

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week

4 4 hours - - 4

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course Summary Green technologies, also known as clean technologies or sustainable


technologies, encompass a range of innovations and practices aimed at reducing
environmental impact and promoting sustainability across various sectors of
society. A course on green technologies provides students with the knowledge
and skills necessary to understand, develop, and implement solutions to pressing
environmental challenges.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 60
hrs
Introduction to Green Technology 3
1.1 Introduction to Green Technologies: Concept of green technology. A brief 1
I account of the multidisciplinary approach.
1.2 Role of Green Technology: Role in environmental sustainability and mitigating 2
climate change. Brief description of the future of green technology.
Renewable Energy 21
2.1 Renewable Energy: Definition. Role in addressing climate change. Mention 2
sources of renewable energy (Renewable energy sources, including solar, wind,
hydroelectric, geothermal, and biomass energy).
2.2 Solar Energy Technology: Concept of solar energy generation, including 3
II photovoltaic (PV) systems, concentrating solar power (CSP), solar thermal
collectors, and their applications in residential, commercial, and industrial
settings.
2.3 Wind Energy Systems: Wind turbine technology, wind farm design, wind 3
resource assessment, and the integration of wind power into electricity grids.
Advantages and challenges associated with wind energy.

313
2.4 Hydropower Generation: Concept of hydropower generation. Conventional 3
hydroelectric dams, run-of-river hydro, and pumped storage hydro. Role in
providing reliable and renewable electricity.
2.5 Geothermal Energy: Definition. Geothermal energy extraction methods 3
(hydrothermal systems, enhanced geothermal systems (EGS), and geothermal
heat pumps). Applications for heating, cooling, and electricity generation.
2.6 Biomass and Bioenergy: Use of biomass resources - Wood, agricultural 3
residues, and organic waste, bioenergy production through processes like
combustion, gasification, and anaerobic digestion. Contribution to renewable
energy production and waste management.
Related activity: Quiz competition can be adapted for mode of learning,
Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a quiz team.
2.7 Emerging Green Technologies and Policies: Enhanced geothermal systems 4
(EGS), Green hydrogen and Marine energy. Policies and Organisations - Brief
account on the Energy policy of India, International Renewable Energy Agency
(IRENA), and Sustainable Energy for All (SEforALL).
Related activity: PowerPoint presentations by students can be adapted
for learning experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
Energy Efficiency, Energy Auditing and Sustainable Transportation 18
3.1 Energy Efficiency: Concept of reducing energy consumption and minimizing 4
waste. Brief account on building design and construction, energy-efficient
appliances and equipment, smart grids, and energy management systems.
Related activity: Poster presentation can be adapted for learning. Group
activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
3.2 Green Building and Infrastructure: Role in reducing energy consumption and 5
environmental footprint. Green building standards, materials, technologies, and
certification programs such as LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental
Design). Mention building energy efficiency strategies and measures for
improving energy efficiency in buildings (Passive design techniques, Energy-
efficient building materials, Building envelope improvements, and Smart
III building technologies).
3.3 Energy Audit: Concept of Energy Audit. Objectives of energy auditing 5
(Systematic evaluation of energy use, Identification of energy wastage, and
Recommendation of cost-effective measures to improve energy efficiency).
Energy Management Systems: A brief account of energy management systems
(ISO 50001). Types of Energy Audits: Walk-through audits, Preliminary audits,
Detailed audits, and Investment-grade audits. Steps in energy audit - Brief
accounts on Energy data collection and analysis- Energy efficiency measures:
Economic analysis. Mention energy audit tools and software.
Related activity: PowerPoint presentations by students can be adapted
for learning experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
3.4 Sustainable Transportation: Concept of sustainable transportation. Mention 4
the contribution of transportation to global greenhouse gas emissions.
Sustainable transportation solutions (Electric vehicles, Public transportation
systems, Bike-sharing programs, and Alternative fuels like biofuels and
hydrogen). A brief account of human health benefits of adopting sustainable
transportation methods.
Related activity: Debate can be adapted for learning.
IV Waste Management and Water Conservation 12

314
4.1 Waste Management and Recycling: Concept of sustainable waste 3
management. Strategies for reducing, recycling, and managing waste
(Composting, waste-to-energy technologies, and circular economy principles).
Mention extended producer Responsibility (EPR) and its role in sustainable
waste management.
Related activity: Quiz competition can be adapted for mode of learning,
Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a quiz team.
4.2 Water Conservation and Treatment: Concept of water conservation. A brief 2
account of sustainable treatment methods.
4.3 Technologies for Water Conservation: Technologies for conserving water 5
resources, improving water quality and treating wastewater. Water-efficient
appliances, Rainwater harvesting and Greywater recycling
Related activity: Awareness lecture and a Quiz competition for students
can be adapted, A Maximum of five students in a Quiz Team.
4.4 Advanced wastewater treatment methods 2
Related activity: Poster presentation can be adapted for learning. Group
activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.
Sustainable Agriculture and Farming Practices 6
5.1 Sustainable Agriculture: Concept of sustainable agriculture. Mention the 2
contribution of agriculture to environmental degradation and human health.
V
5.3 Sustainable Farming Practices: Sustainable farming practices to mitigate 4
environmental degradation. Methods of sustainable farming (Organic farming,
Green aquaculture, Agroecology, Permaculture, Precision agriculture, and
technologies for soil conservation and water management).
Activity: PowerPoint presentations by students can be adapted for the
learning experience, Group activity, Maximum 5 students in a group.

References
1. Aravindan S.R. (2020). Green Technologies for Sustainable Water Management,
McGraw Hill Education.
2. Marrianne Fox (2016). Green technology. Syrawood Publishing House.
3. Sanjay Kumar Kar (2020). Advances in Green Energy Systems and Smart Grid: First
International Conference on Intelligent Manufacturing and Internet of Things and 5th
International Conference on Computing for Sustainable Energy and Environment,
CRC Press.
4. Soli J. Arceivala (2017). Green Technologies. McGraw Hill Education, First Edition.
Suggestive Readings:
1. Michael Hall (2012). Green Technologies in Food Production and Processing,
Routledge.
2. Nilesh J. Vasa (2021). Green Technology Applications for Enterprise and Academic
Innovation, CRC Press.
3. Yingxu Wang (2017). Green Computing: Large-Scale Energy Efficiency, Publisher:
Wiley.
Web resources:
▪ GreenBiz: https://www.greenbiz.com
▪ Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): https://www.epa.gov/green-technology
▪ United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP):
https://www.unep.org/greeneconomy

315
▪ National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL):
https://www.nrel.gov/research/green-technology.html
▪ Green Technology: https://www.greentechnologyinfo.com/
▪ Clean Energy Institute: https://www.cei.washington.edu/research/green-technologies/
▪ Sustainable Development Technology Canada (SDTC): https://www.sdtc.ca/en/
▪ Green Technology Forum: https://greentechforum.org/

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will Cognitive PSO
be able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Impart a foundational understanding of sustainable R, U 1, 7


technologies and their applications in addressing
environmental challenges.

CO-2 Gain a comprehensive understanding of various U, An 1, 7


renewable energy sources and their applications.

CO3 Develop expertise in energy efficiency practices, U, Ap, An 1, 2, 7


energy auditing techniques, and sustainable
transportation solutions to address environmental
challenges, enhance resource conservation, and
promote sustainable development.

CO4 Acquire comprehensive knowledge and practical skills U, Ap, An 1, 2, 7


in waste management strategies and water conservation
techniques to mitigate environmental pollution,
promote resource efficiency, and contribute to
sustainable development goals.

CO5 Gain a comprehensive understanding of sustainable R, U, An 1, 7


agriculture and farming practices.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Environmental Science IV- Green Technologies
Credits: 4:0:0 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PS Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. O Level Category (L)/Tuto (P)
rial (T)

1. To impart a foundational PO-6, R, U F, C L -


understanding of sustainable 8/ PSO-
technologies and their 1, 7

316
applications in addressing
environmental challenges.

2. Gain a comprehensive PO-2, U, An C L -


understanding of various 6, 8/
renewable energy sources and PSO- 1,
their applications. 7

3. Develop expertise in energy PO-2, U, Ap, An C L -


efficiency practices, energy 6, 8/
auditing techniques, and PSO- 1,
sustainable transportation 2, 7
solutions to address
environmental challenges,
enhance resource
conservation, and promote
sustainable development.

4. Acquire comprehensive PO-2, U, Ap, An F, C L -


knowledge and skills in waste 6,8/
management strategies and PSO- 1,
water conservation 2, 7
techniques to mitigate
environmental pollution,
promote resource efficiency,
and contribute to sustainable
development goals.

5 Gain a comprehensive PO-6, R, U, An F, C L -


understanding of sustainable 8/ PSO-
agriculture and farming 1, 7
practices.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 - - - - - 1 - - - - - 2 - 2
CO 1

1 - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 2 - 2
CO 2

1 2 - - - - 1 - 2 - - - 2 - 1
CO 3

317
1 2 - - - - 1 - 1 - - - 2 - 1
CO 4

1 - - - - - 1 - - - - - 2 - 2
CO 5

Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment topics (Any two)
1. Technological innovations in solar energy systems.
2. Community engagement strategies for promoting sustainable transportation practices.
3. Biomimicry: Learning from nature for sustainable design.
4. Urban planning for sustainable cities and communities.
5. Designing a comprehensive waste management plan for a residential community.
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Tests
4. PowerPoint presentation
5. Poster presentation
6. Quiz/Debate/Discussion
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions

318
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Exam Assignment Project End Semester


Evaluation Examinations

CO 1 ✓ - - ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ - ✓

CO 5 ✓ - - ✓

319
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK6SECZOO301
Course Title Ornamental Fish Production and Aquarium Management
Type of Course SEC
Semester VI
Academic 300 - 399
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
3 2 hours - 2 hours 4
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course The present course will equip the student to gain practical skills and
Summary theoretical knowledge in ornamental fishkeeping, aquarium design and
maintenance, breeding techniques, disease management, and the
commercial aspects of the ornamental fish trade, preparing them for
careers in aquaculture, pet industry, and related fields. Students develop a
holistic understanding of maintaining healthy aquarium ecosystems,
breeding ornamental fishes responsibly, managing diseases, and engaging
in sustainable practices in the ornamental fish trade.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 30 hrs
Introduction to Ornamental fishes 9
1.1 Ornamental fishes- Scope and Importance, Major freshwater ornamental 4
fish species of India-Indigenous (Puntius filamentosus. The Denison Barb-
I
Sahyadria denisonii (Miss Kerala), Horabagrus brachysoma, and exotic
species- Guppy (Poecilia reticulata), Gold fish (Carassius auratus), Angel
fish (Pterophyllum spp.) (Brief account only).

320
1.2 Morphology of Ornamental fishes with special emphasis to sexual 2
dimorphism- Poecilia reticulata (Guppy), Siamese fighting fish (Betta
splendens), Sword tail (Xiphophorus hellerii).
1.3 2
Marine Ornamental Fishes- Blue damsel (Chrysiptera cyanea), Clown fish
(Amphiprion ocellaris), Sea horse (Syngnathus hippocampus), Porcupine
fish (Diodon hystrix). (Brief description)
1.4 Transgenic ornamental fishes- Examples; Glofish; benefits and risks, 1
(Brief account).
Setting up of a freshwater Aquarium 7
2.1 Introduction to aquarium; design and construction of a beginner’s 4
freshwater aquarium. Aquarium floor settings-type and size of pebbles,
gravels, granites; Aquarium accessories - aerator, diffuser, filters-
II (biological, chemical and mechanical), lighting, and feeding trays.
Common aquarium plants (Brief account only).
2.2 Aquarium system - Optimum water quality (temperature, pH, dissolved 3
carbon dioxide, ammonia, hardness and turbidity), for tropical aquarium
fish keeping. Maintenance and control of snails and algal growth.
Breeding, Rearing and Nutrition 7
3.1 Breeding and rearing of common freshwater ornamental fishes with 5
special reference to live bearers (Guppies and Mollies) and egg bearers
III
(Tetras and Barbs), induced breeding and brood stock management (Short
description).
3.3 Food and feeding in ornamental fishes. Different kinds of feeds- 2
formulated feed and live feed (Artemia, Infusoria)
Diseases of Ornamental Fishes and their control 4
IV 4.1 Common disease of ornamental aquarium fishes -viral, bacterial, fungal, 4
protozoan and parasitic -Two examples each with its symptom, treatment
and prophylaxis (brief account only).
Ornamental Fish Trade: Regulations and Challenges 3
5.1 Regulations in ornamental fish trade in India (CITES). Trade license 1
issuing authority (Indian Scenario). Green certification.
V
5.2 Funding and trade supporting organisations: MPEDA, CIFA, CIFRI, 2
NFDB, NBFGR, CMFRI, NABARD, CBD, CIBA, MATSYAFED,
KAVIL, FIRMA, Dept of Fisheries and other NGOs. (Brief description
only). Entrepreneurship in Ornamental fish culture.

321
References:
1. Ahilan B, Felix N and Santhanam R (2008). Text book of aquaculture. Daya Publishing
House, New Delhi.
2. Anshuman D Dholakia (2016) Ornamental Fish culture and Aquarium Management,
Astral, Daya Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. Archana Sinha (2021) Breeding and culture of Freshwater Ornamental fishes, New
India Publishing Agency, Vikas Surya Plaza, New Delhi.
4. Biswas. S.P, Das J N, Sarkar U K and Lakra W.S (2007) Ornamental fishes of North
East India: An Atlas: NBFGR
5. Dey V.K.A (1997). A handbook on aquafarming ornamental fishes. MPEDA, Kochi.
Mother Teresa Women’s University, Kodaikanal – 624 101.
6. Dholakia, A D (2009) Ornamental fish Culture and Aquarium Management. Daya
Publishing House, Delhi, 313pp.
7. Jhingran, V G (1982) Fish and Fisheries of India. Hindustan Publishing Corporation,
New Delhi.
8. MPEDA -Living Jewels – A handbook on freshwater ornamental fish, (1990) CIBA
library, Chennai.
9. Mukherjee S N, Nanware S S and H S Jagtap (2018) Practical Manual of Pisciculture
and aquarium keeping, Daya Publishing House, New Delhi.
10. Mandal S C and Pandey P K(2022), Biology of Freshwater Ornamental Fishes of India,
Narendra Publishing House, New Delhi.
11. Santhanam, R. and A. Srinivasan (1994). A Manual of Marine Zooplankton. Oxford
and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
12. Swain SK, Sarangi N and Ayyappan S (2010). Ornamental fish farming. ICAR, New
Delhi.

Web resources
▪ https://www.aquariumcoop.com/blogs/aquarium/how-to-set-up-a-fish-tank
▪ ornamentalfish.org
▪ https://ccari.icar.gov.in/Technical%20Bulletin%20No.%2069.pdf
▪ http://ecoursesonline.iasri.res.in/course/view.php?id=297
▪ https://www.ofish.org/
▪ https://krishijagran.com/agripedia/income-generation-by-ornamental-fish- culture/
▪ https://99businessideas.com/ornamental-fish-farming/

Practicum (30 hrs)

Sl. Contents
No.
Setting up of a freshwater aquarium - Design and construct a small home aquarium using
appropriate materials and equipment.
OR
Set up breeding tanks for livebearer species such as Guppies and Mollies and egg-laying
1. species like Tetras and Danios. Monitor water parameters and document breeding
behaviour. (Videos/ Images).
2. Culture of live feed- Infusorians/ Brine shrimp (Any one)
OR
Artificial feed formulation
3. Identification of common diseases and parasites of freshwater Ornamental fishes (Any two)

322
OR
Identification of aquarium accessories and its applications.
Visit to a recognised aquarium (Freshwater/Marine) Identify and describe any three
4. common aquarium plants suitable for different types of aquarium setups and submit a report
with geotagged photos.
OR
Visit to any Ornamental fish farm/hatchery and submit a report with geotagged photos.
6. Identify, classify and describe aquarium fishes with photos (any four).
OR
Study the morphology of different ornamental fish species by examining live specimens or
detailed images. Focus on identifying sexual dimorphism in species like Guppy, Betta
splendens, and Swordtail. Submit the report with photos.

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO1 Understand the major freshwater and marine U, R PSO-1,


ornamental fish species, principles of sexual PSO1,
dimorphism, and evaluate the benefits and risks PSO3
associated with transgenic ornamental fishes.

CO2 Create the knowledge and skills necessary to design, R, U PSO5,


construct, and maintain a beginner's freshwater PSO6
aquarium effectively including appropriate aquarium
floor settings, accessories and understand their roles in
ensuring optimal water quality and a healthy aquatic
environment for tropical aquarium fish.

CO 3 Understand the necessary expertise to design, set up, U, A PSO1,


and maintain a vibrant and thriving beginner's PSO 6
freshwater aquarium, fostering a deeper appreciation
for aquatic life and ecosystem dynamics.

CO4 Understand the breeding and rearing techniques of An, R PSO1,


common freshwater ornamental fishes, with a special PSO2,
focus on livebearers, egg bearers, induced breeding PSO8
methods, broodstock management, and hybridization
techniques.

CO5 Equipped with the knowledge and skills necessary to An, E PSO2,
effectively breed, rear, and manage common PSO5

323
freshwater ornamental fishes, contributing to the
sustainability and diversity of the ornamental fish
industry.

CO6 Analyse a comprehensive understanding of ornamental An, C PSO 4


fish trade, encompassing their diversity, morphology,
habitat preferences, including disease management,
regulatory frameworks, sustainability practices, and
the role of various stakeholders in promoting a thriving
and responsible industry.

CO7 Develop practical skills in breeding techniques, disease Ap, E PSO5,


management, and responsible ownership practices, PSO6
while also gaining insights into emerging trends and
ethical considerations within the ornamental fish
industry.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Ornamental Fish production and Aquarium management
Credits: 2:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)
CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical
No. Level Category (L)/Tuto (P)
rial (T)

1. Understand the major PO-1, U, R F, C L P


freshwater and marine PSO1,
ornamental fish species, PSO3
principles of sexual
dimorphism, and evaluate the
benefits and risks associated
with transgenic ornamental
fishes.

2. Create the knowledge and PO1, R, U P L P


skills necessary to design, PO3/PO6
construct, and maintain a /PSO5/
beginner's freshwater PSO6
aquarium effectively
including appropriate
aquarium floor settings,
accessories and understand
their roles in ensuring optimal
water quality and a healthy
aquatic environment for

324
tropical aquarium fish.

3. Understand the necessary PO1, U, A P L P


expertise to design, set up, PO6,
and maintain a vibrant and PSO1
thriving beginner's freshwater
aquarium, fostering a deeper
appreciation for aquatic life
and ecosystem dynamics.

4. Understand the breeding and PO1, An, R P L P


rearing techniques of PO2,
common freshwater PO6
ornamental fishes, with a
special focus on livebearers,
egg bearers, induced breeding
methods, broodstock
management, and
hybridization techniques.

5. Equipped with the knowledge PO6, An, E P L P


and skills necessary to PO8/PSO
effectively breed, rear, and 5
manage common freshwater
ornamental fishes,
contributing to the
sustainability and diversity of
the ornamental fish industry.

6. Analyse a comprehensive PO1, An, C P, F L P


understanding of ornamental PO6,
fish trade, encompassing their PO8
diversity, morphology,
habitat preferences, including
disease management,
regulatory frameworks,
sustainability practices, and
the role of various
stakeholders in promoting a
thriving and responsible
industry.

7. Develop practical skills in PO6, Ap, E C, P L P


breeding techniques, disease PO8/

325
management, and responsible PSO5,
ownership practices, while PSO6
also gaining insights into
emerging trends and ethical
considerations within the
ornamental fish industry.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO PSO P PO PO PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8
1 2 3 4 5 6 O1 2 3

CO 1 3 - 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO 2 - - - - 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO 3 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -

CO 4 2 3 - - - - - - - - - - - 2

CO 5 - 1 - - 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO 6 - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 7 - - - - 2 3 - - - - - - - -

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ Seminar topics

1. Biology of any three Freshwater Ornamental fishes


2. Biology of any three Marine Ornamental fishes

326
3. Biology of Exotic ornamental fishes (Any Three)
4. Aquarium floor settings and accessories
5. Design and construction of aquarium
6. Induced breeding
7. Transgenic fishes- Risk and Benefits
8. Ornamental fish trade in India-Scope and Challenges
9. Diseases of Ornamental fishes
10. Funding and trade supporting organisations: (MPEDA, CMFRI, NABARD, CBD,
CIBA, MATSYAFED, KAVIL).
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz/ Debate
2. Seminars
3. Assignment
4. Test
5. Submission of report
End Semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

CO 6 ✓

327
SEMESTER VII

University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK7DSCZOO401
Course Title Instrumentation and Biological Techniques
Type of Course DSC
Semester VII
Academic 400 - 499
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course is designed to impart a strong background on the basic concepts
Summary as well as the recent advances in the field of instrumentation and
biomedical techniques. The course modules focus on microscopy
(Fundamental principle & types), separation techniques (Electrophoresis,
chromatography, centrifugation), molecular structure elucidation
techniques (Spectroscopy & X-ray crystallography), biomedical techniques
and recent advances in informatics.
Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
Microscopy 10
1.1 Microscopy – Principle of microscopy, magnification, resolving power
and numerical aperture. 2

1.2 Types of microscopes: Bright field microscope, Dark field microscope,


Phase contrast microscope, fluorescent microscope, Stereomicroscope,
I Confocal microscope, Differential Interference contrast microscope (DIC), 8
Polarised microscope, SEM, TEM, Atomic Force Microscope (AFM),

328
Environmental Scanning Electron Microscope, Confocal Laser Scanning
Microscope.
(Brief description on the design, Principle and uses only)
Separation Techniques 14
2.1 Electrophoresis: Electrophoretic mobility (EPM), Factors affecting 4
EPM, Principle and applications of Zone electrophoresis (Paper, Gel, Thin
Layer, Cellulose Acetate), Moving boundary electrophoresis (Capillary,
Isoelectrophoresis, Immuno Electrophoresis), PAGE.
II
2.2 Chromatography: Partition and Adsorption Chromatography, Paper and 6
Thin layer chromatography, Gel filtration chromatography, Ion-exchange
and Affinity chromatography.
Brief description of GLC, HPLC, UPLC, FPLC and LC-MS.
2.3 Centrifugation: Principle, Refrigerated high speed centrifuge, Preparative 4
centrifuge, Analytical centrifuge, Ultracentrifuge, Dual Asymmetric
Centrifuge (DAC), and their applications.
Techniques for Macromolecular Structure Elucidation 8
3.1 Spectroscopy - Only the basic principle, Instrumental Design, Methods & 5
Applications of UV–Visible spectroscopy, Beer-Lambert's law; IR &
Raman spectroscopy, FT-IR, Attenuated Total Reflectance (ATR), Near
III Infra-Red Spectroscopy (NIR), Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS),
Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS), Inductively
Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy (ICP-AES).
3.2 X –ray crystallography: Principle and application in molecular structure 3
determination and research.
Biomedical Techniques 8
4.1 Principle and applications of Angiography, Endoscopy, Fluoroscopy, 3
Medical utility of X-ray imaging, Xeroradiography, Mammography,
IV Myelography.
4.2 Scanning - Ultra sound scanning, CT Scanning, PET, MRI, fMRI. 2.5
4.3 PCR, RT PCR. 1
4.4 Blotting- Southern, Western, Northern. 1.5
Recent Approaches in Informatics 5
V 5.1 Brief description of Artificial Intelligence (AI), Machine learning, Cloud
computing, High performance computing (HPC), Cyber security.
References
1. Alonso, A. and Arrondo, J. L. R. (2006). Advanced techniques in Biophysics.
SpringerVerlag.
2. Baker, E. J. and Silverton, R. E. (1978). Introduction to Medical Laboratory
Technology, ELBS.
3. Gupta, A. (2009).Instrumentation and Bio-analytical techniques. PragatiPrakashan,
Meerut
4. Chary, K. V. R. &Govil, G. (2008) NMR in Biological Systems. From Molecules to
Human. Springer.

329
5. Drenth, J. (2010) Principles of Protein X-ray Crystallography, Springer
6. Marck, C., Leake (2016). Biophysics; Tools and techniques, CRC Press, Taylor &
Francis group.
7. Sandhu, G. S. (1990). Research Techniques in Biological Sciences, Anmol
Publications, NewDelhi.
8. Slayter, E. M. (1970). Optical methods in biology. Wiley Interscience.
9. Boobeck. J R (Ed), “Best and Taylor’s Physiological basis of Medical Practice”, The
Williams & Wilkins Co.
10. F.R. Hallett, J.L. Hunt, E.L. McFarland G.H. Renninger, R.H. Stinson and D.E.
Sullivan Physics for the Biological Sciences 3rd and 4th Ed.
11. Lakowicz, J. R. (2006) Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy. 3rd edition. Springer
12. Banwell, C N. and McCash, E. M. (1994) Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy.
4th Edition, McGraw-Hill.
13. Hollas, J. M. (2004) Modern Spectroscopy. 4th Edition. Wiley.
14. Campbell, I. D. &Dwek R. A. (1984) Biological Spectroscopy. Addison-Wesley.
15. Model, M. L. (2009) Bioinformatics Programming using Python. O’Reilly.
16. Stevens, T. J. and Boucher, W. (2015) Python Programming for Biology Bioinformatics
and Beyond. Cambridge University Press.
Web resources
▪ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov
▪ https://microbenotes.com
▪ https://sist.sathyabama.ac.in

Practicum (30 hrs)


Sl Contents - Any six only
No:
1 Measurement of pH of soil and water samples using pH meter
2 Measurement of microscopic objects using micrometer
3 Serum separation using centrifugation
4 Separation of DNA by agarose gel electrophoresis (Demonstration only)
5 Extractions of nucleic acids from gels (Demonstration only)
6 SDS-PAGE of protein (Demonstration only)

330
7 Acid – Base titration using pH meter and Determine the pK values: - Strong
acid Vs Strong base, Weak acid Vs Strong base, Mixture of Strong and Weak
acid Vs Strong base
8 Separation of amino acids using paper/ Thin layer chromatography- Estimate
their Rf value
9 Determine the pH titration curve of amino acids & calculate the pKa values
10 Visit any Instrumentation facility ( clif Kerala university/CEPCI/ RGCB etc.)
and submit report
11 Visit to Medical Imaging centres and demonstration of CT Scan, MRI,
Ultrasonography, Angiography etc.
12 Sketching of biological specimens using Camera Lucida
References
1. Plummer, D. T. (1987) Introduction to Practical Biochemistry. 3rd edition. McGraw-
Hill Publishing Co.
2. Holtzhauer, M. (2006) Basic Methods for the Biochemical Lab. 1st English edition.
Springer
3. Weaver, R. (2011) Molecular Biology. 5th edition. McGraw-Hill Education
4. Green, M. R. and Sambrook, J. (2012) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 4th
edition. CSHL Press.
5. Holtzhauer, M. (2006) Basic Methods for the Biochemical Lab. 1st English edition.
Springer.
6. Nadeau, J. L. (2015) Introduction to Experimental Biophysics. CRC Press.
Web resources
▪ https://sist.sathyabama.ac.in /
▪ https://www.researchgate.net /

Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to addressed
Level

CO-1 Understand the fundamental principles, the basic R, U, Ap, PSO-


concepts of microscopy and identify the types of An, C 1,2,4,5
microscopes to be used in solving research problem of
interest

CO-2 Analyse the principle and concepts of electrophoresis, U, An PSO-


chromatography and centrifugation. 2,3,4,5

331
CO-3 Apply the types of separation techniques and reflect U, Ap, An PSO-
their role in academic and industrial research. 1,2,3,4

CO-4 Understand and compare the applications of An, E, C PSO-1,4,5


Spectroscopy and X ray crystallography as molecular
structure elucidation tools and choose suitable research
methodology.

CO-5 Analyse the suitability of biomedical techniques in U, Ap, An PSO-4,5


disease diagnosis and evaluate their importance.

CO-6 Appreciate the recent trends in informatics. Ap, An, E PSO-5

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create


Name of the Course: Instrumentation and Biological techniques
Credit: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/P Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. SO Level Category (L)/Tuto (P)
rial (T)

CO-1 Understand the PSO- R, U, Ap, An, F, C, P, M L P


fundamental 1,2,4, C
principles, the basic 5
concepts of
microscopy and
identify the types of
microscopes to be
used in solving
research problem of
interest

CO-2 Analyse the principle PSO- U, An C, P, M L P


and concepts of 2,3,4,
electrophoresis, 5
chromatography and
centrifugation.

CO-3 Apply the types of PSO- U, Ap, An C, P, L P


separation techniques 1,2,3,
and reflect their role 4
in academic and

332
industrial research.

CO-4 Analyse the suitability PSO- An, E, C C,P, M L P


of biomedical 1,4,5
techniques in disease
diagnosis and evaluate
their importance.

CO-5 Analyse the suitability PSO- U, Ap, An C, M L P


of biomedical 4,5
techniques in disease
diagnosis and evaluate
their importance.

CO-6 Appreciate the recent PSO-5 Ap, An, E C, M L


trends in informatics.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PSO2 PS PS PSO PSO PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO PO
O O3 O4 7 7 8
5 6
1

C 3 3 - 2 3 - 2 3 3 2 1 3 1 -
O
1

C - 3 - 3 2 - 1 3 2 2 1 3 1 1
O
2

C 2 2 3 3 - - 2 3 3 3 1 2 1 -
O
3

C 3 - - 3 2 - 1 3 2 1 1 3 - -
O
4

C - - - - 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 1 2 -
O
5

333
C - - - - - 3 1 3 3 1 2 2 3 3
O
6

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation
- Nil

1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Suggested Topics for Assignment/ Seminar

1. X-ray diffraction (XRD)


2. Basic concepts in medical instrumentation
3. Electron guns in electron microscope
4. Total Internal Fluorescence Microscope (TIRF)
5. Field emission SEM
6. Tungsten filament SEM
7. Types of SEM detectors- BSE, EDS and SED detectors
8. Photoactivated Localisation Microscopy (PALM)
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment
1. Quiz
2. Assignment
3. Internal exam
4. Field report
5. Project report

End Semester assessment


1. Multiple choice questions
2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay questions
5. Practical examination

334
Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics:

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

CO 6 ✓

335
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY

Course Code UK7DSCZOO402

Course Title Omics and Bioinformatics

Type of Course DSC

Semester VII

Academic Level 400 - 499

Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total


per week Hours/Week
per week per week

4 3 hours - 2 hours 5

Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII

Course Summary This course comprehensively explores genomics, transcriptomics, proteomics,


metabolomics, and bioinformatics, covering techniques such as genome mapping,
gene expression analysis, protein identification, metabolite profiling, and
computational biology tools. Students will learn about the applications of these
omics technologies in disease research, drug discovery, agricultural studies, and
evolutionary biology. The course also emphasises data analysis methods,
bioinformatics tools, and challenges in utilising omics data for biological insights
and personalised medicine.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
Genomics 9
1.1 Genome mapping types: Genetic and physical maps, methods and techniques used 2
for genetic mapping, physical mapping, the FISH technique in gene mapping, and
comparative gene mapping.
I 1.2 Genome Sequencing Projects and Genomic Techniques and Tools: Human 2
Genome Project, genome sequencing projects for microbes, plants and animals
(The Earth Microbiome Project, The International Rice Genome Sequencing
Project, The Genome 10K Project).

1.3 Vectors for large-scale genome projects, Clone by-clone strategy, shotgun 1
sequencing, Next Generation Sequencing technologies.

336
1.4 File formats, Basic pipeline for data analysis Comparative genomics 2
Identification and classification of organisms using molecular markers- 16S
rRNA typing/ sequencing, SNPs.
1.5 Data repositories and databases, accessing and retrieving genome project 2
information from the web.
Transcriptomics 9
2.1 Understanding gene expression, differential expression analysis, technologies 1.5
used microarrays, and next-generation sequencing (NGS).
2.2 Tools are available for pathways analysis, gene ontology, hypergeometric 2
enrichment analysis, biogenesis, and the characteristics and analysis of small
II RNAs like microRNAs and phasiRNAs.
2.3 Analysis of long non-coding RNAs, Target prediction and functional prediction 1.5
for small RNAs and lncRNAs.
2.4 Applications of transcriptomics in disease research, drug discovery, and 2
agricultural research.
2.5 Comparative transcriptomics and its use in Evolutionary biology, Challenge and 2
prospects of transcriptomics.
Proteomics 9
3.1 Identifying and analysing proteins by 2D gel electrophoresis, Isoelectric focusing, 2
Spot visualisation and picking, Tryptic digestion of protein and peptide
fingerprinting, Mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF), Chromatography (LC and
GC).
3.2 Functional proteomics- interactions, activities, and localisation in the cell, as well 2
as the networks and pathways in which they are involved.
III 3.3 Structural proteomics 3D structure of protein determination by NMR and X-ray 2
crystallography; Interaction proteomics -interactions between proteins to
understand the complex networks in which they operate.
3.4 Application ofproteomicsin disease diagnosis and prognosis, drug discoveries, 2
basic biological research (understanding cell processes at the protein level), and
Agriculture (enhancing stress resistance, nutritional value, and other traits).
3.5 Comparative and integrative proteomics, proteome databases, software packages 1
and tools. Challenges and prospects of proteomics.
Metabolomics 9
4.1 Metabolite profiling, identifying and quantifying small molecules (< 1kD). 2
Metabolite profiling using MS, NMR, LC, GC.
4.2 Types of metabolites, targeted vs untargeted metabolites. 1
IV 4.3 Data analysis, pre-processing, statistical analysis, metabolic pathway analysis. 1
4.4 Applications of metabolomics in Biomarker discovery, Drug development, 3
nutritional studies, environmental toxicology, and plant breeding.
4.5 Five data analysis tools and repositories, data formats and critical challenges and 2
prospects of Metabolomics.
Bioinformatics 9
5.1 Overview of bioinformatics and its applications. Systems biology approaches 2
V and modelling. Multi-omics, Integration of omics data for biological insights

337
5.2 Brief overview of computational biology Introduction to machine learning 2
algorithms- Application of data mining techniques in bioinformatics
5.3 Biological databases, their purpose, primary,secondary, and curated database 2
types with examples, Pairwise and multiple sequence analysis, BLAST,
CLUSTAL, FASTA file format.
5.4 Construction of rooted and unrooted phylogenetic trees. Tools and software used 1
in phylogenetic analyses.
5.5 Computational approaches to drug discovery and design (Molecular Docking, 2
MD simulation). Pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine.
References:
1. Bagchi D., Swaroop A., (2015),. Bagchi M Genomics, Proteomics and Metabolomics
in Nutraceuticals and Functional Foods Wiley Blackwell. ISBN:9781118930427
2. Barh D, Azevedo V, (2017) Omics Technologies and Bio-engineering: Towards
Improving Quality of Life, Academic Press
3. Barh D., Zambare V., Azevedo V (2013),Omics: Applications in Biomedical,
Agricultural, and Environmental Sciences CRC Press. Taylor and Francis Group.
ISBN 9781138074750
4. Berna et al. (2014) Nutrigenetics and nutrigenomics insights into diabetes
etiopathogenesis. Nutrients.
5. Brown Garland T.A. (2006) Genomes, Science, 3rd Edition,
6. Brown TA, (2006) Genomes, 3rd Edition. Garland Science
7. Campbell AM &Heyer LJ (2007), Discovering Genomics, Proteomics and
Bioinformatics, 2nd Edition. Benjamin Cummings
8. Campbell, A. M., & Heyer, L. J. (2003). Discovering Genomics, Proteomics, and
Bioinformatics. San Francisco: Benjamin Cummings.
9. Drake et al.(2011) Challenges to developing proteomic-based breast cancer
diagnostics. OMICS.
10. Glick BR & Pasternak JJ, (1998) Molecular Biotechnology, 3rd Edition, ASM Press,.
11. Liebler, D. C. (2002). Introduction to Proteomics: Tools for the New Biology.
Totowa, NJ: Humana Press.
12. Malone et al. (2011) Microarrays, deep sequencing and the true measure of the
transcriptome. BMC Biology.
13. Mayer, B. (2011), Bioinformatics for omics data: methods and protocols, New York:
Humana Press. ISBN 978-1617790270
14. Primrose S &Twyman R, (2006) Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics, 7th
Edition, Blackwell,.
15. Primrose, S. B., Twyman, R. M., Primrose, S. B., & Primrose, S. B. (2006) Principles
of Gene Manipulation and Genomics. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub.
16. Robert Weaver (2012)., Molecular Biology, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill,
17. Sethi et al. (2015) Approaches for targeted proteomics and its potential
applications in neuroscience. J. Biosci.
18. Trifonova et al. (2013) Postgenomics diagnostics: metabolomics approaches to
human blood profiling. OMICS.

338
19. Twyman, R(2013). Principles of Proteomics Garland Science, ISBN: 978-
0815344728
20. Voet D, Voet JG & Pratt CW, (2006) Fundamentals of Biochemistry, 2nd Edition.
Wiley
21. Wilson and Wilsons (2014). Applications of Advances Omics Technologies: from
Genes to Metabolites Elsevier. ISBN: 9780444626509
22. Wittmann, C, Lee SY, (2012) Systems metabolic engineering, Springer Science &
Business Media
Practicum (30 hrs)
Sl No Contents

1 Familiarising the Databases-National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI),


Protein Database (PDB), EMBL, DDBJ, OMIM, KEGG.
2 Access and retrieve genomic information from public databases like NCBI to study the
genome of a specific organism.

3 Visualize biomolecules (DNA, RNA, Protein) using software (Rasmol and PyMol)

4 Sequence similarity search using NCBI- BLAST.

5 Edit the sequence data using BIOEDIT software.

6 Pairwise and Multiple sequence alignment of DNA and protein sequences using Crustal
W/ MEGA.
7 Construction of Phylogenetic tree using MEGA.

8 Downloading and visualisation of the 3-D structure of Protein using PDB.

9 Explore the available MS / NMR spectrum to profile and quantify small molecules in
biological samples.

10 Visit to Bioinformatic Research Institutions/Labs

References:
1. Barh D, Azevedo V, (2017) Omics Technologies and Bio-engineering: Towards
Improving Quality of Life, Academic Press
2. Barh D., Zambare V., Azevedo V (2013), Omics: Applications in Biomedical,
Agricultural, and Environmental Sciences CRC Press. Taylor and Francis Group.
ISBN 9781138074750
3. Mayer, B. (2011), Bioinformatics for omics data: methods and protocols, New York:
Humana Press. ISBN 978-1617790270
4. Voet D, Voet JG & Pratt CW, (2006) Fundamentals of Biochemistry, 2nd Edition.
Wiley
Web resources:
▪ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/
▪ https://www.rcsb.org/
▪ https://www.embl.org/
339
▪ https://www.ddbj.nig.ac.jp/index-e.html
▪ https://www.omim.org/
▪ https://www.genome.jp/kegg/
▪ http://www.openrasmol.org/
▪ https://pymol.org/
▪ https://bioedit.software.informer.com/
▪ https://blast.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/Blast.cgi
▪ https://mega.io/
▪ https://vlab.amrita.edu/?sub=3&brch=311
Suggested assessment Methods
● Group Debates
● Case studies
● Virtual Field Trips
● Collaborative Problem solving
● Interactive Presentations
● Guest Speakers

Field Activities:
● Visit startups in the omics and bioinformatics field.
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course, the graduate will Cognitive PSO
be able to Level addressed

CO-1 Understand the principles and techniques of U, R, An 4,5,7


genomics, including genome mapping, sequencing
projects, and comparative genomics, to analyse
genetic information and study evolutionary
relationships.

CO-2 Gain proficiency in transcriptomics, including gene U,R, An 4,5,7


expression analysis, technologies like microarrays and
NGS, and tools for pathway analysis and functional
prediction, as well as applications in disease research,
drug discovery, and evolutionary biology.

CO-3 Develop expertise in proteomics, covering protein AP, An,E 4,5,7


separations, quantitative proteomics, mass
spectrometry, and structural proteomics, to study
protein interactions and cellular processes and their
implications for disease diagnosis, drug development,
and agriculture.

CO-4 Acquire knowledge in metabolomics, including AP, An, E 4,5,7


metabolite profiling, data analysis techniques, and

340
applications in biomarker discovery, drug
development, and environmental studies, to
understand metabolic pathways and their roles in
biological systems.

CO-5 Master bioinformatics principles and applications, U, AP,An 4,5,7


encompassing omics technologies, systems biology,
computational drug discovery, and personalised
medicine, to integrate and analyse biological data for
insights into complex biological processes and
personalized healthcare.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Omics and Bioinformatics
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

1 Understand the PO5,6,7, U, R, An C, P, M L P


principles and 8/PSO4,
techniques of 5,7
genomics,
including
genome
mapping,
sequencing
projects, and
comparative
genomics, to
analyze genetic
information and
study
evolutionary
relationships.

2 Gain PO5,6,7, U,R, An C, P, M L P


proficiency in 8/PSO
transcriptomics, 4,5,7
including gene
expression

341
analysis,
technologies
like microarrays
and NGS, and
tools for
pathway
analysis and
functional
prediction, for
applications in
disease
research, drug
discovery, and
evolutionary
biology.

3 Develop PO5,6,7, AP, An,E C, P, M L P


expertise in 8/PSO
proteomics, 4,5,7
covering protein
separations,
quantitative
proteomics,
mass
spectrometry,
and structural
proteomics, to
study protein
interactions and
cellular
processes and
their
implications for
disease
diagnosis, drug
development,
and agriculture.

4 Acquire PO5,6,7, AP, An, E C, P, M L P


knowledge in 8/PSO
metabolomics, 4,5,7
including

342
metabolite
profiling, data
analysis
techniques, and
applications in
biomarker
discovery, drug
development,
and
environmental
studies, to
understand
metabolic
pathways and
their roles in
biological
systems.

5 Master PO5,6,7, U, AP, An F, C, P L P


bioinformatics 8/PSO
principles and 4,5,7
applications,
encompassing
omics
technologies,
systems
biology,
computational
drug discovery,
and
personalised
medicine, to
integrate and
analyse
biological data
for insights into
complex
biological
processes and
personalized
healthcare.

F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

343
Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO - - - 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 3 3
1

CO - - - 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 3 3
2

CO - - - 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 3 3
3

CO - - - 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 3 3 3
4

CO - - - 3 3 - 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3
5

Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Assignments:
1. Human Genome Project
2. The Earth Microbiome Project,
3. The International Rice Genome Sequencing Project,
4. The Genome 10K Project
5. Next-generation sequencing Technologies
6. Multi-Omics
7. Comparative transcriptomics
8. Vectors for large-scale genome projects
9. Comparative and integrative proteomics
10. Integration of omics data
11. Biological Database
Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

344
1. Assignment
2. Seminar
3. Submission of Reports
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz
7. Debate
8. Poster preparation & presentation
End semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Type Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Practical Examination
6. Viva voce

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics :

Internal Assignment CCA End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓

345
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK7DSCZOO403
Course Title Systematics and Phylogenetics

Type of Course DSC


Semester VII
Academic 400 - 499
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
This course will provide a framework for understanding the diversity of
species and their inter- relatedness. Students will learn about the process
Course
of systematics in describing, classifying and identifying the diversity of
Summary
life and acquire the skills required to analyse DNA sequences in a
phylogenetic context.
Detailed Syllabus

45
Module Unit Content
hrs

Basic Concepts 7

Systematics and Taxonomy – Definition, Historical perspective


1.1 - Pre-Linnaean, Linnaean and Post –Linnaean taxonomy.
3
Basic principles- Micro, Macro and Integrative taxonomy.
I
Levels of taxonomy- Alpha, Beta and Gamma taxonomy.

1.2 Hierarchy of categories and higher taxa. 1

1.3 Species and types of species (sibling species, cryptic species,


2
monotypic species, polytypic species).

346
Different concepts of species- Typological, Nominalistic,
Biological, Phylogenetic and Evolutionary species concept.

1.4 Importance and applications of Taxonomy and Systematics. 1

Tools and Techniques 6

Different types of taxonomic keys– Mention types (dichotomous


2.1 and polytomous, single access and multi-access, diagnostic and 2
synoptic, computer aided keys). Merits and demerits of keys.
II
Types of taxonomic publications – Atlas, catalogue, checklist,
2.2 field guide, handbook, manual and monographs. Zoological 1
records (brief account only).

Taxonomic procedures – Collection (wet and dry collection),


2.3 preservation, curating and process of identification and 3
classification (brief account only).

Phylogenetics 10

Cladistic analysis - Apomorphy, Autapomorphy, Plesiomorphy,


3.1 Symplesiomorphy and synapomorphy.
3
Characteristic features of Cladistics. Methodology of cladistic
analysis – Construction of cladogram.

3.2 Phylogenetics – Principles – Hennigian Concepts – Significance. 2


III
Phylogenetic relationships–Homology, Homologous sequences
of proteins and DNA-orthologous and paralogous.
3.3 Parsimonyanalysis, nucleotide, and protein sequence analysis. 2
Ancient DNA, DNA polymorphism, Mitochondrial eve and Y-
Chromosome Adam.

Phylogenetic trees- Types, Characters, Character states,


3.4 Polarity and Rooting of Trees – Construction and 3
Interpretation.

Describing a species 14

4.1 Taxonomic characters (morphological, ecological, behavioural


1
and embryological)
IV
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (Brief
4.2 note) and International Code of Zoological Nomenclature
2
(ICZN)
Principles of naming.

347
4.3 Criteria of publication, Criteria of availability. 2

Validity of names and nomenclatural acts - Principle of


4.4 Priority: Synonymy, Spellings, Nomenclatural acts, 2
Precedence, Reversal of precedence.

4.5 Formation and treatment of names 1

4.6 Authorship, Zoobank 1

4.7 Principle of Homonymy 1

Zoological type – Principles of typification, different kinds of


4.8 type – Holotype, Paratype, Topotype, Syntype, Lectotype, 1
Paralectotype, Neotype, Allotype.

4.9 Role of Museums and Zoological parks in nomenclature 1

4.10 Writing diagnosis and description of a species 2

Modern trends and Approaches in Systematics 8

5.1 Molecular taxonomy–DNA, RNA and proteins. 3

DNA barcoding – Generalprotocol, molecular markers and


5.2 application in species identification – TheBarcodeof Life Data 2
V system (BOLD).

5.3 Phenetics and Cladistics concepts 2

5.4 Integrative Taxonomy 1

References

• Systematics
1. Ashok Verma (2017).Principles of Animal Taxonomy. Narosa. New Delhi.
2. David, M.H., Craig Moritz and K.M. Barbara(1996).Molecular Systematics. Sinauer
Associates, Inc.
3. Futyuma, D.J.(1986).Evolution, Systematics and Animal Behaviour. Evolutionary
Biology. Sinauer Associates Inc.
4. Kapoor,V.C.(2017).TheoryandPracticeofAnimalTaxonomy.8thedition,OxfordandI
BHPublishingCo., Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
5. Mayer, E. (2014). Principles of Systematic Zoology. 2nd edition, McGraw Hill book
company, Inc.,NY.
6. Mayr, E. &Ashlock, P. D. (1991) Principles of Systematic Zoology (2nd edition) McGraw
348
Hill Int.
7. Narendran,T.C.(2008). An introduction to taxonomy. Zoological survey of India.
8. Pandit, D.N. (2020). Animal taxonomy: Principles and practices. Narendra publishing
house, India
9. SanjibGhoshal (2020). Taxonomy principle and problem. Techno world, Kolkata.
10. Simpson, G.G. (2012).Principles of animal Taxonomy. Scientific Publishers, India.
11. Winston,J.E.(2000).Describingspecies:Practicaltaxonomicproceduresforbiologists.
ColumbiaUniversityPress, Columbia, USA.

• Phylogenetics
1. Arthur,W.(2011).Evolution –A developmental approach. Wiley-Blackwell, Oxford,
UK.
2. Barton,N.H.,Briggs,D.E.G.,Eisen,J.A.,Goldstein,D.
B.andPatel,N.H.(2007).Evolution.Cold Spring,Harbour Laboratory Press.
3. Baum D.A and Smith S.D(2012). Tree thinking – An Introduction to Phylogenetic
Biology. Roberts and Company Publishers.
4. Dan,G.andLi,W.H.(2000).Fundamentalsofmolecularevolution.(2ndEdn.).SinauerAss
ociatesInc.MA, USA.
5. DarwinC.D.(1859).On the origin of species by means of natural selection. John
Murray, London.
6. Elliott S.(2008).Evidences and
evolution:Thelogicbehindthescience.CambridgeUniversityPress,UK.
7. Gould,S.J. (2002). The structure of evolutionary theory. Harvard University Press,
MA,USA.
8. Hall, B.K .and Hallgrimsson, B. (2008).Strickberger’sevolution
(4thEdn).JonesandBartlettPub.London, UK.
9. Hall,B.K.andOlsen,W.M.,(Ed).(2007).Keywordsandconceptsinevolutionarydevelop
mentalbiology.Discoverypublishinghouse, New Delhi.
10. Kimura,M. (1983).The neutral theory of molecular evolution. Cambridge University
Press
11. LindellBromham(2016).Anintroductiontomolecularevolutionandphylogenetics,3rde
dition,Oxfordpress.
12. Margulis,LynnandM.J.Chapman(2001).KingdomsandDomains:AnIllustratedGuidet
othePhylaof Life on Earth (4thedn.).W.H. Freeman&Company,USA.
13. Ridley,M.(2004),Evolution3rdEdition.BlackwellPublishing.
14. Roderick Page,D.M. and Edward Holmes,C.(2009).Molecular Evolution:A
phylogenetic approach, Willey Blackwell publisher.
15. Strickberger,M.W.(2000).Evolution. Jones and Bartlett, Boston.

Web Resources:
▪ http://www.talkorigins.org
▪ http://www.ucmp.berkely.edu
▪ https://www.iczn.org/the-code/the-code-online/

349
Practicum (30 hrs)
(Minimum 6 to be done)

Sl.No. Contents

1. Identification of fossils from Models/Pictures

2. Identification of homology and analogy from suitable specimens- models/


photographs

3. Comparative study of prokaryote and eukaryote cells by staining and


mounting –write notes on evolutionary significance.

4. Identification of the following using standard keys (any Two groups) and
submit a report.
A. Insect-5 nos.
B. Prawn-2 nos.
C. Crab- 2 nos.
D. Fishes – 5 nos.

5. Compilation of data matrix using characters, character states and constructions


of classifications which reflect the “relationships” among the taxa.
Identification of a taxa using taxonomic key prepared from data matrix.

6. Construction of Phylogenetic trees with the help of bioinformatic tools(MEGA,


PHYLIP- Phylogeny Inference Package) and its interpretation.

7. Selection of 5 species(preferably invertebrates, insects) belonging to a Clade.


Construction of a cladogram using character and character states and
illustration, identification and assessment of their relationships.

8. Comparison of two species of birds belonging to same species but different


sub species (Intraspecific difference).

9. Prepare diagnosis and description of any one fish and insect species using all
the taxonomic tools available (for studying new species description).

References
1. Baum D.A and Smith S.D(2012). Tree thinking – An Introduction to Phylogenetic
Biology. Roberts and Company Publishers.

2. Lindell Bromham(2016).An introduction to molecular evolution and


phylogenetics,3rdedition,Oxford Press.

3. Imms, A.D. (1977). A General TextBook of Entomology. Chapman & Hall, UK


4.Francis Day(1875)- The Fishes of India- Volume I & II, 2018 Edition, MJP
Publishers.

350
Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Understand the historical development of Systematics U PSO-1


from 18th century to the present

CO-2 Gain a basic grasp on the rules of nomenclature R, U PSO-1

CO-3 Understand the basic principles of Systematics U PSO-2,3

CO-4 Understand and apply new trends in Systematics for U,Ap PSO-5
identification of species

CO5 Analyse the uses and limitations of Phylogenetic trees U,An, E PSO-6,7

CO6 Gain the ability to taxonomically describe a species. R,U,C PSO-7


R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Systematics and Phylogenetics
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture:Tutorial:Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tutorial (P)
(T)

1 Understand the PO- U F, C L


historical 1/PSO-1
development of
Systematics
from 18th
century to the
present

2 Gain a basic PO- R,U P L


grasp on the 1/PSO-
rules of 1,2
nomenclature

3 Understand the PO- U C L


basic principles 6/PSO-
of Systematics 1,2

4 Understand and PO- U,Ap F,P L P


apply new 6,7/PSO-
trends in 2,3,6

351
Systematic for
identification of
species

5 Analyse the PO- U,An,E F L


uses and PSO-5,6
limitations of
Phylogenetic
trees

6 Gain the ability PO- R,U,C P L


to 3,1,6/PS
taxonomically O-6,7
describe a
species
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8

CO 1 - - 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -
1

CO 2 3 - - - - - 2 - - - 1 - - 1
2

CO 3 - 1 - 2 - - 1 - 1 - - - - -
3

CO - - 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 1 - 2
4

CO - 1 - - - 2 - - 2 - - 2 2 2 1
5

CO 1 - - 3 - - 3 2 - 3 - - 3 3 -
6

352
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High
Assessment Rubrics:
Suggested topics for Assignments/ Seminars: -
1. History of Systematics.
2. Species concepts – advantages and disadvantages
3. Applications of Systematics in Biology.
4. Features of International Code of Zoological Nomenclature.
5. Phylogenetic Tree reading
6. Methods of Cladistic analysis.
7. Collection and Preservation in Invertebrates.
8. Methods of Collection in Vertebrates.
9. Significance of Phylogenetics in biology.
10. Taxonomic keys-different types with advantages and disadvantages.

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment


1. Assignment
2. Seminar
3. Group discussion
4. Submission of Field report
5. Test
6. Quiz
End semester Evaluation
1. Multiple Choice Questions
2. Very Short Answer Type Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions
5. Viva voce

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics :

Internal Exam Assignment/ Seminar Project report End Semester Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 6

353
University of Kerala

Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK7DSCZOO404
Course Title Human Physiology: The Life Sustaining Systems
Type of Course DSC
Semester VII
Academic Level 400 - 499
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week per week per week Hours/Week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in class XII
Course The course imparts in depth knowledge about the structure and functions
Summary of different systems in man and provides an understanding of the various
disorders associated with them. The course enables the students to
understand the various techniques used in monitoring physiological
functions.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45 hrs
Nutritional Physiology 5
1.1 Balanced diet, malnutrition disorders (PEM, marasmus, kwashiorkor), 2
deficiency of iron, iodine and calcium, vitamin deficiencies
I (xerophthalmia, osteomalacia, beriberi, pellagra)
1.2 Neuroendocrine control of digestion (myenteric and submucus plexus, 2
gastrin, secretin, cholecystokinin, somatostatin, serotonin)
1.3 Eating disorders- obesity, anorexia, hyperphagia, aphagia, bulimia 1
nervosa (brief account)
Respiratory and Circulatory physiology 11
2.1 Haemoglobin- structure and types, transport of oxygen and carbon 4
dioxide- oxygen dissociation curve, Haldane effect, Bohr effect.
Respiratory problems in high altitude and deep sea (brief account)
2.2 Respiratory disturbances –brief account on apnoea, dyspnoea, hypoxia, 2
hypo and hypercapnia, asphyxia, carbon monoxide poisoning,
II bronchitis, asthma. Spirometry (brief account).
2.3 Composition of blood, haemopoiesis (brief account) 3
Blood clotting system- extrinsic and intrinsic pathways, Kallikrein-
Kinninogen system (brief explanation), complement system and
fibrinolytic system, anticoagulants-endogenous and exogenous.
2.4 Nervous and chemical regulation of heart rate- Frank-Starling law of 2
the heart. Electrocardiogram, blood pressure.

354
Muscle Physiology 7
3.1 Ultrastructure of striated muscle fibre, muscle proteins. 4
Physiological and biochemical events in muscle contraction-sliding
III filament theory, actomyosin complex, source of energy for muscle
contraction, Cori cycle, role of calcium, mechanism of relaxation.
3.2 Brief account on isometric and isotonic contraction, simple muscle 3
twitch, summation, tetanus, tonus, all or none law, fatigue, oxygen
debt, rigor mortis, fast and slow twitch muscles, red and white muscles.
Nerve Physiology and sense organs 12
4.1 Nerve impulse propagation- voltage-gated ion channels, sodium– 2
potassium pump, hyperpolarization, propagation of action potential,
saltatory conduction, neural coding.
4.2 Synapse and synaptic transmission- electrical, chemical and mixed 3
IV types, neurotransmitters (acetylcholine, amino acids, neuropeptides),
cessation of signal and neuromodulators.
4.3 EEG and its significance. 1
4.4 Nerve disorders-epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, 2
amnesia, autism, dementia, Huntington's disease, multiple sclerosis,
(brief description).
4.5. Physiology of vision, photochemistry of vision, eye defects - myopia, 4
hyperopia, presbyopia, astigmatism, cataract.
Structure of ear and mechanism of hearing, hearing impairments -
deafness, labyrinthine disease.
Olfactory, gustatory and tactile sense organs.
Renal Physiology and Endocrinology 10
5.1 Structure of nephron, urine formation, regulation of kidney functions. 4
Renal disorders - nephritis, haematurea, renal calculi, acidosis and
V alkalosis. Dialysis and kidney transplantation.
5.2 Hypothalamus as neuroendocrine gland - principal nuclei involved 3
in neuroendocrine control of anterior pituitary and the hormones.
5.3 Chemical nature of hormones-steroid hormones, biogenic amines, 3
peptide hormones, mechanism of hormone action- peptide, steroid and
thyroid hormones, amplification of hormone action (brief account).

Practicum (30hrs)
(Students are expected to perform any two major and any three minor practicals)
Sl. No. Contents
1 Determination of ABO blood group of man. (minor)
2 Enumeration of RBC. (Major)
3 Enumeration of WBC. (Major)
4 Differential count of WBC. (Major)
5 Bleeding time test (Duke's method) (Minor/demonstration)
6 Determination of clotting time. (Minor)
7 Determination of concentration of urea. (Minor)
8 Determination of concentration of uric acid. (Minor)
9 Estimation of acetylcholine content in tissue sample. (Major)
10 Effect of temperature /pH on salivary amylase activity (Major)
11 Kymograph apparatus and explanation of simple muscle twitch (demonstration).
12 Colour blindness test using the Ishihara test. (minor)

355
References
1. Best and Taylor. (1990). Physiological basis of Medical Practice. Wilkins Co.
2. Delhi.
3. Eckert, R. and D. Randell. (1987). Animal Physiology, CBS Publishers and Distributors
N.
4. Ganong, W.F. (2003), Review of Medical Physiology, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
5. Guyton AC and Hall JE (eds.) (2000) Textbook of Medical Physiology, 10th edition.
W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, PA.
6. MacGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi.
7. Physiology https://www.physiology.org/career/teaching-learning-resources/student-
resources/what-is-physiology?SSO=Y
8. Physiology News, Researchhttps://www.news-medical.net/?tag=/
9. Sreekumar, S. (2010) Basic Physiology, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
10. Tortora, G.J. and Grabowski, S.R. (eds.) (2000) Principles of Anatomy and Physiology,
9th edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY.
11. Vander, A.J., Sherman, J.H. and Luciano D.S. (1998), Human Physiology,
12. WHO, Nutrition. https://www.who.int/health-topics/nutrition#tab=tab_1
Course Outcomes

No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 The study helps the students to understand the U PSO-1


physiology of different organ systems in the human
body.

CO-2 Students learn the correlation between diseases and R, U PSO-3


the abnormal structure or improper functions of
organs

CO-3 Students develop basic experimental skills in U, Ap PSO-6


conducting physiological experiments

CO-4 The students could apply their knowledge of Ap, An PSO-6


physiological principles to analyze and solve
problems related to human health and disease.

CO-5 The students gain awareness of the measures to be C PSO-3


taken to maintain good health.
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
Name of the Course: Human Physiology: The Life Sustaining Systems
Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PSO Cognitive Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. Level Category (L)/Tuto (P)
rial (T)

356
1 The study helps PO1/ U C L
the students to PSO1
understand the
physiology of
different organ
systems in the
human body.

2 Students learn the PO1,PO3 R,U F,C L P


correlation /PSO3
between diseases
and the abnormal
structure or
improper
functions of
organs

3 Students develop PO6/PSO6 U, Ap C, P L P


basic experimental
skills in
conducting
physiological
experiments

4 The students could PO6/PSO6 AP F,P L P


apply their
knowledge of
physiological
principles to
analyze and solve
problems related
to human health
and disease.

5 The students gain PO1,PO2 C F,P L P


awareness of the /PSO3
measures to be
taken to maintain
good health.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of Cos with PSOs and Pos

PSO PSO PSO PSO4 PS PSO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6
1 2 3 O5 6

357
CO 3 - - - - - 3
1

CO - - 2 - - - 3 1
2

CO - - - - - 2 2
3

CO - - - - - 1 2
4

CO 2 2 2
5
Correlation Levels:
Level Correlation
- Nil
1 Slightly / Low
2 Moderate / Medium
3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:
Assignment/ seminar topics
1. Nutritional components of human food
2. Vitamin deficiency diseases: symptoms and diagnosis
3. Absorption of nutrients in the alimentary canal
4. Types of muscles in men
5. Control of respiration in man
6. Cardiovascular diseases in men
7. The human brain: structure and functions
8. Endocrine disorders in men: causes and symptoms

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment

1. Assignments
2. Seminars
3. Test
4. Model preparation

358
End Semester evaluation

1. Multiple choice questions


2. Very short answer questions
3. Short answer questions
4. Essay type questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Assignment Project Evaluation End Semester Examinations


Exam

CO 1 ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

359
University of Kerala
Discipline ZOOLOGY
Course Code UK7DSEZOO401

Course Title Research Methodology and Biostatistics


Type of Course DSE
Semester VII
Academic 400 – 499
Level
Course Details Credit Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
per week Hours/Week
per week per week
4 3 hours - 2 hours 5
Pre-requisites Pass in Class XII
Course This course is designed to provide the student a comprehensive knowledge and
Summary understanding on various aspects of research methodology and biostatistics.
Modules 1 and 2 on Research Methodology covers research design, data
collection, analysis, interpretation, and documentation. Module 3 covers
descriptive statistics, probability distributions, and sampling methods.
Module 4 focuses on statistical inference, including hypothesis testing,
sample size determination, and correlation/regression analysis. Module 5
explores advanced biostatistical topics like survival analysis and meta-
analysis. Through theory and practical sessions, students learn statistical
software and develop research skills. Ultimately, students are equipped to
conduct rigorous research in biostatistics and healthcare.

Detailed Syllabus
Module Unit Content 45
hrs
I Research Methodology 8

1..1 Overview of Research Methodology: Definition, meaning, objectives and 3


significance of research; Types of research – Descriptive, Analytical, Applied,

360
Fundamental, Qualitative, Quantitative, Conceptual and Empirical Research;
Characteristics of good research; Steps of working research.

1..2 Formulation of Research Problem: Formulation and defining a research 2


problem in Science – Techniques involved, Problem selection and formulation of
hypothesis; mention pilot/ preliminary survey and experience survey.

1..3 Research design: Meaning, Need and features of a good research design; types 1
of research designs (exploratory, descriptive, diagnostic and hypothesis-testing)
(brief account with examples).

1.4 Execution of research plan: Data collection, Methods for collection of Primary 2
data (Survey, Questionnaire, Interview, Interview through Phone call) and
Secondary data; Analysis of data and Interpretations.

Research Extension and Ethics 9

2.1 Scientific documentation: Types of Research Publication/ reports (Journals, 5


Books, Book Chapters, Government Reports, Research Articles in Journals, Short
Communications, Correspondence, Review articles, Thesis, Dissertations,
Proceedings); Characteristics and format – Writing and preparation of articles for
publication and for oral and poster presentation; writing a good project proposal;
Significance of report writing.
II
2.2 Extension tools, Google scholar, ResearchGate, Orcid, Inflibnet; impact factor, 4
journal indexing, citation index, Scopus, Web of Science, UGC CARE List, h-
index; Predatory Journals; Research misconduct: Fabrication, Falsification and
Plagiarism; Common Plagiarism checking software (DrillBit, Turnitin, Urkund),
ESO standards for safety; IACUC, control of hazards, ethical norms; codes and
policies for research ethic; laws related to research ethics in India.

Foundations of Biostatistics 11

3.1 Biostatistics Overview – Definition and scope of Biostatistics; Importance and 3


application in biology, healthcare and biomedical research (brief account only);
Concepts: Population, Sample, Parameter, Constant, Variable, Variate, Data
(Primary and Secondary data) and Arrangement of data (arrangement of data in
tables and frequency distribution).
III
3.2 Descriptive Statistics – Graphical representation of data: Line diagram, Bar 4
diagram (simple, multiple, component/ subdivided), Pie diagram and Histogram

361
only (definition, steps for plotting the graphs, merits and demerits – working with
simple data only); Measures of central tendency: Mean, Median, Mode
(definition, equation, merits and demerits – working with problems); Measures of
dispersion: Standard deviation and coefficient of variation, variance and standard
error. (definition, equation, merits and demerits – working with problems).

3.3 Probability Distributions – Probability basics: events, sample spaces, 2


probability laws; Discrete probability distributions: binomial and poisson
distributions; Continuous probability distributions: Normal and Exponential
distributions (Theory only).

3.4 Sampling Methods – Probability (Simple random sampling, Systematic 2


sampling, Stratified sampling and Cluster sampling) and Non-Probability
sampling. (Deliberate sampling, Convenience Sampling, Judgement sampling and
Quota Sampling) (Theory only).

Statistical Inference in Biostatistics 11

4.1 Fundamentals of hypothesis testing: Null and Alternative hypothesis (Theory 1


only); Types of error – Type I and Type II errors; Level of significance.

4.2 Sample size determination – Methods and factors to consider for estimation of 2
sample size.
IV
4.3 Parametric tests: Concept; t-test; chi-square test.(Definition, equation, uses, 4
merits and demerits, Problems).

4.4 Non-parametric tests: Mann-Whitney U test; Wilcoxon signed-rank test 1


(Definition, equation, uses, merits and demerits).

4.5 Correlation and Regression analysis (Brief – definition, equation, working with 3
simple problem).

5.1 Advanced Biostatistics 6


V
Survival Analysis – Basics of survival analysis – Overview and uses; Dose estimates of
toxic effects (LD50, LC50); survival function, hazard function (Brief Outline only); Mention
5.2
Kaplan-Meir estimator for survival curves (brief account only). 3

Meta-analysis – Overview of meta-analysis (Definition, objectives and types); Methods


in meta-analysis: Fixed-effect vs random-effect models (Brief outline only); Publication

362
bias, sensitivity analysis, interpretation of meta-analytic results; Challenges and criticism
in meta-analysis (Brief notes). 3

References
• Biostatistics
1. Agarwal, B.L. (2007). Basic Statistics. New Age international publishers
2. Anoop Kumar (2023). Meta-analysis in Clinical Research: Principles and Procedures.
Springer Publications.
3. Bailey, N.T.J (1983). Statistical Methods in Biology. Hodder and Stoughton, London
https://archive.org/details/statisticalmetho0000bail_d8l1/page/n1/mode/2up
4. Caswell, F. (1982). Success in Statistics. John Murray Publishers Ltd., London.
5. Danial, W. 2006. Biostatistics: A foundation for Analysis in Health Sciences, John
Wiley and Sons Inc., New York.
6. Dharmapalan, B. (2012). Scientific Research Methodology. Narosa Publishing House,
New Delhi.
7. Finney, D.J. (1980). Statistics for Biologists. Chapman and Hall, London.
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-009-5855-5
8. Fisher, R.A. (1992). Statistical Methods for Research Workers. In: Kotz, S., Johnson,
N.L. (eds) Breakthroughs in Statistics. Springer Series in Statistics. Springer, New
York, NY. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-4380-9_6
9. Gupta, S.P. (2021). Statistical Methods (46th Ed.). Sultan Chand & Sons Publishers,
New
Delhi.https://www.sultanchandandsons.com/images/BookImages/Chapters/59_Statisti
cal%20Methods.pdf
10. Matthias, E., Julian, P.T.H. and George, D.S. (2022). Systematic Reviews in Health
Research. Wiley Blackwell
11. Ostle, B. (1963). Statistics in Research (2nd ed.). Iowa State University Press, Ames,
Iowa, USA.https://archive.org/details/secondeditionsta001000mbp/page/n5/mode/2up
12. Ostle, B. and Malone, L. (1988) Statistics in Research: Basic Concepts and Techniques
for Research Workers. Iowa State University Press, Ames, Iowa, USA.
13. Robert, R.S. and James, F.R. (2009). Introduction to Biostatistics (2nd Ed.).Dover
Publication, inc., New York.
https://www.stewartschultz.com/statistics/course/Readings/Robert%20R.%20Sokal,%
20F.%20James%20Rohlf-
Introduction%20to%20Biostatistics_%20Second%20Edition%20(2009).pdf
14. Vaman, H.J. and Prabhanjan, T (2023). Classical Survival Analysis. Chapman and Hall
(Taylor and Francis), New York
15. Wayne, W.D and Chand, L. (2013). Biostatistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the
Health Sciences (10th Ed.). Wiley.
https://faculty.ksu.edu.sa/sites/default/files/145_stat_-_textbook.pdf
• Research Methodology
1. George, C.T. (2021). Research Methodology and Scientific Writing. Springer
Publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-64865-7
2. Kothari, C.R., (2009). Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi. https://ccsuniversity.ac.in/bridge-
library/pdf/Research-Methodology-CR-Kothari.pdf

363
3. Oliver, P. (2005). Writing Your thesis. Vistar Publications. New Delhi.
4. Peter, K.D. (2021). Scientific Research and Methodology: An introduction to
quantitative research in science and health. https://bookdown.org/pkaldunn/Book
Online Resources
1. Inflibnet - https://www.inflibnet.ac.in/library/
2. UGC-CARE List - https://ugccare.unipune.ac.in/apps1/home/index
Practicum (30 hrs)
Module Unit Contents

Biostatistics (20 hrs)

1.1 Familiarising various Biostatistics software – MS-Excel, PH Stat in MS-


Excel,VassarStats, SPSS, R program, PAST, Primer, Minitab, Gretl, XL Stat,
RevMan.

1.2 Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode of the given data manually and by
I using suitable software (eg. MS-Excel).

1.3 Calculation of Standard deviation and Standard error of the given data manually
and by using suitable software (eg. MS-Excel).

1.4 Preparation of tables, bar diagrams, histogram, and pie diagram using suitable
software (eg. MS Excel) using the data provided.

1.5 Statistical analysis of the given data (t-test; Chi-square test; correlation;
regression analysis with graph and equation) using suitable software. e.g., PH
Stat. in MS Excel, SPSS).

Research Methodology (10 hrs)

2.1 Primary data collection on a given topic using survey method (designing
questionnaire).
II
2.2 Preparation of a review article using the data provided.

2.3 Preparation of a Project report based on a given topic.

364
References

Biostatistics

1. John Walkenbach (2016). Microsoft Excel 2016 bible: the comprehensive tutorial
resource. Wiley Publication
2. Excel 2019 All-in-One for Dummies. John Wiley & Sons.
https://archive.org/details/excel2019allinonefordummies_201911/page/n5/mode/2up
Online Tools
1. VassarStats - http://vassarstats.net/
2. PAST - https://www.nhm.uio.no/english/research/resources/past/
3. MS-Excel Online Tutorial - https://www.w3schools.com/EXCEL/index.php
4. R – Programming - https://www.r-project.org/
5. SPSS - https://www.ibm.com/spss
Research Methodology
1. Subhash, C.P. and Vikram Kate (2018). Writing and Publishing a Scientific Research
Paper. Springer Publications. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-4720-6
2. Yavuz, A.O. (2012). Handbook of Scientific Proposal Writing. CRC Press.

Course Outcomes
No. Upon completion of the course the graduate will be Cognitive PSO
able to Level addressed

CO-1 Students will be able to understand and recall key U, R PSO – 1


concepts in Biostatistics and Research Methodology

CO-2 Students will apply statistical inference techniques Ap PSO – 2, 5


learned in the course to analyse real-world biological
data.

CO-3 Students will analyse data using correlation and An PSO – 2,


regression analysis techniques to explore relationships 5, 6
between variables in biological research datasets. They
will analyse the results of statistical tests and interpret
their implications for research findings.

CO-4 Students will critically evaluate research E PSO – 2,


methodologies and ethical considerations in 5, 6
biomedical research. They will assess the
appropriateness of research designs, data collection
methods, and statistical analyses in addressing research
questions and objectives.

CO-5 Students will create research proposals, articles, and C PSO – 2,


reports based on the principles learned in the course. 5, 7
They will design research projects, formulate research
problems, and select appropriate research designs and

365
methodologies.

R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap-Apply, An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create

Name of the Course: Biostatistics and Research Methodology


Credits: 3:0:1 (Lecture: Tutorial: Practical)

CO CO PO/PS Cognitiv Knowledge Lecture Practical


No. O e Level Category (L)/Tut (P)
orial (T)

1 Understand and recall key PSO – U, R F, C L


concepts in Biostatistics and 1; PO –
Research Methodology 1,2,6

2 Apply statistical inference PSO – Ap P L P


techniques learned in the 2, 5;
course to analyse real-world PO – 3,
biological data. 6, 7

3 Analyse data using PSO – An P P


correlation and regression 2, 5, 6;
analysis techniques to explore PO – 1,
relationships between 2, 6
variables in biological
research datasets. They will
analyse the results of
statistical tests and interpret
their implications for research
findings.

4 Critically evaluate research PSO – E C,P L P


methodologies and ethical 2, 5, 6;
considerations in biomedical PO – 1,
research. They will assess the 2, 6, 8
appropriateness of research
designs, data collection
methods, and statistical
analyses in addressing
research questions and
objectives.

5 Create research proposals, PSO – C C, P P


articles, and reports based on 2, 5, 7;
the principles learned in the PO –

366
course. They will design 1,2,3,6,
research projects, formulate 7
research problems, and select
appropriate research designs
and methodologies.
F-Factual, C- Conceptual, P-Procedural, M-Metacognitive

Mapping of COs with PSOs and POs

PSO1 PSO2 PSO PSO PSO PSO6 PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO


3 4 5 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CO 3 - - - - - - 1 2 - - - 2 - -
1

CO - 3 - - 2 - - - - 2 - - 1 3 -
2

CO - 3 - - 2 2 - 1 2 - - - 2 - -
3

CO - 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 - - - 1 - 3-
4

CO - 2 - - 3 - 3 1 2 1 - - 2 2 -
5

Correlation Levels:

Level Correlation

- Nil

1 Slightly / Low

2 Moderate / Medium

3 Substantial / High

Assessment Rubrics:

Assignment/ Seminar Topics


Biostatistics
1) Standard Score – Concept and definition
2) Skewness and Kurtosis – Concept and definition
3) ANOVA – Characteristics, advantages and disadvantages

367
4) Vital Statistics – Introduction, uses and methods of collection
5) Measures of vital statistics – life tables
Research Methodology
1) Online libraries, e-journals, e-books
2) Important Zoology Research Institutes in India
3) Intellectual Property Rights
4) Research as Career
5) Research qualification and Research Fellowships in India

Evaluation Pattern
CCA – Assignment, Seminar, In Class Problem solving, short exam, Field work
ESA – Final Exam, MCQs, Report writing, Problem solving using computer

Continuous Comprehensive Assessment (CCA)

1. Assignments
2. Seminar
3. Preparation and Submission of model Project report
4. Solve Biostatistics Problems using suitable software
5. Test
6. Quiz

End Semester Evaluation (ESE)

1. Multiple Choice Questions


2. Very Short Answer Questions
3. Short Answer Questions
4. Essay Type Questions

Mapping of COs to Assessment Rubrics

Internal Seminar/ CCA End Semester


Exam Assignment Examinations

CO 1 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 2 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 3 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 4 ✓ ✓ ✓

CO 5 ✓ ✓

368

You might also like